diff options
| author | Dan Mueth <dan@eazel.com> | 2001-03-14 16:58:12 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Dan Mueth <dmueth@src.gnome.org> | 2001-03-14 16:58:12 +0000 |
| commit | dfb1e7a58aad2704ca66dea42e24c831e0e59900 (patch) | |
| tree | f17a426c50731424a3e0b92dcf0824252b37f1f6 /gnome-users-guide | |
| parent | a4a220db312e99dc0f42faf733618fd607089a32 (diff) | |
| download | gnome-user-docs-dfb1e7a58aad2704ca66dea42e24c831e0e59900.tar.gz gnome-user-docs-dfb1e7a58aad2704ca66dea42e24c831e0e59900.tar.xz gnome-user-docs-dfb1e7a58aad2704ca66dea42e24c831e0e59900.zip | |
Adding GNOME User's Guide which Wilddev (Chris Lyttle <chris@wilddev.net>)
2001-03-14 Dan Mueth <dan@eazel.com>
Adding GNOME User's Guide which Wilddev (Chris Lyttle
<chris@wilddev.net>) put together for GNOME 1.4.
Diffstat (limited to 'gnome-users-guide')
222 files changed, 23510 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2382e9c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ + <sect2 id="anotherclock"> + <title>Another Clock</title> + <para> + <application>Another Clock</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="anotherclock-applet">, is a simple analog clock (similar + to that in the CDE, Common Desktop Environment, panel). To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Clocks</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Another Clock</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="anotherclock-applet"> + <title>Another Clock Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Another Clock Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/anotherclock-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="anotherclock-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything special to this clock. It will just + sit on your panel and tell the time for you. + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="anotherclock-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Another Clock + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="anotherclock-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Another Clock</application> by + right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="anotherclock-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + + <figure id="anotherclock-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/anotherclock-properties" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Clock color — This is currently greyed-out, but in the + future it will be possible to adjust the colour of the clockface. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Hour needle color — Set this to the color you wish to + use for the hour needle (hand) of the clock. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Minute needle color — Set this to the color you wish to + use for the minute needle (hand) of the clock. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Second needle color — Set this to the color you wish to + use for the second needle (hand) of the clock. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show seconds needle — If this button is checked, the + second needle (hand) of the clock will be shown. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="anotherclock-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <orderedlist> +<!-- <listitem> Jacob says this should be fixed with GTK+-1.2.7. + <para> + You can't change the time through the clock properties. This + is not really a bug; it's because you must be root to alter + the time for the whole of the system, using the <command> + date</command> command. + </para> + </listitem>--> + <listitem> + <para> + If you adjust the system clock backwards using the <command> + date</command> command, the clock will stop working until the + system time reaches the time the clock displays. It will start + working normally then. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="anotherclock-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Another Clock</application> was written by + Iñigo Serna (<email>inigo@gazletan.bi.ehu.es</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) + and Eric Baudais (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"> + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle></ulink> as + published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + You may obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> + from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/applet2ug b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/applet2ug new file mode 100755 index 0000000..c1c2be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/applet2ug @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#!/usr/bin/perl -w +# +# THIS SCRIPT CHANGES THE SECTION LABELLING +# +# example input name: sound-monitor or sound-monitor.sgml +# example output name: sound-monitor.sgml.ug +# + +$_ = shift @ARGV; +s/.sgml//; +$basename=$_; +$infilename=$basename . ".sgml"; +$outfilename=$basename . "-ug.sgml"; + +print ("Reading: $infilename\n"); +open (IN,$infilename) || die "can't open file: $!"; +print ("Writing: $outfilename\n"); +open (OUT,">$outfilename") || die "can't open file for writing: $!"; + +while (<IN>) { + # Now comment out the license + s/<sect2 id="license">/<!-- + <sect2 id="license">/; + s/<\/sect1>/--> + <\/sect1>/; + + # Start by substituting sections (sect4->sect5, sect3->sect4, ...) + s/sect4/sect5/; + s/sect3/sect4/; + s/sect2/sect3/; + s/sect1/sect2/; + + # Now try to pluck out any id's which could be problematic + s/id="authors"/id="$basename-authors"/; + s/id="bugs"/id="$basename-bugs"/; + s/id="prefs"/id="$basename-prefs"/; + s/id="usage"/id="$basename-usage"/; + + print OUT $_; +} +close (IN) || die "can't close $infilename: $!"; +close (OUT) || die "can't close $outfilename: $!"; diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/asclock-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/asclock-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f832445 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/asclock-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ + <sect2 id="asclock"> + <title>AfterStep Clock Applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>AfterStep Clock</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="asclock-applet-fig">, is an applet which + displays the time in both analogue (clockface) and digital format + along with the day of the week and the date. It is based on the look + of the NeXTStep clock. This document describes version 2.1.10 of + <application>AfterStep Clock</application>. + </para> + <para> + To add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Clocks</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>AfterStep Clock</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="asclock-applet-fig"> + <title>AfterStep Clock Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>AfterStep Clock Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/asclock_applet" + srccredit="Aaron Weber"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="asclock-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything special to this clock. It will just + sit on your panel and tell you the time and date. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="asclock-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>ASClock + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="asclock-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>AfterStep Clock</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="asclock-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="asclock-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/asclock_settings" + srccredit="Aaron Weber"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Your properties in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display time in 12 hour format (AM/PM) — Clicking this + will display the time in a 12 hour format. The default state, + off, uses a 24-hour clock. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Blinking elements in clock — When the + <application>AfterStep clock applet</application> starts + up, by default it displays a blinking colon between the hour and + minute display. Clicking this turns this blinking off. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Clock theme — The <application>AS Clock</application> + applet can take on a number of different appearances. Select + the theme (appearance) from this list. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + + <para> + The <guilabel>Timezone</guilabel> tab is used to specify your + timezone. Select the continent and city your are in or closest + to. + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="asclock-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + You can't change the time through the clock properties. This + is not really a bug; it's because you must be root to alter + the time for the whole of the system, using the <command> + date</command> command. + </para> + <para> + If you adjust the system clock backwards using the <command> + date</command> command, the clock will stop working until the + system time reaches the time the clock displays. It will start + working normally then. + </para> + <para> + Switching between a lot of themes or a lot of timezones seems + to use up inordinate amounts of memory. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="asclock-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + + + <para> + The <application>AfterStep Clock applet</application> was written + by Beat Christen (<email>spiff@longstreet.ch</email>) and + Patrick Rogan (<email>rogan@lycos.com</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports regarding the software to the + <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk</email>) and Aaron Weber + (<email>aaron@helixcode.com</email>. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/battery-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/battery-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea30472 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/battery-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,540 @@ + <!-- ############### Battery Charge Monitor ############### --> + <sect2 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor"> + <title>Battery Charge Monitor Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> applet, shown in <link + linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-fig1">Figure 1</link>, displays the + charge status of your portable computer battery. To learn how to + add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Monitors</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Battery Charge Monitor</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <note> + <para> + In order for <application>Battery Charge + Monitor</application> to function correctly, your computer must + have been configured to support <systemitem>Advanced Power + Management</systemitem>. + </para> + </note> + + <figure id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-fig1"> + <title>Battery Charge Monitor</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Battery Charge Monitor</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20" + srccredit="James Cope"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <sect3 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> just sits in + your panel monitoring the status of your computer battery. By + <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>-clicking on the applet you can + toggle the view between Readout View and Graph View described in the + <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-Readout-sec">Readout View</link> + and <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-Graph-sec">Graph View</link> + sections respectively. + </para> + + <sect4 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-Readout-sec"> + <title>Readout View</title> + <para> + Readout View, the default mode of view, displays the current + battery status in an iconic and textual format. In this mode + <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> displays + the following information: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><emphasis>Battery Icon</emphasis></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The iconic representation of a battery on the left of the + applet, shows how fully charged your battery is + currently. The coloured area of the battery represents the + ammount of charge left in your battery, with the top of the + battery representing 100% charged. + </para> + + <para> + The colour of the battery changes when the charge drops below + the current <guilabel>Low Charge Threshold</guilabel> (see + <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-general">Properties — + General</link>). The default colour of the battery is green in a normal state and + red when it drops below the <guilabel>Low Charge Threshold</guilabel>. + </para> + + <para> + When your computer is attached to the power supply, a + small lightning bolt appears on the battery representation to + indicate that the battery is attached to the power supply + and is in a charging state. An example of this is shown in + <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-fig2">Figure 2</link>. + You can also configure the battery to change colour when it is or isn't + connected to the power supply, see + <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-readout"> + Properties — Readout</link> for further details on this feature. + </para> + + <figure id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-fig2"> + <title>Battery Charge Monitor with the power supply connected</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Battery Charge Monitor</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" + fileref="figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20" + srccredit="James Cope"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><emphasis>Percentage Remaining</emphasis></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The percentage readout on the top right of the applet + represents how fully charged your computer battery is currently. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><emphasis>Time Remaining</emphasis></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The time remaining readout on the bottom right of the applet + shows how much running time the battery has left. The time is + shown in hours and minutes. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-Graph-sec"> + <title>Graph View</title> + <para> + Graph View displays the percentage of charge remaining in your + battery as a moving graph. The horizontal axis represents time + and the vertical axis represents charge percentage with 100% + charged being the top of the graph. By default the graph is + green when your computer is connected to the power supply and + blue when it isn't. The graph also changes colour when the + charge drops below the <guilabel>Low Charge Threshold</guilabel> + (see <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-general"> + Properties — General</link>) the default colour in this case is red. + </para> + + <figure> + <title>Battery Charge Monitor in Graph View</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Battery Charge Monitor in Graph View</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" + fileref="figures/battery-applet-graph" + srccredit="James Cope"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect4> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu has + the following item: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> — This menu + item opens the <interface>Properties</interface> dialog (see + <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties">Properties</link>) + which allows you to customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + <para> + You can configure <application>Battery Charge + Monitor</application> applet by right-clicking on the applet and + choosing the <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu + item. This will open the <interface>Properties</interface> + dialog, with four groups of configurable items arranged in the + following tabbed pages: + <link + linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-general">General</link>, + <link + linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-readout">Readout</link>, + <link + linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-graph">Graph</link> and + <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-messages">Battery + Charge Messages</link>. + </para> + + <sect4 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-general"> + <title>Properties — General</title> + + <figure id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-fig1"> + <title>Properties Dialogue — General</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialogue — General</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" + fileref="figures/battery-applet-properties-general" + srccredit="James Cope"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Follow Panel Size</guilabel> — instructs + <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> to resize + when the panel changes size. It is checked on by default. In + order for <guilabel>Applet Height</guilabel> and + <guilabel>Applet Width</guilabel> settings to take affect, it + must be unchecked. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Applet Height & Applet Width</guilabel> — + these two spin buttons allow you to specify the dimensions + of <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> exactly + in pixels. In order for these settings to take affect, + <guilabel>Follow Panel Size</guilabel> must be unchecked. The + default values are both set to 48. + </para> + + <note> + <para> + Setting these values very small (below 28 pixels) + results in the battery icon not being displayed due to lack + of space. + </para> + </note> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Update Interval</guilabel> — specifies in + seconds how often <application>Battery Charge + Monitor</application> refreshes the battery charge + information it displays. The default setting is two seconds. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Low Charge Threshold</guilabel> — is a + percentage value of the battery charge that + <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> uses to + optionally display a warning, it then considers the battery to + have little power remaining. For example this information is + used to decide when to change the colour of the battery icon in + Readout View. The default value is 25. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Applet Mode</guilabel> — the two + <guibutton>Readout</guibutton> and + <guibutton>Graph</guibutton> checkboxes are another way of + toggling between <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-Readout-sec"> + Readout View</link> and <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-Graph-sec"> + Graph View</link>. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-readout"> + <title>Properties — Readout</title> + + <para> + The settings on this tab only affect <application>Battery Charge + Monitor</application> when it is in <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-Readout-sec"> + Readout View</link>. + </para> + + <para> + All of the coloured rectangles on this tab can be + <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> clicked on to display the GNOME + colour wheel. This enables you to choose colours that you may + prefer more than the defaults. + </para> + + <figure id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-fig2"> + <title>Properties Dialogue — Readout</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialogue — Readout</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" + fileref="figures/battery-applet-properties-readout" srccredit="James + Cope"></graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>AC-On Battery Color</guilabel> — specifies the + colour of the battery icon in Readout view when your computer + is connected to the AC power supply. The default colour is + green. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>AC-Off Battery Color</guilabel> — specifies + the colour of the battery icon in Readout View when your + computer is not connected to the AC power supply. The default + colour is green. + </para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Low Battery Color</guilabel> — specifies the + colour of the battery icon in Readout View when the charge + percentage rate drops below the <guilabel>Low Charge + Threshold</guilabel> (see <link + linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-general">Properties + — General</link>). The default colour is red. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-graph"> + <title>Properties — Graph</title> + + <para> + The settings on this tab only affect <application>Battery Charge + Monitor</application> when it is in <link linkend="Battery-Charge-Monitor-Graph-sec"> + Graph View</link>. + </para> + + <para> All of the coloured rectangles on this tab can be + <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> clicked on to display the GNOME + colour wheel. This enables you to choose colours that you may + prefer more than the defaults. + </para> + + <figure id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-fig3"> + <title>Properties Dialogue — Graph</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialogue — Graph</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" + fileref="figures/battery-applet-properties-graph" srccredit="James + Cope"></graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>AC-On Battery Color</guilabel> — + specifies the colour of the graph when your computer is + connected to the AC power supply. The default colour is + green. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>AC-Off Battery Color</guilabel> &mdash: specifies + the colour of the graph when your computer is not connected to + the AC power supply. The default colour is blue. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Graph Battery Low Color</guilabel> — specifies + the colour of the graph when the charge percentage rate drops + below the <guilabel>Low Charge Threshold</guilabel>. The + default colour is red. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Graph Tick Color</guilabel> — specifies the + colour of the graph division lines on the graph which mark the + 25%, 50% and 75% charge points. The default colour is dark + grey. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Graph Direction</guilabel> — + specifies which direction the graph moves over time. The + default direction is <guilabel>Right to Left</guilabel>. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-messages"> + <title>Properties — Battery Charge Messages</title> + + <figure id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-properties-fig4"> + <title>Properties Dialogue — Battery Charge + Messages</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialogue — Battery Charge + Messages</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" + fileref="figures/battery-applet-properties-messages" srccredit="James + Cope"></graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Warn in the battery charge dips below</guilabel> + — specifies the charge percentage at which + <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> shows a + warning dialogue box that the battery is at a low charge. This + warning is only displayed if <guilabel>Enable Low Battery + Warning</guilabel> is checked. The default setting is 5%. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Enable Low Battery Warning</guilabel> — + specifies if <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> + should display a dialogue box warning that the battery charge + has dropped below the charge percentage specified in the + <guilabel>Warn if the battery charge dips below</guilabel> + setting. The default value is checked. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Enable Full-Charge Notification</guilabel> — + specifies if <application>Battery Charge + Monitor</application> should display a dialogue box when the + battery has reached its 100% charged rate. The default value + is unchecked. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect4> +<!-- Not needed in for 1.x applets + <sect4> + <title>Further Information</title> + <para> + For more information on the <interface>Properties</interface> + dialog, including descriptions of the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>, <guibutton>Close</guibutton>, and + <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons, see <xref + linkend="applet-properties-dialog">. + </para> + </sect4> +--> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + One oddity is if you start <application>Battery Charge + Monitor</application> on a computer that has no Advanced Power + Management support. This causes the <guilabel>Low Battery + Warning</guilabel> dialogue box to be displayed which may be + mis-leading. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="Battery-Charge-Monitor-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + This applet was writen by Nat Friedman + <email>nat@nat.org</email>. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use + <application>Bug Report Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), + available in the <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + The documentation for this applet + which you are reading now was written by + James Cope <email>jcope@bcs.org.uk</email>.. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0a540e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ + <sect2 id="cdplayerapplet"> + <title>CD Player Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>CD Player Applet</application>, shown in <xref + linkend="cdplayerapplet-fig">, allows you to play CD's from a + <interface>Panel</interface>. To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Multimedia</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>CD Player</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="cdplayerapplet-fig"> + <title>CD Player Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>CD Player Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/cdplayer_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="cdplayer-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + This applet is used to unobtrusively play and control CD's while you + get real work done or play + <application>FreeCell</application>. To use it, just press the + small buttons in the applet like you would on any CD player. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Run CD Player…</guimenuitem> — + starts the <application>GNOME CD Player</application>, which + has more features than the <application>CD Player + Applet</application> such as automatically downloading CD track + information from a CDDB server, volume control, and title/track + display. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>CD Player + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="cdplayer-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="cdplayer-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>CD Player Applet</application> was written by Tim Gerla + (<email>timg@means.net</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Chris Lyttle + (<email>chris@wilddev.net</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/charpick-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/charpick-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32f6a85 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/charpick-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,342 @@ + <sect2 id="charpickapplet"> + <title>Character Picker Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Character Picker</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="charpickapplet-fig">, allows you to easily write many + characters which are not available on standard keyboards such as + accented characters, certain mathemathical symbols and punctuation, + and some other special symbols. To add this applet to a + <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Character Picker</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="charpickapplet-fig"> + <title>Character Picker Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Character Picker Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/charpick_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="charpickapplet-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + First, bring the cursor focus to the <application>Character + Picker</application> applet by left-clicking on one of the + characters displayed in the applet. Specify the character group + by pressing the corresponding key on your keyboard. (For a + complete list of the character groups and corresponding keys, see + <xref linkend="charpickapplet-characters">.) For example, + to see the various accented versions of the "a" letter, press + "a". After you have found the correct letter or symbol, + left-click on it to copy the symbol into the buffer. The + character should appear as a depressed button. This is similar to + the common Copy command available in many programs. To paste the + symbol in any window, just click in the window with the middle + mouse button. Most applications which have Copy and Paste + features will also allow you to paste the symbol using its Paste + command. + </para> + + <note> + <title>ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1) character support</title> + <para> + Note that some applications do not support ISO-8859-1 + characters. These applications will not display some characters + from the <application>Character Picker</application> applet. + </para> + </note> + + <note> + <title>Cut and Paste in X</title> + <para> + The X Windows system allows you to copy and paste text by + highlighting it with the first mouse button to copy the text and + then pasting the text by pressing the middle mouse button. + Note that <application>Character Picker</application> uses the + same copy buffer as X uses. Thus, when you + select a character in the <application>Character + Picker</application> it replaces any previous text in the buffer + from highlighting text. Similarly, if you have selected a + character in <application>Character Picker</application> and then + highlight text, the highlighted text will replace the character + in the buffer and the character's button will no longer appear + depressed. + </para> + </note> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="charpickapplet-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Character Picker + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="charpickapplet-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Character Picker</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="charpickapplet-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="charpickapplet-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/charpick_applet_settings" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Size</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Follow panel size</guibutton> — If this + button is checked, the + <application>Character Picker</application> applet will + automatically set the appropriate number of columns and rows + of characters to fit in the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Minimum number of cells</guilabel>: (for autosize) + — This sets the + minimum number of character buttons (or "cells") which will be + shown. The actual number of character buttons may exceed this + number, depending upon the <interface>Panel</interface> size + and number chosen. Note that if this number is too small, + some characters may not be visible. (This variable does not + influence the cell layout if the <guibutton>Follow panel + size</guibutton> button is not selected.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Number of rows of buttons</guilabel>: — This + determines the number + of rows of character buttons (or "cells") that appear in the + applet. (This variable does not influence the cell layout if + the <guibutton>Follow panel size</guibutton> button is selected.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Number of columns of buttons</guilabel>: — + This determines the number + of columns of character buttons (or "cells") that appear in the + applet. (This variable does not influence the cell layout if + the <guibutton>Follow panel size</guibutton> button is selected.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Size of button</guilabel>: (pixels) — This is + the size (in pixels) + of each character button in the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Default List</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Default character list</guilabel> — This is + the list of characters + which will be shown in the applet when you press the space + bar. This is a convenient way to keep a list of your most + frequently used characters. Just enter your most frequently + used characters here. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. Click + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to apply changes without closing. + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> closes + <interface>Properties</interface> without saving changes which + have not been applied. Applied changes cannot be cancelled. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Characters ================================== --> + <sect3 id="charpickapplet-characters"> + <title>Characters</title> + <para> + <application>Character Picker</application> applet has all + the characters from the + ISO-8859-1(Latin 1) character set which are not on standard US + keyboards. They are mapped onto the standard characters as shown in + <xref linkend="charpickapplet-characters-fig">. The bold + characters in the first column of each half and to the left of the + dotted lines are the characters you + must type in the <application>Character Picker</application> + applet to obtain + the corresponding characters shown to the right. + </para> + <figure id="charpickapplet-characters-fig"> + <title>Character Picker's Character Key</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Character Picker's Character Key</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/charpick_characters.png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="charpickapplet-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="charpickapplet-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Character Picker</application> was written by Alexandre Muñiz + (<email>munizao@xprt.net</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clock-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clock-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9968693 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clock-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ + <sect2 id="clock"> + <title>Clock Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Clock</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="clockapplet-fig">, is a simple applet which shows the + time (and optionally the date too) in any of several formats. To + add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Clocks</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Clock</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="clockapplet-fig"> + <title>Clock Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Clock Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/clock_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="clock-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + <application>Clock</application> applet requires no user + input. You may optionally configure it, as described below. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="clock-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Clock + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="clock-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Clock</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="clock-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="clock-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/clock_settings" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Time Format — Select either <guilabel>12 hour</guilabel> + format for <quote>AM/PM</quote> formatted time, or + <guilabel>24 hour</guilabel> for a 24 hour clock. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show date in applet — Select this to show the date + inside the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show date in tooltip — Select this to show the date in + the tooltip that pops up when the mouse is briefly left over + the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Use GMT — Select this to show the Greenwich Mean Time + instead of the local time. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Unix time — Select this to show the time, in seconds, + that has elapsed since Jan 1, 1970. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button. + </para> + + <note> + <title>Setting the Time</title> + <para> + <application>Clock</application> applet only displays the time; + it does not allow you to set the time. In order to set the time + on a Unix or Linux system, you should use the + <command>date</command> command. For example, to set the time to + 11:43:01PM and the date to April 4, use <command>date --set="Apr + 4 23:43:01"</command>. Note that you must be logged in as root to + set the time. More information about the <command>date</command> command is + available from the <ulink type="man" url="man:date">date manual page</ulink>. + You may set your timezone using the <command>timeconfig</command> or + <command>tzselect</command> commands on some Linux + distributions. + </para> + </note> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="clock-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="clock-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Clock</application> was written by Miguel de Icaza + (<email>miguel@kernel.org</email>), Federico Mena + (<email>quartic@gimp.org</email>), and Stuart Parmenter + (<email>pavlov@innerx.net</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General + Public License</citetitle></ulink> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> is included with the GNOME + documentation. You may also obtain a copy of the <ulink + type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> from the Free Software Foundation by + visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org/">their Web + site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clockmail-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clockmail-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6c17602 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/clockmail-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ + <sect2 id="clockmail"> + <title>Clock and Mailcheck Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Clock and Mailcheck</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="clockmailapplet-fig">, displays the current time and how + much mail is in your mailbox. It also notifies you when new mail + arrives by flashing. To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Clocks</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Clock and Mailcheck</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="clockmailapplet-fig"> + <title>Clock and Mailcheck Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Clock and Mailcheck Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/clockmail_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="clockmail-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + View the time and number of messages in your inbox in the applet's + display. The envelope will flash when new email arrives. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="clockmail-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Clock and Mailcheck + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="clockmail-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Clock and Mailcheck</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="clockmail-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="clockmail-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/clockmail-prefs-general" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The <interface>Properties</interface> dialogue is divided in two + sections, one for general options and one for themes. + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display time in 12 hours format (AM/PM) — Check this + button to show the time in 12-hour format. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display time relative to GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) — + This allows you to change the timezone + <application>Clock and Mailcheck</application> + uses. The time can be anything from twelve hours + ahead of GMT to twelve hours behind it. Remember also to select + the <guibutton>checkbox</guibutton>, to use the new + timezone. Note that you can only alter the + time by an integral number of hours. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Mail file — Enter you email inbox file which should be + checked for new mail. Typically, this is + <filename>/var/spool/mail/yourusername</filename> + or something similar. You can only enter one file. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When new mail is received, run... — It is possible to + execute commands when new mail arrives. + For example, it is very common for people to have a sound + file played as mail arrives. You can put the command to + run and the file to run it on in this space and ensure the + checkbox is checked for it to occur. + If you have more than one command, you can separate them + by a semi-colon. For example, + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <command>esdplay /full/path/to/file.wav</command> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <command>cd /path/to/directory ; esdplay file.wav</command> + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + These two have the same effect. You will need the full path + for this, without using shortcuts such as <command>cd ~</command>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Always blink when new mail is waiting — If you select + this <guibutton>checkbox</guibutton>, then the + red envelope will blink until you read your unread email. Normally, + this is off, and the blinking lasts only a few seconds. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Number of messages to consider mailbox full — Set the + number of messages you mailbox must have to be considered + <quote>full</quote>. Certain themes will show a special + symbol indicating the mailbox is full. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When clicked, run... — When this is set, clicking + the left mouse button on the applet will run a program. The default is + to run the <application>Balsa</application> mail client. (If + <application>Balsa</application> is not installed, nothing + will happen.) Set this to be your favorite email program. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab allows you + to set the appearance of <application>Clock and + Mailcheck</application> applet. <application>Clock and + Mailcheck</application> applet comes with many themes which are + stored in <filename>$PREFIX/clockmail/</filename>. By + default, it does not use a theme. Note that not all of the themes + show both the time and the state of your mailbox. + </para> + + <figure id="clockmail-settings-theme-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog showing theme tab</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog showing theme tab</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/clockmail-prefs-theme" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="clockmail-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + You can't change the time through the clock properties. This + is not really a bug; it's because you must be root to alter + the time for the whole of the system, using the <command> + date</command> command. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + If you adjust the system clock backwards using the <command> + date</command> command, the clock will stop working until the + system time reaches the time the clock displays. It will start + working normally then. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + The mailcounter theme gets the number of messages in your inbox + wrong. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Several themes do not reshape to the size of a vertical panel and + force the panel to be wider. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Doesn't handle multiple mailboxes. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="clockmail-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>ClockMail</application> was written by John Ellis + (<email>johne@bellatlantic.net</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and Eric Baudais + (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpuload-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpuload-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4a973d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpuload-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +<!-- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of --> +<!-- this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission --> +<!-- notice are preserved on all copies. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of --> +<!-- this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided --> +<!-- that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the --> +<!-- terms of a permission notice identical to this one. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this --> +<!-- manual into another language, under the above conditions for --> +<!-- modified versions, except that this permission notice may be --> +<!-- stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. --> + + <sect2 id="cpuload-applet"> + <title>The CPU load applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>cpuload_applet</application> is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you how much CPU is + being used. + </para> + + <sect3 id="cpuload-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + </para> + + <figure id="cpuload-applet-fig"> + <title>CPU Load Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>CPU Load Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/cpuload-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + <application>cpuload_applet</application> divides CPU use into + four sorts: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>User</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This measures CPU use in "userland": ie, things not talking to + the kernel. The default colour for this is yellow. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>System</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This measures CPU use that involves the kernel: lots of talking + between memory and disc, for example. The default colour is pale + grey. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Nice</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This measures CPU use which is not "nice": running at a high priority. + The default colour is medium grey. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Idle</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Idle measures unused CPU capacity. The default colour is black. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="cpuload-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu has + the following items: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Default Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="cpuload-properties">described below</link> which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="cpuload-properties">described below</link> which + affects only the <application>cpuload_applet</application> + properties. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Run gtop...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This option will run the <command>gtop</command> which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. <application>gtop</application> + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="cpuload-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + + <figure id="cpuload-default-fig"> + <title>Default Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>CPU Load Applet Default Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/cpuload-applet-default" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Like several of the monitor applets, + <application>cpuload_applet</application> has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect any of this group + (<application>cpuload_applet</application>, <application>memload_applet</application>, + <application>swapload_applet</application>, <application>netload_applet</application> + and <application>loadavg_applet</application>) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + <guimenuitem>Default Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + + <figure id="cpuload-greyed-fig"> + <title>Greyed Out Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>CPU Load Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/cpuload-applet-greyed" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Or you can change just the properties for + <application>cpuload_applet</application>. This is useful for when + you only use <application>cpuload_applet</application> or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + <note> + <para> + If you use the <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the <guibutton>Use default properties</guibutton> checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + </para> + </note> + + <figure id="cpuload-properties-fig"> + <title>CPU Load Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>CPU Load Applet Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/cpuload-applet-properties" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The changes you can make to the properties are three: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Colours</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the colours used for the different forms of + CPU usage displayed by clicking on the colour boxes. This + invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Speed</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds. The highest value is 1,000,000,000 + and the lowest is 1. The default is a more sensible 500. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Size</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="cpuload-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can result in + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="cpuload-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (<email>martin@home-of-linux.org</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and Eric Baudais + (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2a9631 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +<!-- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of --> +<!-- this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission --> +<!-- notice are preserved on all copies. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of --> +<!-- this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided --> +<!-- that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the --> +<!-- terms of a permission notice identical to this one. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this --> +<!-- manual into another language, under the above conditions for --> +<!-- modified versions, except that this permission notice may be --> +<!-- stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. --> + +<sect2 id="cpumemusage-applet"> + <title>The CPU and memory usage applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>cpumemusage_applet</application> is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you about your machine's + use of CPU, memory and swap. To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Monitors</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>CPU/MEM usage</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <sect3 id="cpumemusage-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. + </para> + <para> + The applet shows three bar charts, for CPU, memory and swap space. + If your panel is horizontal, the top bar is CPU, the middle is + memory, and the bottom is swap. If your panel is vertical, the left + bar is CPU, the middle is memory, and the right is swap. + </para> + + <figure id="cpumemusage-applet-fig"> + <title>CPU/MEM Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>CPU/MEM applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/cpumemusage-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>CPU</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Three colours are used here. Yellow is used for CPU activity + which does not need the kernel. Grey is used for CPU activity + by programs talking to the kernel (typically, lots of I/O such + as moving things between memory and disk). Black is the background + and represents unused CPU. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Memory</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Four colours are used here. Yellow is used for shared memory + (memory more than one program is using). Grey is used for + buffer use (memory containing data not yet written to disk). + The greenish-yellow is used for other memory use. Green + represents unused memory. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Swap</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Two colours are used here. Red is used for swap space in use. + Green is for unused swap. Swap is a section of the hard-drive + where the kernel puts parts of programs which are not currently + being used so that it can retrieve them easily when it needs to. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> +<!-- When there are Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items uncomment this section. + <sect3 id="cpumemusage-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + There are no extra menu items in the applet. + </para> + </sect3> +--> + <sect3 id="cpumemusage-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + There are no known bugs for this applet. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="cpumemusage-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + This applet was writen by Radek Doulik (<email>rodo@ucw.cz</email>). + Please report problems with it to the + <ulink type="http" url="http://bugs.gnome.org">GNOME bug + tracking system</ulink>. You can do this by following the + guidelines on that site or by using <application>bug-buddy</application> + from the command-line. For the package, put gnome-applets. + </para> + <para> + This guide was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and Eric Baudais + (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>) and is almost entirely based on + the earlier documentation from the GNOME 1.0.53 User's Guide by David + Mason (<email>dcm@redhat.com</email>) and David Wheeler. Please + report problems with or suggestions for it to the GNOME Documentation + Project (<email>docs@gnome.org</email>). You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f08278d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ + + + + + <!-- ############### Desk Guide Applet ############### --> +<sect2 id="deskguide-applet"> + <title>Desk Guide Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Desk Guide</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="deskguide-applet-fig">, is an applet that allows you to + visually navigate your virtual desktops. To add this applet to a + <interface>Panel</interface>, right-click on the panel and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Applets</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Desk Guide</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + + <figure id="deskguide-applet-fig"> + <title>Desk Guide</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Desk Guide</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/deskguide-fig" srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> +<sect3 id="deskguide-applet-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + + + <para><application>Desk Guide</application> applet helps you + navigate all of the virtual desktops available on your system. The + <application>X Window</application> system, working in + hand with a piece of software called a "window manager", allows + you to create more than one virtual desktop to organize your + work, with different applications running on each + desktop. Each desktop can also be subdivided by the window + manager into rows and columns of working space, called + "desk areas". <application>Desk + Guide</application> applet is a navigational tool to get around + the various desktops and desk areas, providing a miniature road + map in the GNOME panel showing all your virtual desktops (also + known as workspaces) and desk areas, and allowing you to switch + easily between them.</para> + + <para><application>Desk Guide</application> applet works + hand-in-hand with the window manager, the piece of software such + as Sawfish or Enlightenment that handles the look, feel and performance of + your windows. The window manager lays down borders, resizes windows, places + and moves them. The window manager is in charge of the various + desktops. <application>Desk Guide</application> applet handles the + navigation.</para> + + <para><application>Desk Guide</application> applet displays + miniature versions of all your available desktops, including + outlined boxes representing the applications running in each + desktop window. The desktop currently in use is + highlighted. Mouse-click on a representation of a desktop in + <application>Desk Guide</application> applet to switch to display + a different virtual desktop on your monitor.</para> + + <para>Click and hold with your middle mouse button on any window + image in <application>Desk Guide</application> applet to drag the + window around your virtual desktops.</para> + + <note> + <title>Note</title> + <para>Different window managers use different jargon to describe + virtual desktops and the subdivided workspaces within + them. <application>Enlightenment</application> divides your + working area into "desktops," and then subdivides those into + "screens." <application>Sawfish</application>, formerly known as + <application>Sawmill</application> divides your + working area into "workspaces" and then subdivides those into + columns and rows. <application>Desk Guide</application> applet + calls the workspaces "desktops" and the areas within them + "viewports". See your window manager's documentation for more + informaton on setting up and managing your virtual workspaces.</para> + </note> + + <para>Mouse-clicking on the arrow on the left side of + <application>Desk Guide</application> applet brings up the + <interface>Task List</interface> window, shown in <xref + linkend="deskguide-tasklist-applet-fig">.</para> + + <figure id="deskguide-tasklist-applet-fig"> + <title>Desk Guide Task List</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Desk Guide Task List</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig" srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para>The window lists the various applications running on your + computer. Left-clicking on any of the applications listed in the + <interface>Task List</interface> window shifts focus to that + application, i.e. this window rises to the foreground and all your + keyboard input will be sent to the application running in this window.</para> + + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="deskguide-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items (see <xref + linkend="deskguide-standard-right-click-items">), the right-click + pop-up menu has the following item: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> — This menu + item opens the <interface>Properties</interface> dialog (see + <xref linkend="deskguide-properties">) which allows you to + customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="deskguide-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + <para> + You can configure <application>Desk Guide</application> applet by + right-clicking on the applet and choosing the + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog, with four different + tabbed pages giving you access to various configuration options - + <link linkend="deskguide-properties-display">display</link>, + <link linkend="deskguide-properties-tasks">tasks</link> <link + linkend="deskguide-properties-geometry">geometry</link>, <link + linkend="deskguide-properties-advanced">advanced</link>.</para> + + + + <sect4 id="deskguide-properties-display"> + <title>Properties - Display</title> + <para>The first <interface>Properties </interface> window, shown + in <xref linkend="deskguide-properties-fig">, allows you to + control <application>Desk Guide</application> applet's display.</para> + + <figure id="deskguide-properties-fig"> + <title>Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/deskguide-properties" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para>Options include: +<itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Switch tasklist arrow</guilabel> + — switches the side of the applet on which the + arrow used to launch the tasklist window is displayed.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Only show current desktop in + pager</guilabel> — limits the applet display + to the desktop currently in use, including all its + viewports.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Raise area grid over tasks</guilabel> + — If you use multiple viewports (not only multiple + desktops) with your window manager, <application>Desk + Guide</application> draws a + viewport grid in the current desktop. It can either draw the + grid on top of the windows or below them.</para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show Desk-Guide tooltips</guilabel> — + Display tooltips related to various + <application>Desk Guide</application> applet components. The arrow + is the only widget that displays a tooltip.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Desk-Guide tooltip delay [ms]</guilabel> — + delay, in milliseconds, before the tooltip is displayed. You + may either type in a number or use the arrows to change the + number.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show desktop name tooltips</guilabel> + — Some window managers, such as + <application>Enlightenment</application>, allow you to name + your desktops. The feature directs + <application>Deskguide</application> to show tooltips + displaying the desktop's name.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Desktop name tooltip delay [ms]</guilabel> + — delay, in milliseconds, before the tooltip is + displayed. You may either type in a number or use the arrows + to change the number.</para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> +</para> + </sect4> + <sect4 id="deskguide-properties-tasks"> + <title>Properties - Tasks</title> + + + <figure id="deskguide-properties-tasks-fig"> + <title>Properties Dialog - Tasks</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialog - Tasks</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para>Options include:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show hidden tasks (HIDDEN)</guilabel>, + <guilabel>Show shaded tasks (SHADED)</guilabel>, + <guilabel>Show tasks which hide from window list + (SKIP-WINLIST)</guilabel>, <guilabel>Show tasks which hide from taskbar + (SKIP-TASKBAR)</guilabel> — These four items allow + <application>Deskguide</application> to display applications + running with flags set that would normally hide them from an + application like this. For instance the + <application>panel</application> is flagged as + HIDDEN, HIDE_FROM_WINLIST and + HIDE_FROM_TASKBAR. Selecting these options will allow + <application>Deskguide</application> to show such + applications.</para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="deskguide-properties-geometry"> + <title>Properties - Geometry</title> + <figure id="deskguide-properties-geometry-fig"> + <title>Properties Dialog - Geometry</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialog - Geometry</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para>Options include:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Desktop Height [pixels]</guilabel> — + sets the height of the desktop. By default this is greyed + out, and the panel size automatically sets the desktop + height. To activate it uncheck the <guilabel>Override desktop + height with panel size</guilabel> checkbox.</para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Override desktop height with panel + size</guilabel> — forces <application>Desk + Guide</application> to automatically size itself to the + panel. Unchecking this allows you to manually set the height + using the <guilabel>Desktop Height</guilabel> setting above.</para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Divide height by number of vertical + areas</guilabel> — divide the total applet + height by the number of rows of desktop areas visible.</para> + </listitem> + + + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Rows of desktops</guilabel> — set the + number of rows of desktop maps <application>Desk + Guide</application> creates in the panel to represent your + desktops. + <note> + <para>Your window manager, not <application>Desk Guide + Applet</application>, controls the number of desktops available on + your computer. This feature only controls the way + <application>Desk Guide</application> applet displays them.</para> + </note> + </para> + </listitem> + + + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Divide height by number of rows</guilabel> + — forces <application>Desk + Guide</application> to fit all the rows of desktops into the + height specified above (either one you have manually + specified or one set automatically to match the height of the + panel). Unchecking this, if you have more than one row, + allows <application>Desk Guide</application> to expand + vertically to two or more times normal height.</para> + </listitem> + + + + </itemizedlist> + + <para>The options for <interface>Vertical Layout</interface> are + mirror those for horizontal layout above, but effect the width + instead of height of the applet, and the number of columns it + occupies instead of the number of rows.</para> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="deskguide-properties-advanced"> + <title>Properties - Advanced</title> + <figure id="deskguide-properties-advanced-fig"> + <title>Properties Dialog - Advanced</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialog - Advanced</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para>Advanced options allow you to control <application>Desk + Guide's</application> behavior with specific window managers, + along with other settings.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Draw desktops double-buffered + (recommended)</guilabel> — controls the method + <application>Desk Guide</application> draws desktops. Without + double-buffering, you may see flicker on slower + machines. With it, you may see slower performance on network + connections.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Window manager moves decoration window + instead</guilabel> — Check this if, when you move a + window with the middle mouse button, but the resulting window + position is off. If in doubt, check this if you use any of + the window managers mentioned + (<application>AfterStep</application>, + <application>Enlightenment</application>, + <application>FVWM</application>, + <application>IceWM</application>, or + <application>Sawmill</application>, now known as + <application>Sawfish</application>).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Window manager changes active area on all + desktops</guilabel> — If you have more than one + desktop, with multiple work areas within each desktop, this + option can be used to force the window manager to change the + active work area within all the desktops simultaneously if + you change your work area on one.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Window manager expects pager to modify + area+desktop</guilabel> — Currently has no effect.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Popdown task view automatically</guilabel> — + Automatically pops down the task view window after you click on an + application in the task view list. If unchecked, you must click a + second time on the task view arrow to get the window to pop down.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect4> + +<sect4 id="moreInformation"> + <title>More Information</title> + <para>All <interface>Properties</interface> dialogs have the following + buttons at the bottom of the dialog: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will activate any changes + in the properties you have made and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> at any time will + make your changes active without closing the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. This is helpful if + you would like to test the effects of the changes you have + made but may want to continue changing the properties. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Close</guibutton> will close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. Only changes in the + configuration which were previously applied with the + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button will persist. Other + changes will not be made active. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Help</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Help</guibutton> brings up the manual for + the application, opening it to the page describing the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. + + + + </para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</para> +</sect4> + + <sect4 id="deskguide-standard-right-click-items"> + <title>Standard Pop-Up Items</title> + <para> + All applets should have the following items in their right-click + <guimenu>pop-up menu</guimenu>: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Remove from panel</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>Remove from panel</guimenuitem> menu item + removes the applet from the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Move</term> + <listitem> + <para> + After selecting <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>, your mouse + pointer will change appearance (typically to a cross with + arrows in each direction). As you move your mouse, the applet + will move with it. When you have finished moving the applet, + click any mouse button and the applet will anchor in its + current position. Note that applets can be moved between two + <interface>Panels</interface> this way. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Panel</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> submenu contains various + items and submenus for adding and removing + <interface>Panels</interface> and applets and for changing + the configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>About</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>About...</guimenuitem> menu item brings up a + dialogue box containing various information about the applet, + typically including the applet's name, version, author, + copyright, license and description. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Help</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> menu item brings up the help + manual for the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect4> + + + + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="deskguide-applet-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para>The <guilabel>Window manager expects pager to modify + area+desktop</guilabel> feature on the <interface>advanced + properties</interface> window currently has no effect. + + </para> + </sect3> + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="deskguide-applet-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Desk Guide</application> applet was written by Tim Janik + (<email>timj@gtk.org</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by John Fleck + (<email>jfleck@inkstain.net</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <sect3 id="deskguide-applet-license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General + Public License</citetitle></ulink> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> is included with the GNOME + documentation. You also may obtain a copy from the Free Software + Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + +--> + </sect2> + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/diskusage-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/diskusage-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f28db5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/diskusage-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ + +<sect2 id="diskusage-applet"> + <title>Disk Usage Applet</title> + + <para> <application>Disk Usage Applet</application>, shown in <xref + linkend="diskusage-applet-fig1">, provides a panel monitor for the + amount of space in use and available on your disk drives. To add + this applet to the panel, right-click on the panel and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Monitors</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Disk Usage</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </para> + + + <figure id="diskusage-applet-fig1"> + <title>Disk Usage Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Disk Usages Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/diskusage-applet" srccredit="John + Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="diskusage-applet-usage"> + <title> Usage</title> + <para><application>Disk Usage Applet</application> provides + real-time monitoring of the available space on your disk + drives.</para> + <para>It provides three pieces of information. The colored pie + graphically represents how much space is used and how much is + available. <guilabel>MP:</guilabel> indicates the mount point of + the disk it is currently monitoring. <guilabel>av:</guilabel> + indicates the amount of space available on the selected drive, in + kilobytes. Clicking on the applet changes the drive being + monitored. Doing so repeatedly cycles through all available drives.</para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>File system</guimenuitem> — allows you + to change the file system <application>Disk Usage + Applet</application> monitors.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>— opens the + <link linkend="diskusage-applet-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> + </link> dialog + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem> — this can be used + to force the applet to update the filesystem list the applet + uses. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Disk Usage + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="diskusage-applet-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Disk Usage Applet</application> by + right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. This will launch the + <interface>Properties…</interface> dialog, which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + <figure id="diskusage-applet-fig2"> + <title>Preferences dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Preferences dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/diskusage-applet-prefs" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> — To change the colors + displayed in the applet, click on the <guibutton>colored + buttons</guibutton> next to <guilabel>Used Diskspace</guilabel>, + <guilabel>Free Diskspace</guilabel>, + <guilabel>Textcolor</guilabel> and + <guilabel>Backgroundcolor</guilabel>. A color wheel dialog will + pop up offering you color options to make changes. When + finished, click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button on the + color options window. + + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Size</guilabel> — <guilabel>Applet + Size</guilabel> and can be used to change the height (on a + horizontal panel) or width (on a vertical panel) of the applet.</para> + + <para>By checking the <guilabel>Automatically pick best applet + size</guilabel> check box, you can force <application>Disk Usage + Applet</application> to automatically choose the appropriate size + for your panel. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> — Clicking on the bar in this + window opens a dialog box allowing you to change the font + displayed in the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Update Frequency</guilabel> — changes + the amount of time, in seconds, between updates of + <application>Disk Usage Applet</application>. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + + <para> + </para> + + + + <para> After you have made all the choices you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to make the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click on + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="diskusage-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Disk Usage Applet</application> was written by Dave Finton + <email>dfinton@d.umn.edu</email>, Bruno Widmann + <email>bwidmann@tks.fh-sbg.ac.at</email> and Martin Baulig + <email>martin@home-of-linux.org</email>. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME bug tracking + database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug reports can be + found <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by John Fleck + (<email>jfleck@inkstain.net</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + +--> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/drivemount-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/drivemount-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1facf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/drivemount-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ + <sect2 id="drivemountapplet"> + <title>Drive Mount Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Drive Mount Applet</application>, shown in <xref + linkend="drivemountapplet-fig">, allows you to quickly and easily + mount and unmount various types of drives and filesystems on your + computer. To add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Drive Mount</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="drivemountapplet-fig"> + <title>Drive Mount Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Drive Mount Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/drivemount_applet_floppy" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <note> + <title>Background Information for Beginners</title> + <para> + Many file systems on Linux and Unix systems must be manually + mounted and unmounted. After a file system is mounted, you can + read and write to it. When you are finished with a file system, + you should unmount it. It is important to unmount removable + drives, such as floppy disks and Zip disks, + before removing the media, because Linux and Unix systems do not + always write the changes made immediately. They typically buffer + the changes made to the disk in order to improve the speed of the + system. Partitions on fixed drives, such as your hard drive, are + typically mounted automatically when your computer boots and + unmounted when it shuts down. Removable media must be mounted and + unmounted by hand, such as by using the <application>Drive + Mount</application> applet. + </para> + <para> + The "root + filesystem" is the main filesystem on your computer starting with + "/" (root). Other filesystems are associated with directories inside + the root filesystem. These are called "mount points", which are + just empty directories. When a filesystem is mounted, its + contents appear inside this directory. As an example, most + systems create a mount point "/mnt/floppy" which is just an empty + directory if your floppy drive is not mounted. It contains + the contents of your floppy if the floppy drive is mounted. + </para> + </note> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="drivemount-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + To mount or unmount a drive, simply click on the + <application>Drive Mount Applet</application> icon with the left + mouse button. For drives which can eject their media, such as + most CDROM's and JAZ drives, you can eject the drive by clicking on the + icon with the right mouse button and selecting + <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. To browse the contents of the + drive with the <application>GNOME File Manager</application>, select + <guimenuitem>Browse…</guimenuitem>. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Browse…</guimenuitem> — shows + the contents of the drive using the <application>GNOME File + Manager</application>. + The drive must be mounted for this to work. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> — ejects the + storage medium for drives which can be ejected, such as + CDROM's and JAZ drives. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="drivemountapplet-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Drive Mount + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The mount point and mount status of a drive is shown in a tooltip + if the cursor is left over the applet for a short time, as shown + in <xref linkend="drivemountapplettooltips-fig">. + <figure id="drivemountapplettooltips-fig"> + <title>Drive Mount Applet showing tooltip</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Drive Mount Applet showing tooltip</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="drivemountapplet-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Drive Mount</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="drivemount-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="drivemount-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/drivemount_applet_settings" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Mount Point</guilabel> — This is the mount + point used when mounting the drive. This is + an empty directory which will hold the contents of the drive + whenever the drive is mounted. Mount points can occur + anywhere in your filesystem, but the convention is to put all + mount points for removable drives in the <filename + class="directory">/mnt</filename> + directory. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Update in seconds</guilabel> — This is the + interval in seconds at + which <application>Drive Mount</application> refreshes its + icon by checking the mount status. This is only + important if you sometimes mount or unmount a drive using a + command or application other than <application>Drive + Mount</application>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Icon</guilabel> — This determines the icons + (one for unmounted and + one for mounted) displayed for the + drive. There are icon sets for most of the commonly used + drives (floppy, CDROM, Zip, hard disk, and JAZ). + They are shown in <xref + linkend="drivemountappletall-fig">. You may also select + <guimenuitem>Custom</guimenuitem>; this allows you to specify + your own icons. + </para> + <figure id="drivemountappletall-fig"> + <title>Icons for Mounted and Unmounted Drives of Various Types</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Icons for Mounted and Unmounted Drives of Various + Types</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/drivemount_applet_all" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + Notice that <xref linkend="drivemountappletall-fig"> + shows the icons for the unmounted and mounted states of (from + left to right) floppy, CDROM, Zip, JAZ, and hard disk drives. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Custom icon for mounted</guilabel> — A custom + icon which is + displayed when the drive is mounted. This option is only + available if the <guimenu>Icon:</guimenu> selection is set to + "Custom". + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Custom icon for not mounted</guilabel> — A + custom icon which is + displayed when the drive is not mounted. This option is only + available if the <guimenu>Icon:</guimenu> selection is set to + "Custom". + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Scale size to panel</guibutton> — Selecting + this option scales + the size of the mounted and unmounted icons with the + <interface>Panel</interface>'s size. If this option is not + set, the icon sizes are fixed, independent of the size of + the <interface>Panel</interface>. Selecting this option + typically makes for a nicer appearance. For very small + <interface>Panel</interface> sizes, unselecting this option + may be useful, as it forces the applet to appear rotated and + larger, which makes it easier to see. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Use automount friendly status test</guibutton> + — Select this option + if you use automount, otherwise leave it unselected. + </para> + <note> + <title>Information for Advanced Users</title> + <para> + The default command used by <application>Drive + Mount</application>to test whether a drive is mounted is + <command>stat</command> and would cause the drive to actually be + mounted if the user is using + <application>automount</application>. If this button is + selected, it uses <command>mount</command> instead, which + does not cause <application>automount</application> to mount + the drive. The reason this button is not selected by default + is that <command>mount</command> is more cpu intensive than + <command>stat</command>. + </para> + </note> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para>After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. Click + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to apply changes without closing. + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> closes + <interface>Properties</interface> without saving changes which + have not been applied. Applied changes cannot be cancelled. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Configuring Your System ============== --> + <sect3 id="drivemountapplet-configuring"> + <title>Configuring Your System</title> + + <warning> + <title>For Advanced Users</title> + <para> + This section is intended for system administrators and advanced + users. + </para> + </warning> + + <para> + In order for <application>Drive Mount Applet</application> to work + properly, the system may need to be configured by the system + administrator, using root privileges. This section provides a + very basic introduction. + </para> + + <para> + Information describing the mount point and filesystem type of each + drive is kept in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. This can be + configured by hand or by using the + <application>linuxconf</application> application. For drives which + do not always have a single filesystem type (such as a floppy + drive which may have msdos or ext2 filesystems), you should use + "auto" for the filesystem type. Each device has a single line in + /etc/fstab of the following form: + <programlisting> + /dev/fd0 /mnt/floppy auto noauto,rw,user 0 0 + </programlisting> + This entry describes the first floppy device (/dev/fd0) as having + a mount point of <filename>/mnt/floppy</filename>, a variable + filesystem type which should be automatically detected, and the + following configurations: "noauto"— Do not automatically + mount the drive when the computer is booted, "rw"— The drive + is readable and writable, and "user"— Users have permission + to mount the drive. These, along with the last two fields which + we do not describe here, are discussed in detail in the fstab man + pages, available by typing <command>man fstab</command> or through + the <application>GNOME Help Browser</application>. + </para> + <para> + The <application>linuxconf</application> application provides a + graphical interface for controlling these filesystems. To start + <application>linuxconf</application>, just type + <command>linuxconf</command> in a shell window (you must log in as + root). Select + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Config</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>filesystems</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Access local drive</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + To edit an entry, just select + it. <application>linuxconf</application> is meant to be easy + to use and has its own internal help system to guide you + through the process. You may also add new entries by selecting the + <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============ Troubleshooting & Error Messages ======= --> + <sect3 id="drivemountapplet-troubleshooting"> + <title>Troubleshooting and Understanding Error Messages</title> + <para> + If you do not have your system configured properly, you may + encounter certain error messages when trying to mount or access + certain drives. Here are some of the more common error messages + and their causes: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>mount: /dev/fd0 is not a valid block + device</quote>— The most common cause for this error is + that the drive (in this example, /dev/fd0, corresponding to the + floppy drive) is empty. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>mount: only root can mount /dev/fda on + /mnt/floppy</quote>— You do not have permission to mount + this drive. Contact the system administrator, who can give you + permission. + </para> + <note> + <title>Note for System Administrators</title> + <para> + You can set a drive to be mountable and unmountable by users by + adding "users" to the mount options (fourth column) in + <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. This may be done by hand or + by using <application>linuxconf</application>, using the + <guilabel>Local volume</guilabel> tab in + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Config</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Filesystems</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Access local drive</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. After you select the correct drive from the list, + it will show you the <guilabel>Volume + specifications</guilabel>. Click on the + <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab, and select the + <guibutton>User mountable</guibutton> button. + </para> + </note> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>mount: wrong fs type, bad option, bad superblock on + /dev/cdrom, or too many mounted file systems</quote>— + This error can be caused by several problems. It is most + commonly caused by not having the right filesystem type, such as + trying to mount a music CDROM as if it held data, or trying to + mount an msdos formatted floppy as ext2. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>mount /mnt/cdrom 2>&1 reported: mount: No medium + found</quote>— This error indicates the drive, in + this case the CDROM drive, is empty. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>umount /mnt/cdrom 2>&1 reported: umount: /mnt/cdrom: + device is busy</quote>— This error indicates that the + drive cannot be unmounted because the drive is being used by + the computer. This often happens if you have the + <application>GNOME File Manager</application> open to a + directory on the drive or if you have a terminal window open + with the working directory on the drive. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>umount: can't find /mnt/floppy in /etc/fstab or /etc/mtab + </quote>— + This indicates that the system has not been configured to mount + the mount point you are trying to use. In many cases, you may + have put the wrong mount point in the <guilabel>Mount + point</guilabel> entry in the <interface>Properties + Dialog</interface> (see <xref + linkend="drivemountapplet-prefs">). To find out which mount + point you should be using, contact your system administrator. + </para> + <note> + <title>Note for Advanced Users</title> + <para> + Each device (filesystem or drive) which can be mounted should + be listed in the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> configuration + file. Reading this file will tell you which devices are + configured for your system. To add or modify entries, you can + edit this file by hand or by using the + <application>linuxconf</application> application. + </para> + </note> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>mount: /dev/fd0 already mounted or /mnt/floppy busy + mount: according to mtab, /dev/fd0 is mounted on /mnt/floppy_ext2 + </quote>— + This error occurs if you have a single device (in this case + /dev/fd0) configured for multiple mount points and you try to + mount one mount point while another one is already mounted. + Having multiple mount points for a single device typically is + not necessary. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <quote>mount: the kernel does not recognize /dev/sda4 as a + block device(maybe 'insmod driver'?)</quote>— Contact + your system administrator. (This error + occurs if your kernel is not properly configured to + automatically mount the necessary kernel modules to read the + device.) + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="drivemount-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem> does not always work. Trying to + eject with the drive mounted does not give a warning, explaining + why the drive does not eject. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="drivemount-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Drive Mount Applet</application> was written by John Ellis + (<email>johne@bellatlantic.net</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fifteen-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fifteen-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a60364f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fifteen-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ + <sect2 id="fifteen"> + <title>Fifteen Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Fifteen</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="fifteenapplet-fig">, is a version of the old game of + moving squares around a grid to put them into numerical order. To + add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Amusements</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Fifteen</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="fifteenapplet-fig"> + <title>Fifteen Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Fifteen Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/fifteen_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="fifteen-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + The applet starts with the pieces in the correct order: this is + the order you will need to restore them to. To start a new game, + right-click on the applet and select <guimenuitem>Scramble + Pieces</guimenuitem>. Move the pieces by clicking on them with + the left mouse button until you have restored them all to their + original positions. When you have done this, you will see a + <guilabel>You win!</guilabel> dialog box. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Scramble pieces</guimenuitem> — + randomly rearranges the tile positions. Use this to start a + new game. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about + <application>Fifteen</application> applet, inluding the + applet's version and the author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="fifteen-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="fifteen-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Fifteen</application> was written by Federico Mena + Quintero (<email>federico@nuclecu.unam.mx</email>). It is based on + the game described by Sam Lloyd in 1878. Please send + all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fish-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fish-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e387f6f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/fish-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ + <sect2 id="fish"> + <title>Fish Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Fish</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="fishapplet-fig">, displays a small + fish in your <interface>panel</interface> and does nothing useful + whatsoever beyond that. To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Amusements</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Fish</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="fishapplet-fig"> + <title>Fish Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Fish Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/fish_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="fish-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + Unlike most fishes, this fish requires little care and no fishbowl + cleaning. It swims happily about in its water. If you ask it, it + will tell you interesting thoughts. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="fish-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Fish + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="fish-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Fish</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="fish-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="fish-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/fish_settings" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Your GNOME Fish's Name — You can change your fish's + name here. The default name is Wanda. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The Animation Filename — You can select a different set + of pictures here. By default, + the list of pictures is in <filename>$PREFIX/pixmaps/fish/</filename>, + which you can browse and choose from. You may also put a different + pathname in pointing to your own pictures. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Frames In Animation — The number of frames in the + animation. The default is three, but the range is from 1 to 255. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Pause per frame (s) — The period in seconds before + updating the picture. The default is one second, but the range + is from 0.10 to 10 seconds. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Rotate on vertical panels — This checkbox is used for + vertical panels, and when checked, the + fish will appear swimming downwards on a vertical panel. If it is + not checked, it will appear the same way as on a horizontal panel, + which forces the vertical panel to widen to accomodate it. + </para> + </listitem> + + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="fish-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="fish-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Fish</application> was written by George Lebl + (<email>jirka@5z.com</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk</email>). Please send all + comments and suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink + type="http" url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">GNOME + Documentation Project</ulink> by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also submit comments online + by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">GNOME + Documentation Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General + Public License</citetitle></ulink> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> is included with the GNOME + documentation. You also may obtain a copy of the <ulink + type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> from the Free Software Foundation by + visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org/">their Web + site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/geyes-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/geyes-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f0d14f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/geyes-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ + <sect2 id="geyes"> + <title>gEyes Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>gEyes</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="geyesapplet-fig">, is a pair of eyes which follow your + mouse pointer around the screen. To add this applet to a + <interface>Panel</interface>, right-click on the + <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Amusements</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>gEyes</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="geyesapplet-fig"> + <title>gEyes Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>gEyes Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/geyes_applet" + srccredit="arjan"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="geyes-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + Watch the eyes watch your mouse. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="geyes-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>gEyes + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="geyes-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>gEyes</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="geyes-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change the theme. + </para> + + <figure id="geyes-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/geyes_settings" + srccredit="arjan"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + This window shows a list of the currently installed + themes(appearances) for <application>gEyes</application>. Select + the theme you would like to use. + </para> + + <para> + After you have selected your new theme, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="geyes-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + With the exception of Default-tiny, most of the themes + are too large for some <interface>Panel</interface> sizes and + force the <interface>Panel</interface> to resize. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="geyes-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>gEyes</application> was written by Dave Camp + (<email>campd@oit.edu</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk</email>) and Arjan Scherpenisse + (<email>acscherp@wins.uva.nl</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gkb-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gkb-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..777aebc --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gkb-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ + <sect2 id="gkbapplet"> + <title>GNOME KeyBoard Applet</title> +<!-- reviewed by András--> + <para> + <application>GNOME KeyBoard Applet</application>, shown with its + default configuration in <xref linkend="gkbapplet-fig">, allows + you to easily and quickly change + the keyboard map to those used in various different countries. To + add this applet to a + <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>GKB KeyBoard Switcher</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="gkbapplet-fig"> + <title>GNOME KeyBoard Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>GNOME KeyBoard Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gkb_applet" + srccredit="emese"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="gkbapplet-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + Once configured, the <application>GNOME Keyboard</application> + applet allows you to switch the keyboard mapping between any number of + keyboard layout. Just left-click on the applet or press + <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo> + to switch the keyboard + mapping. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="gkbapplet-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>GNOME KeyBoard + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="gkbapplet-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>GNOME KeyBoard</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog (shown in <xref + linkend="gkbapplet-settings-fig">), which allows you to + add, modify, and remove keymaps, as well as to <link linkend="gkbapplet-options">configure + the applet's appearance</link>. + </para> + + <figure id="gkbapplet-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gkb_applet_settings" + srccredit="emese"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para>The <interface>Properties</interface> dialog box has two tabs: + <guilabel>Keymaps</guilabel> and <guilabel>Options</guilabel>. + On the <guilabel>Keymaps</guilabel> tab, you can Add, Edit, Delete + or change the order of keyboard layouts. On the + <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab you can set the appearance of the + applet (flag, label or flag+label) and its size (Normal or Big), as + well as the key sequence to use to get GKB to switch between + keyboard layouts (see <xref linkend="bugs"> section.) + </para> + <sect4 id="gkb-prefs-add"> + <title>Setting keyboard layouts for you language</title> + <para> + Setting up keymaps can consist in one or more of the following steps: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Adding a required keyboard layout — On the + <guilabel>Keymaps</guilabel> tab, click on the + <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The + <interface>tree</interface> shown in + <xref linkend="gkbapplet-add-keymap-fig"> allows you to choose + the keymap best suited for you, based on the language and the + country involved. + </para> + + <figure id="gkbapplet-add-keymap-fig"> + <title>Select Layout dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Select layout dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gkb_add_list" + srccredit="emese"></graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para>To add a keymap, click on the <guibutton>+</guibutton> + sign preceeding the languge you want to set. A list of coutries + where the given language is used appears. Again, click on the + <guibutton>+</guibutton> preceeding the country chosen, and a + list of keymaps shows up. Select the keymap you would like to + use and click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. Your keymap gets added to + the list on the <interface>GKB Properties</interface> window. You + may add another keymap or click + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the + <interface>Select Layout</interface> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Editing an existing keyboard layout — Selecting a keymap + and pressing the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> brings up the + <interface>Edit keymap</interface> window (see + <xref linkend="gkbapplet-prefs-edit">). + </para> + + + <figure id="gkbapplet-prefs-edit"> + <title>Edit keymap dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Edit keymap dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gkb_edit_keymap" + srccredit="emese"></graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + +<para> +On this dialog, you can modify different properties of the keymap. These +properties are: + +<itemizedlist> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Name</guilabel>: The name of the keymap, as shown in the +<interface>GKB Properties</interface> window and in the hint appearing +when you move your mouse over the applet. +</para> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Label</guilabel>: This is the label that appears when you set +"Label" or "Flag+Label" modes. See <xref linkend="gkbapplet-options"> for more +details. +</para> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Language</guilabel>: This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. +It has no effect right now. +</para> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Country</guilabel>: This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. It +has no effect right now. +</para> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Flag</guilabel>: This is the place where you can set the flag +to be displayed with the given keyboard layout. +</para> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Architecture</guilabel>:This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. +It has no effect right now. +</para> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Type</guilabel>: This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. It has no +effect right now. +</para> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Code page</guilabel>: This option will be used in Gnome 2.0. It +has no effect right now. +</para> +</listitem> + +<listitem> +<para> +<guilabel>Command</guilabel>: This is the command which + <application>GNOME KeyBoard</application> will use to change + the keymap. The default is to use the + <command>gkb_xmmap <replaceable>xmodmap-file-extension</replaceable> +</command> command, where <replaceable>xmodmap-file-extension</replaceable> +should be replaced by the extension of the xmodmap file you want to use. +</para> +<tip> +<title>Finding keyboard layouts availble on your system</title> +<para>On a typical Linux system, xmodmap files can be found under the +directory <filename class="directory">/usr/share/xmodmap</filename>. +</para> +</tip> +<para> +To set the keymap to a US 101 key keyboard, for example, you would +use <command>gkb_xmmap us-101</command>. +</para> + <para> + If this doesn't work, you may also try setting the + keyboard using command <command>setxkbmap + <replaceable>LC</replaceable></command> where + <replaceable>LC</replaceable> is the two letter country + code of your locale. (for example, + <command>setxkbmap fr</command> to use a French + keyboard). Finally, if you have your own keyboard layout + (xmodmap) file, set the command to <command>xmodmap + <replaceable>xmodmap-filename</replaceable></command> (for + example, <command>xmodmap + ~/xrus/yawerty.koi8.xmm</command> to use keyboard layout + for Cyrillic letters in koi8 encoding). Please see + <xref linkend="gkbappplet-technical"> for more information. + </para> + +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Removing a keyboard layout that is no longer needed — + To remove a keyboard, select it (click on it in the + <interface>GKB Properties</interface> window) and click the + <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Reordering keyboard layouts — The order in which the + keyboard layouts become active as you click on the applet or + press the hot key depends on the order they appear in the list in + the <interface>Properties</interface> window. The layout that is + displayed at the top of + the list will become the default layout when you close the + <interface>Properties</interface> window. To change the order in + the list, select the keymap to be moved, and click + <guibutton>Up</guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton> as + appropriate. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to apply the changes or on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> + button. The <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button brings up this chapter + of the on-line help. + </para> + + </sect4> + + + <sect4 id="gkbapplet-options"> + <title>Miscellaneous options</title> + <para> + Different options allow you to customize the look of your applet. + As a new feature, you can select between three different display modes: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Flag mode — The flag associated to the keymap is + displayed on the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Label mode — No flag is displayed, only the label + associated with the keymap. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Flag and label mode — Both flag and label + associated with the keymap are displayed. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + <para> + Many users have reported, that the applet takes too much room on + the panel. You can now set the applets size from the + <guilabel>Applet size</guilabel> pull down list. Set the size to + <guibutton>Normal</guibutton> if you want a smaller applet. + If you have plenty of space or like nice big flags on you panel, + set the option to <guibutton>Big</guibutton>. + </para> + <para> +An often formulated user wish was to implement the keymap switching using +hotkeys. The developers proudly announce, that keyboard initiated switching now works. The hotkey combination that allows to change keymaps is set to +<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo> (<keycap>Alt</keycap> being the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key). You can customize this hotkey sequence from the <interface>GKB Properties</interface> window's +<guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Click on the <guibutton>Grab hotkey</guibutton> button and press the keys you want to set. The key combination is displayed in the <interface>input box</interface> near the button (you may see something like: <keysym>Control-Shift_R</keysym>). Finally, click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> or <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to finalize the new settings. + </para> + </sect4> + + </sect3> + +<sect3 id="gkbappplet-technical"> + <title>Technical information</title> + <para> + Normally you do not need these details - but if something is not + working, or you are just curious, read on. + </para> + <para> + <application>GNOME Keyboard</application> switches the keyboard + map by issuing a command to X Window + System. X Window System has two mechanisms for setting keyboard + mapping: older one called "xmodmap" and a newer one, based on the + so-called "Xkb extension". If you have Xkb enabled, you should use + it and switch keyboard layouts by issuing a command + <command>setxkbmap <replaceable>LC</replaceable></command>. It + comes with a number of various keyboard layout files, usually in + directory <filename>/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/xkb/symbols</filename>. + </para> + <para> If you do not have Xkb extension enabled, or if it just + does not cover the language you need, you should use the older + <command>xmodmap</command> mechanism. In this case, you need to + have a file which describes keyboard layout in a special format + (see manual page for <command>xmodmap</command> for details), and + the command should be <command>xmodmap + <replaceable>filename</replaceable> </command>. <application>GNOME + Keyboard</application> includes a + number of keyboard layout files, which are installed in the + directory <filename>/usr/share/xmodmap</filename>; these files + have names like <filename>xmodmap.de</filename>. To use one of + these files, you can use the command <command>gkb_xmmap + <replaceable>LC</replaceable></command> + which is equivalent to <command>xmodmap + /usr/share/xmodmap/xmodmap.<replaceable>LC</replaceable></command>: + for example, + <command>gkb_xmmap hu</command> is the same as <command>xmodmap + /usr/share/xmodmap/xmodmap.hu</command>. + </para> + </sect3> + + + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="gkb-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Languages and countries showing up in the + <interface>Select layout</interface> dialog are not sorted in + alphabetical order. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> +<para> +The program has very few error handling routines implemented. If you try to feed it something unusual, it may crash. +</para> +</listitem> + <listitem> +<para> +If it does not crash, it returns the error: "The keymap switching + returned an error". If the <interface>Edit</interface> window is open + when this error appears and + you press the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button on this window, it is + likely that nothing will happen. Try closing the + <interface>Edit</interface> window first and + then the error window. +</para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="gkb-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>GNOME KeyBoard</application> was written by Szabolcs Ban + (<email>shooby@gnome.hu</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>). You can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was originally written by Szabolcs (Shooby) Ban + (<email>shooby@gnome.hu</email>) and Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). It has been rewritten + (strongly based on the original) by Emese Kovacs + (<email>emese@gnome.hu</email>) to reflect changes from v1.2 to v1.4. + The <link linkend="gkbappplet-technical">Technical Information</link> + section has been added by + Alexander Kirillov (<email>kirillov@math.sunysb.edu</email>). + Please send all comments + and suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">GNOME Documentation + Project</ulink> by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also submit comments online + by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">GNOME + Documentation Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gnotes-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gnotes-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f5cc97 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gnotes-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ + <!-- ############### GNOTES! ############### --> + +<sect2 id="gnotes"> + <title>GNOTES! Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>GNOTES!</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="gnotes-fig">, allows you to cover your + GNOME desktop with little, yellow, virtual sticky-notes. To + learn how to add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>GNotes!</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + + <figure id="gnotes-fig"> + <title>GNOTES!</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>GNOTES!</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gnotes-fig" srccredit="Michael Hall"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <sect3 id="gnotes-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + This applet places a yellow sticky-note on your desktop. To use it, + left-click on the <guiicon>GNOTES!</guiicon> icon to make a new + note appear on your desktop. After creating a new note, you may + then left-click within the yellow area of the note to begin + adding text to it. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="gnotes-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu has + the following items: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — opens + the <link linkend="gnotes-properties"><interface> + Properties</interface></link> dialog which allows you to + customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>APPLET + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Raise Notes</guimenuitem> — causes all your + notes to appear above any overlapping windows. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Lower Notes</guimenuitem> — causes all your + notes to be hidden below any overlapping windows. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Hide Notes</guimenuitem> — causes all your + notes to become hidden from view. It does not destroy your notes. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Show Notes</guimenuitem> — brings your + notes back into view if you used the + <guimenuitem>Hide Notes</guimenuitem> menu command. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="individual-note-right-click"> + <title>Right-Clicking on the Left Border of Individual Notes</title> + <para> + You may also right-click on the left border of each of the notes on your + desktop to change their individual properties. + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Raise Note</guimenuitem> — This menu + item causes your note to appear above any overlapping windows. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Lower Note</guimenuitem> — This + menu item causes your note to be placed below any overlapping + windows. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Hide Note</guimenuitem> — This menu + item causes your note to become hidden from view. It does + not destroy your note. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Destroy Note</guimenuitem> — This menu + item permanently removes your note from the desktop. Unlike + <guimenuitem>Hide Notes</guimenuitem>, you may not recover + your note. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <sect3 id="gnotes-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + <para> + You can configure <application>GNOTES!</application> applet by + right-clicking on the applet and choosing the + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog, shown in + <link linkend="gnotes-properties-fig">Figure 2</link>. + </para> + + <figure id="gnotes-properties-fig"> + <title>Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gnotes-properties" srccredit="Michael Hall"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + To change the default size at which your notes appear on the desktop, you + may either click on the <guibutton>up</guibutton> and + <guibutton>down</guibutton> arrows, or type values (in pixels) directly + into the fields next to the <guilabel>Default Height</guilabel> and + <guilabel>Default Width</guilabel> labels. + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> +<!-- Not needed for 1.x applets + <para> + For more information on the <interface>Properties</interface> + dialog, including descriptions of the <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>, <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>, and + <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons, see <xref + linkend="applet-properties-dialog">. + </para> +--> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="gnotes-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + Setting the <guilabel>Default Height</guilabel> or <guilabel>Default + Width</guilabel> may cause the <application>GNOTES</application> to crash. + </para> + + <para> + After first adding <application>GNOTES!</application> to your + <interface>Panel</interface>, clicking on the first note you create may + cause a second note to be created on your desktop. + </para> + + + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="gnotes-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + This applet was writen by spoon + <email>spoon@ix.netcom.com</email> and dres + <email>dres@debian.org</email>. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + The documentation for this applet + which you are reading now was written by + Michael Hall <email>mphall@cstone.net</email>. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + --> + </sect2> + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gweather-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gweather-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04967d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/gweather-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,580 @@ + <sect2 id="gweather"> + <title>GNOME Weather Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>GNOME Weather</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="gweatherapplet-fig">, retrieves and displays various + weather information. To add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>GNOME Weather</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="gweatherapplet-fig"> + <title>GNOME Weather Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>GNOME Weather Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gweather_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="gweather-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + <application>GNOME Weather</application> displays the current + temperature and weather conditions in numeric and iconified form + inside the applet. For further information, double-click on the + applet. This will open up the <interface>Weather Information + Window</interface>, shown in <xref + linkend="gweather-weather-fig">. This displays the current weather + information and either a one-day or five-day forecast. + </para> + + <figure id="gweather-weather-fig"> + <title>Weather Information Window</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Weather Information Window</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gweather_weather" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem> — + refreshes the weather information and display. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="gweather-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>GNOME Weather + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="gweather-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>GNOME Weather</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="gweather-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="gweather-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/gweather_settings" + srccredit="mueth"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Update Interval — This option determines how often + <application>GNOME Weather</application> will connect + to the server(s) and retrieve weather information. Current + conditions, forecast and radar map (if enabled) will be + downloaded + </para> + <note> + <title>Note About Server Updates</title> + <para> + Note that the <guilabel>Update Interval</guilabel> only + determines how often your computer downloads information from + the server(s). The update time shown in the + <interface>Current Conditions</interface> tab (viewed by + double-clicking on the applet) indicates when those + measurements were renewed on the server, rather than when + they were last retrieved. + </para> + </note> + <note> + <title>Disabling Automatic Updates and Using Manual Updates</title> + <para> + You can disable automatic updates by unchecking the + <guilabel>Update enabled</guilabel> box. On the other hand, you can + also force <application>GNOME Weather</application> to + perform an update by choosing the corresponding option in the + popup menu. These two options are very useful if you have an + intermitant internet connection, such as a laptop or modem + provides. + </para> + </note> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Update enabled — Select this if you would like + <application>GNOME Weather</application> to automatically + download the latest weather information at the time interval + specified by <guilabel>Update</guilabel>. Deselect this if + you would only like weather updates to be done manually, by + right-clicking on the applet and selecting + <guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Use metric — By default <application>GNOME + Weather</application> uses the imperial system of + units. Select this box to use metric units. The units used are shown in + <xref linkend="tab-units">. + </para> + + <table id="tab-units"> + <title>Measurement Units</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Quantity</entry> + <entry>Metric</entry> + <entry>Imperial</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>Temperature</entry> + <entry>deg Celsius</entry> + <entry>deg Farenheit</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Windspeed</entry> + <entry>km/h</entry> + <entry>mph</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Pressure</entry> + <entry>mmHg</entry> + <entry>inHg</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Visibility</entry> + <entry>km</entry> + <entry>miles</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Detailed Forecast — Select this if you would like + <application>GNOME Weather</application> to retrieve the + full five day forecast for your particular area. Note that + these forecasts may not be + available for some locations. + </para> + <para> + The forecast retrieved when this + button is not selected is a brief + forecast for the broader area containing the selected location + (usually the entire state) and typically is a 5-day forecast. + </para> + <note> + <title>Forecast Availability</title> + <para> + Note that the detailed forecasts downloaded from IWIN are + available only for US cities. + </para> + </note> + </listitem> + +<!-- + <listitem> + <para> + Enable radar maps — this allows you to retrieve radar + maps, if these are available. These may be retrieved from the + Web, as long as a valid URL pointing to the image (in + practically any format) is provided. Check the <quote>Enable + radar maps</quote> if you want to enable this option. If a + radar image URL is not provided in the + <filename>Locations</filename> file of the standard + distribution, you can always add one using the location editor + (see <xref linkend="location-editor">). + </para> + </listitem> +--> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Network</guilabel> tab should be + used if your computer is located behind a firewall. These + properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Use proxy — Select this button if your computer is + behind a firewall and you must use an HTTP proxy to access the + Web. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Proxy host — Enter your proxy host IP address here (if + you are using a HTTP proxy). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Username — Enter your username here. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Password — Enter your password here. (Note that this + password will be saved in a private configuration file but + will not be encrypted.) + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The <guilabel>Location</guilabel> tab allows you to specify the + geographic location that you would like <application>GNOME + Weather</application> applet to display the weather information + for. Click on any plus (+) symbol to expand the tree or any minus + (-) symbol to collapse a tree branch. Select the city or region + by clicking with the first mouse button. + </para> + + <para> + Locations are organized in a three-level hierarchy. The top + level contains broader geographical areas, the second contains + sub-regions of these areas and the last contains the particular + locations. This hierarchy is essentially based on the way + information is organized in the US NWS (National Weather + Service), and that is the reason that the US and Canada appear on + the topmost level. + </para> + + <para> After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Further Information ==================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of the + program if there are any - please be frank and list all problems you + know of --> + <sect3 id="gweather-furtherinfo"> + <title>Further Information</title> + <para> + <application>GNOME Weather</application> has a homepage at <ulink + url="http://gweather.dhs.org/">http://gweather.dhs.org/</ulink>. + Here you can find the latest <ulink + url="http://gweather.dhs.org/Locations">Locations</ulink> file, + which is periodically updated with new cities, as sent in by + users. If your city is not included in the distribution, please + send an email to Spiros Papadimitriou + (<email>spapadim+@cs.cmu.edu</email>) with the necessary + information and it will be included in the next release. + </para> + + <para> + You may also want to visit the homepage if you are curious to see + <ulink url="http://gweather.dhs.org/news.html">what's new</ulink>. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> <!-- + This section should describe known bugs and limitations of the + program if there are any - please be frank and list all problems you + know of --> + <sect3 id="gweather-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <sect4 id="blocking-io"> + <title>Blocking Input/Output</title> + <para> + Even though <application>GNOME Weather</application> now uses + non-blocking I/O to retrieve data from the network, there are + still some steps that block execution. Most notably, + establishing a TCP connection to remote hosts is a blocking + operation. Because the NWS and IWIN web servers are often + heavily loaded, this step may take a significant amount of time. + While that happens, the application is unable to respond to CORBA + requests from the <interface>Panel</interface>. In its current + implementation, the <interface>Panel</interface> iterates through + all applications and sends frequent CORBA requests (eg. for + saving state). If an applet cannot respond for any reason, then + the <interface>Panel</interface> will block waiting for a + response. + </para> + + <para> + While the <interface>Panel</interface> is blocked, it will not + respond to any user (or application) requests. For instance, + <interface>Panel</interface> movement and + <interface>Panel</interface> menus (the ones that appear upon a + right click) will not work. However, other applets in the + <interface>Panel</interface> should work (unless they have made a + CORBA request to the <interface>Panel</interface>, eg. for + querying <interface>Panel</interface> size). As soon as the + blocking operation in <application>GNOME Weather</application> + completes, things should return to normal (and user interface + requests that were buffered will be executed). + </para> + + <para> + There is an experimental version of <application>GNOME + Weather</application> that uses a separate thread for HTTP + processing, which may be incorporated (temporarily) in the next + release. However, the final solution is + <application>gnome-vfs</application> which will be part of GNOME + 2.0 and will offer cross-platform support for fully asynchronous + I/O. + </para> + + </sect4> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= FAQ ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of the + program if there are any - please be frank and list all problems you + know of --> + + <sect3 id="gweather-faq"> + <title>Frequently Asked Questions</title> + + <para> + This is a list of frequently asked questions about + <application>GNOME Weather</application>. For further information + and updates, please visit the <ulink + url="http://gweather.dhs.org/">GNOME Weather homepage</ulink>. If + your question is still unresolved, you can email the author at + <email>spapadim+gweather@cs.cmu.edu</email>. + </para> + + <sect4 id="unnamed1"> + <title>Why does GNOME Weather freezes my Panel?</title> + <para> + This is due to the blocking nature of certain network operations + (see also <xref linkend="blocking-io">) and due to the way the + <interface>Panel</interface> currently works. + </para> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="unnamed2"> + <title>Why does location list appears empty?</title> + + <para> + This is probably because the <filename>Locations</filename> file + was not installed in the proper place. This is usually because + <application>GNOME Weather</application> and GNOME were not + configured in the same way. The file containing the locations + must be installed in the <filename>gweather</filename> + subdirectory, under the gnome data directory. You can find out + the latter with the <userinput>gnome-config --datadir</userinput> + command. + </para> + + <para> + If you have compiled gnome-applets yourself, make sure that you + have used <userinput>configure --prefix=`gnome-config --prefix` + --sysconfdir=`gnome-config --sysconfdir`</userinput>. Binary + RPMs assume a that the prefix and sysconfdir are + <filename>/usr</filename> and <filename>/etc</filename>, + respectively. If you have compiled GNOME yourself with different + options, you need to download and compile gnome-applets yourself. + </para> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="unnamed3"> + <title>Why does GNOME Weather display a question mark and dashes + for current conditions?</title> + + <para> + This will happen if <application>GNOME Weather</application> + cannot access the NWS server for any reason. This may be + because your network connection is down, or the NWS server is + down, or maybe the NWS server does not currently have any + information about your location. + </para> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="unnamed4"> + <title>Why does GNOME Weather say that a forecast is not + available?</title> + + <para> + If you have enabled detailed forecasts, then it is possible that + one may not be available for your location. In this case, try + disabling detailed forecasts. + </para> + + <para> + Another possible reason is that the IWIN server is down and + <application>GNOME Weather</application> cannot retrieve forecast + information. The problem should go away as soon as the IWIN + server is up again. + </para> + </sect4> + +<!-- + <sect4> + <title>Why is the radar map not displayed?</title> + + <para> + The most common reason is that the webserver containing the radar + image is down. You may also want to use the location editor (see + <xref linkend="location-editor">) to make sure that the radar + image URL for your location is valid. + </para> + + <para> + Also, if the image is in an uncommon format, <application>GNOME + Weather</application> may not be able to display it. Images are + displayed using the GNOME libraries, which supports practically + all available formats, so this problem should be very + rare. </para> + </sect4> +--> + + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="gweather-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>GNOME Weather</application> was written by Spiros + Papadimitriou + (<email>spapadim+@cs.cmu.edu</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Spiros Papadimitriou + (<email>spapadim+@cs.cmu.edu</email>) and Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/jbc-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/jbc-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6208e98 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/jbc-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ + <sect2 id="jbc"> + <title>Jon's Binary Clock Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Jon's Binary Clock</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="jbcapplet-fig">, shows the time in an unusual form: binary + coded decimal. It has twenty-four LEDs which represent the hours, + minutes and seconds by illuminating the appropriate LED. To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Clocks</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>JBC Binary Clock</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="jbcapplet-fig"> + <title>Jon's Binary Clock Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Jon's Binary Clock Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/jbc_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="APPLET-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything special to this clock. It just + sits there and flashes lights at you. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Jon's Binary Clock + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Deciphering the Lights =========================== --> + <sect3 id="jbc-deciphering"> + <title>Deciphering the Lights</title> + <para> + BCD stands for binary-coded decimal, a way of representing + normal denary (0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9) numbers as what programmers + call "a set of binary numbers in four bits, thus removing the + numbers A to F". If this doesn't make sense, just be aware + that this clock is an amusement for programmers, and serves + no really useful purpose. + </para> + <para> + It helps to read this clock upside-down! Start at the bottom and + read up to the top. + </para> + <para> + The right-hand pair of columns shows the two digits of the seconds: + the units on the right, the tens on the left. The centre pair of + columns shows the two digits of the minutes. The left hand pair of + columns shows the two digits of the hours. + </para> + <para> + You add up the values of the illuminated LEDs in each column. + You should get a number between zero to nine for each. That's + the time. + </para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + The bottom LED represents 1 when it is illuminated. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The next LED represents 2 when it is illuminated. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The next LED represents 4 when it is illuminated. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The top LED represents 8 when it is illuminated. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para> + It is probably simplest to decipher the hours and minutes + first before trying to follow the seconds, which are always + changing. + </para> + + <para> + As an example, we can read the time in <xref + linkend="jbcapplet-fig">. Let's start with the hour. The first + column has only 1 LED on, in the second lowest position, so this + gives us <quote>2</quote> for the first digit of the hour. The + second column has no LEDs on, so we have a <quote>0</quote> for + the second digit of the hour. So the hour is <quote>20</quote>, + or 8PM for people who like AM/PM notation. Looking at the + minutes, we have <quote>0</quote> for the first digit, and + <quote>1</quote> for the second digit since only the bottom LED + is lit. This gives us "20:01" so far. Lastly, we have the + seconds. For the first digit, we have the lowest two LED's + lit. These have value 1 (for the lowest) and 2 (second lowest) + for a total of <quote>3</quote>. And the second column of the + seconds has the top LED lit, with a value of + <quote>8</quote>. Thus, the time is <quote>20:01:38</quote>, or + <quote>8:01:38PM</quote>. + </para> + + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> <!-- + This section should describe known bugs and limitations of the + program if there are any - please be frank and list all problems you + know of --> + <sect3 id="jbc-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + If you add it to a vertical panel, it is a nice size. If you then + move it to a horizonal panel, it changes size in the horizontal + panel. If you move it back to a vertical panel, it doesn't change + size back, and forces the panel to widen itself. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="jbc-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Jon's Binary Clock</application> was written by Jon + Anhold (<email>jon@snoopy.net</email>. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME bug tracking + database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug reports can be + found <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" + type="http"> on-line</ulink>. If you are using GNOME 1.1 or later, + you can also use <application>Bug Report Tool</application> + (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk</email>). Please send all + comments and suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink + type="http" url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation + Project</ulink> by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also submit comments online + by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation + Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/life-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/life-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12dcf6a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/life-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +<sect2 id="lifeapplet"> + <title>The Life Applet</title> + <para> + The GNOME panel <application>life</application> is an applet + which runs <quote>the game of life</quote> according to Conway's rules in a + small grid in your panel, with the organism and background colour + constantly changing. It is part of the gnome-applets package. + </para> + <para> + To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Amusements</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Game of Life</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + or you can issue this command at a command prompt: + <command>life_applet --activate-goad-server=life_applet & </command> + </para> + + <figure id="life-applet-fig"> + <title>Life Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Life Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/life-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <sect3 id="lifeapplet-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + Once it is present, you don't need to do anything to the life + applet. It will run happily on its own. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Randomize</guimenuitem> — + randomizes the game. This will stop it from + getting boring and repeating the same patterns. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about the <application>Game of Life + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="lifeapplet-rules"> + <title>Rules</title> + <para> + The Game of Life as described by Conway in 1970 has the following + rules: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Start with a grid (usually a plain square) of squares. Fill + a proportion of them with cells, randomly placed. This is generation + zero. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Any cell with two or three neighbours survives to the next + generation. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + On any square with no cell and three neighbours, a new cell is + born. On any other square, no new cells are born. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Repeat generations. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The game will eventually end in one of a number of ways: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + The death of all cells (theoretical, but uncommon in the life + applet). + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + A fixed equilibrium with all remaining cells surviving but + creating no new cells. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + A dynamic equilibrium where the game cycles continually through + a particular sequence of patterns. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + For interest value, the current grid in the life applet is 78 by 78 + and the proportion of squares filled with cells is 50%. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="lifeapplet-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + None known. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="life-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + The <application>Life Applet</application> was written by George Lebl + (<email>jirka@5z.com</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) + and Eric Baudais (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/loadavg-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/loadavg-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96450a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/loadavg-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +<!-- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of --> +<!-- this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission --> +<!-- notice are preserved on all copies. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of --> +<!-- this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided --> +<!-- that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the --> +<!-- terms of a permission notice identical to this one. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this --> +<!-- manual into another language, under the above conditions for --> +<!-- modified versions, except that this permission notice may be --> +<!-- stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. --> + + <sect2 id="loadavg-applet"> + <title>The load average applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>loadavg_applet</application> is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you the current load + average. + </para> + + <para> + The load average of a machine is a rather arbitrary number which + represents how "busy" your machine is. It is calculated as an + average of (very roughly) how many processes there are which are + either running or are waiting for a wake-up call from the kernel. + It is very useful for comparing over time with different load + averages on your machine, but it is not very useful to compare + it with other machines. Normally, it is represented as a fraction. + + <figure id="loadavg-applet-fig"> + <title>Load Average Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Load Average Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/loadavg-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + + <sect3 id="loadavg-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="loadavg-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items, + the right-click pop-up menu has the following items: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Default Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="loadavg-properties">described below</link> which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="loadavg-properties">described below</link> which + affects only the <application>loadavg_applet</application> + properties. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Run gtop...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This option will run the <command>gtop</command> which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. <application>gtop</application> + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="loadavg-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + + <figure id="loadavg-default-fig"> + <title>Default Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Load Average Applet Default Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/loadavg-applet-default" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Like several of the monitor applets, + <application>loadavg_applet</application> has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect any of this group of + applets, + (<application>cpuload_applet</application>, <application>memload_applet</application>, + <application>swapload_applet</application>, <application>netload_applet</application> + and <application>loadavg_applet</application>) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + <guimenuitem>Default Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + + <figure id="loadavg-greyed-fig"> + <title>Greyed Out Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Load Average Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/loadavg-applet-greyed" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Or you can change just the properties for + <application>loadavg_applet</application>. This is useful for when + you only use <application>loadavg_applet</application> or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + <note> + <para> + If you use the <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the <guibutton>Use default properties</guibutton> checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + </para> + </note> + + <figure id="loadavg-properties-fig"> + <title>Load Average Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Load Average Applet Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/loadavg-applet-properties" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The changes you can make to the properties are four: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Colours</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the colours used for the applet's display + clicking on the colour boxes. This invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + The titles are a little misleading. "Used" is the current load + average, and "free" is the background colour. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Speed</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds. The default is 500. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Size</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Maximum</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This is the maximum number in the Y axis (the possible + maximum load average which the applet will show). The default + is 10. + </para> + <note> + <para> + This option is only available from the <guimenuitem>Default + Properties menu option</guimenuitem>. It does not appear on + the dialogue box which is started by the + <guimenuitem>Properties menu option</guimenuitem>. + </para> + </note> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="loadavg-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can still cause + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="loadavg-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (<email>martin@home-of-linux.org</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and Eric Baudais + (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd9f554 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,345 @@ + <sect2 id="applets-core-mailcheck"> + <title>The Mail Check Applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>mailcheck applet</application> is an applet which + sits in your panel and tells you when you have new email. To add + this applet to the panel, right-click on the panel and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Add applet</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Network</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Mailcheck</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </para> + + <figure id="mailcheck-applets-core-fig"> + <title>Mail Check Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Mail Check Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/mailcheck-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <sect3 id="mailcheck-usage"> + <title> Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything in particular to run this applet. + Providing it is looking in the right place for your email, it + will run itself quite happily. The following options, however, + are available: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Clicking <mousebutton>mouse button 1</mousebutton> does nothing + unless you have told it to start a program when you do this. You + do this with the properties box described <link + linkend="mailcheck-prefs">below</link>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Holding down <mousebutton>mouse button 2</mousebutton> allows + you to drag the applet around the panel (and between panels). + option. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Clicking <mousebutton>mouse button 3</mousebutton> brings up + the typical <guimenu>applet menu</guimenu> which includes an + About box and a <link linkend="mailcheck-prefs">properties</link> + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="mailcheck-prefs"> + <title>Preferences</title> + <para> + The mailcheck <interface>properties dialogue box</interface> is + divided into two sections, one for what the mail check applet + does, and one for where it checks for email. + </para> + + <figure id="mailcheck-settings-mailcheck-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog — Mail check tab</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog - Mail check tab</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Mail check options</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The mail check options have six sections: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Execute...before each update</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Sometimes you may want to run something such as + <application>fetchmail</application> before the applet + checks for new mail. To do this, check the checkbox and + fill in the program name in the space here. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Execute...when new mail arrives</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Sometimes you may want other programs to run when new mail + arrives. It is common to tell the machine to play a noise + at you, for example. Checking this checkbox and filling in + the command (such as <command>mpg123 + <replaceable>sillynoise.mpg</replaceable></command> or + <command>esdplay + <replaceable>sillynoise.wav</replaceable></command>) will + let this happen. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Execute...when clicked</term> + <listitem> + <para> + By putting a program name (generally a mail-reader such as + <application>balsa</application> or <application>spruce</application> + here and clicking on the checkbox, you can set things up so that + when you click <mousebutton>button 1</mousebutton> on the + applet, that program will be automatically run. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Check for mail every...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can adjust the range for checking whether mail has arrived + between 1440 minutes (once a day) to never. Setting it to never + is silly and will confuse it. The default value is every two + minutes. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Play a sound when new mail arrives</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The sound played if you check this <guibutton>checkbox</guibutton> + is an alarm bell. It is contained in + <filename>$prefix/sound/events/mailcheck.soundlist</filename>; + if you want to change it to a different sound, alter that and + put the sound in <filename>$prefix/sounds/</filename>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Select animation</term> + <listitem> + <para> + By clicking on the <guilabel>box with the animation name</guilabel>, + you can get a list of different pictures which have different + animations when new email arrives. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + + <figure id="mailcheck-settings-mailbox-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog — Mailbox tab</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog - Mailbox tab</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Mailbox options</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The mailbox options have four sections, some of which will be + greyed-out. + </para> + + <para> + By clicking on the <guilabel>box with the mailbox location</guilabel>, + you can tell the mailcheck applet where to look for your incoming + email. + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + When local mailspool or local maildir are selected as the location + for the mailbox, then you can fill in the details on which file + or directory the applet should check for new email. You can only + put one filename here. The section about mail servers will be + greyed out. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + When remote POP3 or remote IMAP are selected as the location for + the mailbox, then you can fill in the details on the mail server, + username and password. If the you don't supply the password, the + applet will ask for it when it first tries to check for mail. + The section about local filenames will be greyed out. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="mailcheck-bugs"> + <title> Known bugs and limitations</title> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Setting something to be executed before each update can hang the + applet and the panel. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Sometimes the animation stops happening after prolonged use. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + If you use a mail filter such as <application>procmail</application>, + which sorts email into different folders, the applet won't check them + all for new email. It will only look at one file. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="mailcheck-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Mail Check</application> was written by + Miguel de Icaza (<email>miguel@gnu.org</email>), + Jacob Berkman (<email>jberkman@andrew.cmu.edu</email>), + Jaka Mocnik (<email>jaka.mocnik@kiss.uni-lj.si</email>) and + Lennart Poettering (<email>poettering@gmx.net</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and Eric Baudais + (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments + and suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">GNOME + Documentation Project</ulink> by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also submit comments + online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">GNOME + Documentation Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General + Public License</citetitle></ulink> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> is included with the GNOME documentation. You + also may obtain a + copy of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU + General Public License</citetitle></ulink> from the Free Software + Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org/">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/memload-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/memload-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a3bb0a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/memload-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +<!-- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of --> +<!-- this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission --> +<!-- notice are preserved on all copies. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of --> +<!-- this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided --> +<!-- that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the --> +<!-- terms of a permission notice identical to this one. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this --> +<!-- manual into another language, under the above conditions for --> +<!-- modified versions, except that this permission notice may be --> +<!-- stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. --> + + <sect2 id="memload-applet"> + <title>The memory load applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>memload_applet</application> is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you how much memory is + being used. + </para> + + <sect3 id="memload-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + </para> + + <figure id="memload-applet-fig"> + <title>MEM Load Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>MEM Load Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/memload-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The applet shows four different uses of memory: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Free</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Free memory is memory which is not being used by any program. + The default colour is green. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Buffers</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Buffers hold data which has not yet been written to the disk. + They also hold data which has been recently read from the disk, + keeping it around in case it is needed again. The default colour + is grey. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Shared memory</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Shared memory is memory which more than one program is using. + This is a very common thing to do on UNIX systems. Many GNOME + programs use a lot of shared memory, which cuts down on the + total memory used. The default colour is yellow. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Other</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Memory being used in other ways is shown in this category. The + default colour is a greenish-yellow. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="memload-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu + has the following items: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Default Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="memload-properties">described below</link> which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="memload-properties">described below</link> which + affects only the <application>memload_applet</application> + properties. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Run gtop...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This option will run the <command>gtop</command> which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. <application>gtop</application> + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="memload-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + + <figure id="memload-default-fig"> + <title>Default Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>MEM Load Applet Default Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/memload-applet-default" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Like several of the monitor applets, + <application>memload_applet</application> has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect any of this group of + applets + (<application>cpuload_applet</application>, <application>memload_applet</application>, + <application>swapload_applet</application>, <application>netload_applet</application> + and <application>loadavg_applet</application>) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + <guimenuitem>Default Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + + <figure id="memload-greyed-fig"> + <title>Greyed Out Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>MEM Load Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/memload-applet-greyed" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Or you can change just the properties for + <application>memload_applet</application>. This is useful for when + you only use <application>memload_applet</application> or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + <note> + <para> + If you use the <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the <guibutton>Use default properties</guibutton> checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + </para> + </note> + + <figure id="memload-properties-fig"> + <title>MEM Load Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>MEM Load Applet Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/memload-applet-properties" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The changes you can make to the properties are three: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Colours</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the colours used for the different categories of memory + the applet displays by clicking on the colour boxes. This + invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Speed</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds. The default value is 500. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Size</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="memload-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can still cause + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="memload-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (<email>martin@home-of-linux.org</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and Eric Baudais + (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65cdcff --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ + <sect2 id="mini-commander"> + <title>Mini-Commander Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Mini-Commander</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="mini-commander-applet-fig">, adds a command line to your + <interface>Panel</interface>. It features command completion, + command history, changeable macros and an optional built-in clock. + Because of the changeable macros you can use it for many different + tasks. You can simply start a program (or a short macro) or view a + web page or search for a man/info page + etc. <application>Mini-Commander</application> can be detached from + your <interface>Panel</interface> using an optional handler on the + side, which is especially usefull for people who use vertical + panels. + </para> + <para> + To add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Mini-Commander</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="mini-commander-applet-fig"> + <title>Mini-Commander Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Mini-Commander Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/mini-commander_applet" + srccredit="Martin Baulig"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="APPLET-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + + <para> + To start a program or run a command, simply enter the program or + command and press return. Or, to browse for an application or command + in your filesystem, click on the small <guiicon>circle</guiicon> + in the lower corner. + </para> + <para> + <application>Mini-Commander</application> has command + completion (similar to many other user shells). Thus, you often + have not to enter the full name but only the first few characters + followed by the <keycap>tab</keycap> + key. <application>Mini-Commander</application> will try to + complete the program name in the same way most UNIX shells do. + </para> + <para> + <application>Mini-Commander</application> also has command + history, which allows you to recall previous commands by pressing + the <keycap>arrow-up</keycap> or <keycap>arrow-down</keycap> + key. This works like the command history in most UNIX shells. Note + that commands are not stored in the history if it is already + present in the history in order to avoid duplication. You may + also access the history list by pressing the small <guibutton>down + arrow icon</guibutton> in the applet and selecting a command from + the history list. + </para> + <para> + <application>Mini-Commander</application> has the ability to use + macros. It has some predefined macros. For example if + you enter + <command>term:<replaceable>command</replaceable></command> then + <command><replaceable>command</replaceable></command> is executed + in a terminal window. Or if you enter an URL then your web browser is + used to view it. Additionally you can define your own macros or + change the predefined ones. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="mini-commander-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Mini-commander + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="mini-commander-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Mini-Commander</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="mini-commander-settings-fig-1">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="mini-commander-settings-fig-1"> + <title>Properties dialog: General Tab</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog: General Tab</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/mini-commander_settings_general" + srccredit="Martin Baulig"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show time — If this button is checked, the time will be + shown in the lower corner of the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show date — If this button is checked, the date will be + shown in the lower corner of the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show handle — If this button is checked, a handle will + be attached to the edge of the applet, allowing you to detach + the applet from the <interface>Panel</interface>. You may + re-attach the applet on the <interface>Panel</interface> by + dragging it back into place. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show frame — If this button is checked, a thin black + frame will be drawn around the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Enable history based auto completion — If this button is + selected, <application>Mini-Commander</application> will + automatically complete commands using the history list. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Applet width — Enter the desired applet width here. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Applet height — Enter the desired applet height here. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Command line height — (This feature is disabled.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Command line foreground — Select the foreground color, + used for the text you enter. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Command line background — Selecting the background + color, used for the background behind the text in the entry. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + +<!-- + <figure id="mini-commander-settings-fig-2"> + <title>Properties dialog: Macros Tab</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog: Macros Tab</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/mini-commander_settings_macros" + srccredit="Martin Baulig"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> +--> + + <para> + The <guilabel>Macros</guilabel> tab consists of a list of up to + 99 macros, each of which is a regular expression + (<guilabel>Regex</guilabel>) and a macro + (<guilabel>Macro</guilabel>). Enter the regular expression for + <application>Mini-Commander</application> to match in the left + column, and the corresponding macro which should be executed in + the right column. The default setting has many useful macros + already defined, which may be helpful in learning to write your + own macros. + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Freq. Asked Questions ==================== --> + <sect3 id="faq"> + <title>Frequently Asked Questions</title> + + <para> + Here are listed some frequently asked questions and the answers to + them. + </para> + + <qandaset> + <qandaentry> + <question> + <para> + Why am I not able to give + <application>Mini-Commander</application> keyboard focus? + </para> + </question> + <answer> + <para> + This is a confusing problem which seems to have several reasons + and which occurs only under certain conditions. + </para> + + <para> + If you cannot give <application>Mini-Commander</application> + applet keyboard focus at all then this could be a problem with + you window manager. If this is true for you it would helpful + if you write me a short mail and tell me what window manager + you are using (name and version). + </para> + + <para> + Sometimes it happens that you can give keyboard focus to + <application>Mini-Commander</application> applet only for the + first time. After this it is impossible + to focus it again. Currently the reason for this bug is + unknown. + </para> + + </answer> + </qandaentry> + + </qandaset> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="mini-commander-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + In some instances, it is impossible to give + <application>Mini-Commander</application> focus after the first + time. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Further Information ==================== --> + <sect3 id="furtherinfo"> + <title>Further Information</title> + <para> + For more information on <application>Mini-Commander</application> + applet, check out its web page at <ulink + url="http://www.maruhn.com/mini-commander/"> + http://www.maruhn.com/mini-commander/</ulink>. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="mini-commander-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Mini-Commander</application> was written by Oliver Maruhn + (<email>oliver@maruhn.com</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Oliver Maruhn + (<email>oliver@maruhn.com</email>). Minor modifications and + updates were made by Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mixer-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mixer-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f630387 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/mixer-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ + <sect2 id="mixerapplet"> + <title>Mixer Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Mixer</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="mixerapplet-fig">, provides a simple and + convenient interface for controlling the sound volume and launching + the <application>Audio Mixer</application>. To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Multimedia</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Mixer</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="mixerapplet-fig"> + <title>Mixer Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Mixer Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/mixer_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="mixerapplet-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + To adjust the volume, slide the volume bar up (louder) or down + (quieter). To mute (or un-mute) the volume, press the speaker + icon at the bottom of the applet. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Run Audio Mixer…</guimenuitem> — starts + the <application>Gmix Audio Mixer</application> + application. The contents of this audio mixer will vary, + depending upon the capabilities of your sound card. + However, it typically allows you to control the volume + level of the different sound input devices, such as the CD + player, microphone, and line. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Mixer</application> + applet, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <note> + <title>Note About Sound in GNOME</title> + <para> + For sound to work in GNOME, you must have sound enabled in the + <application>Control Center</application>. To configure sound, + click on the <guibutton>Main Menu</guibutton> button (the foot + icon) and select + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Programs</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Setting</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Multimedia</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Sound</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. Make sure both sound options are enabled in the + <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab. Feel free to configure and + test things in the <guilabel>Sound Events</guilabel> section. + Note that you may have to exit GNOME and restart for sound to + work properly after enabling it in the <application>Control + Center</application> for the first time. + </para> + </note> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="mixerapplet-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="mixerapplet-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Mixer</application> applet was written by Michael Fulbright + (<email>msf@redhat.com</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/modemlights-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/modemlights-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..462d71b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/modemlights-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +<sect2 id="modemlights"> + <title>Modem Lights Applet</title> + + <para> <application>Modem Lights Applet</application>, shown in <xref + linkend="modemlights-fig1">, monitors your modem while it is + working. To add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the panel + and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Network</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Modem Lights</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </para> + + + <figure id="modemlights-fig1"> + <title>Modem Lights Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Modem Lights Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/modemlights" srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + + + <sect3 id="modemlights-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para>This applet can be used to tell if your modem is working, + and to track its behavior and performance. It can also be + configured to call a separate script or program to have your modem + connect and disconnect when you click on the <guibutton>button + with the single green light</guibutton>. + </para> + <para>Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: +<itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>— brings up + <link linkend="modemlights-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> + </link> dialog + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — brings up this + document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> — shows basic + information about the <application>Modem Lights + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="modemlights-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Modem Lights Applet</application> by + right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Modem Lights Settings</interface> dialog (shown in <xref + linkend="modemlights-fig2">, which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + <figure id="modemlights-fig2"> + <title>Preferences dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Preferences dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/modemlights-prefs" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show connect time and + throughput</guilabel> &mdash have <application>Modem + Lights Applet's</application> graphic display expand to include + two small text boxes showing the current data transfer rate (top) + and connect time (bottom).</para> + + <para><guilabel>Connect command:</guilabel> and + <guilabel>Disconnect command: </guilabel> — To use + <application>Modem Lights Applet</application> to initiate a + connection, place the name of the startup command in the + <guilabel>Connect command</guilabel> text box, and the disconnect + command in the box beneath it labeled <guilabel>Disconnect + command</guilabel>. When you click on the single button on the + applet, it will connect or disconnect your modem.</para> +</listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Confirm connection</guilabel> — + Display a dialog box confirming your connection.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Updates per second</guilabel> — Set the update + rate of <application>Modem Lights + Applet's</application> display.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show connect time and + throughput</guilabel> — add two text windows to the + applet showing the time you have been connected at the data + transfer rate. This is a good way to monitor your modem's + performance.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + + <figure id="modemlights-fig3"> + <title>Advanced preferences dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Advanced preferences dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/modemlights-advpref" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para><application>Modem Lights Applet's</application> + <interface>Advanced preferences window</interface> allows you to + control advanced features of the applet.</para> + + <para> + The properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Modem lock file:</guilabel> — + specifies the file created by the computer when the modem is + working, allowing other programs to know it is in + operation. <filename>/var/lock/LCK..modem</filename>, the default + setting, is the most common, if your computer uses a symbolic link + from <filename>/dev/modem</filename> to the actual modem + device. Check with your system administrator to see if a different + device name and therefore lock file is in use. <application>Modem + Lights Applet</application> needs this information to find and + monitor your modem.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Verify owner of lock file</guilabel> + — verify that the lockfile really belongs to the + currently running PPP daemon and is not left over from an + older one. This is checked by default and shouldn't be changed.</para> + + + + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Device</guilabel> — Device, typically + <filename>ppp0</filename> on a Linux machine, is the name of the + network interface being used by the modem. If + <filename>ppp0</filename> is not correct for your machine, check + your system documentation for the correct designation.</para> + + <para>Other possible network interface names commonly used include + <filename>ippp0</filename> for Linux ISDN; + <filename>isp0</filename> for NetBSD ISDN and + <filename>ipdptp0</filename> for Solaris PPP.</para> + + + + </listitem> +<listitem> + <para><guilabel>Use ISDN</guilabel> — If you use + an ISDN modem, check the <guilabel>Use ISDN</guilabel> + checkbox. <application>Modem Lights Applet</application> will then + ignore all the settings above related to standard modems.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + + + + + + + <para> After you made all the choices you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to make the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click on + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="modemlights-bugs"> + <title> Known bugs and limitations</title> + <para> + The <guilabel>Verify lock file</guilabel> check box on the + advanced preferences window should always be left true. It is + likely to be removed from future versions of <application>Modem + Lights Applet.</application> + </para> + </sect3> + + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="modemlights-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Modem Lights Applet</application> was written by + John Ellis (<email>johne@bellatlantic.net</email>) and Martin + Baulig (<email>martin@home-of-linux.org</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by John Fleck + (<email>jfleck@inkstain.net</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + +--> + </sect2> + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/netload-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/netload-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d806f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/netload-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ +<!-- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of --> +<!-- this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission --> +<!-- notice are preserved on all copies. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of --> +<!-- this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided --> +<!-- that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the --> +<!-- terms of a permission notice identical to this one. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this --> +<!-- manual into another language, under the above conditions for --> +<!-- modified versions, except that this permission notice may be --> +<!-- stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. --> + + <sect2 id="netload-applet"> + <title>The net load applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>netload_applet</application> is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you about the load on +different network interfaces. + </para> + + + <sect3 id="netload-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + </para> + + <figure id="netload-applet-fig"> + <title>Net Load Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Net Load Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/netload-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + It displays details for four different types of network interfaces: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>SLIP</term> + <listitem> + <para> + SLIP is the serial line IP protocol. It is not commonly used + any more, being largely replaced by PPP, but it is one way of + connecting a computer to other machines which was popular for + modems. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>PPP</term> + <listitem> + <para> + PPP is the Point to Point Protocol, for connecting one computer + to another. It has largely replaced SLIP. It is effective and + flexible but not as fast as ethernet. This is probably the most + common way people connect from home to the internet. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>ETH</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Ethernet is another method for connecting machines together. + It requires an ethernet card in the computer and a piece of + ethernet cable connecting it to the other machine to talk to. + It's a lot faster than PPP. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Other</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Other forms of networking are available, such as ways to + talk over infra-red beams (IRDA), ways to talk over amateur + radio (AX25), and token-ring networks. Anything the applet + finds which is not SLIP, PPP or ethernet is monitored under + 'other'. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + + <para> + If you have two interfaces of the same type running (for example, + two ethernet interfaces talking to different machines), what is + displayed is the sum total of the two. The applet will not divide + it into two sections. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="netload-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up + menu has the following items: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Default Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="netload-properties">described below</link> which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="netload-properties">described below</link> which + affects only the <application>netload_applet</application> + properties. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Run gtop...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This option will run the <command>gtop</command> which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. <application>gtop</application> + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="netload-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + + <figure id="netload-default-fig"> + <title>Default Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Net Load Applet Default Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/netload-applet-default" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Like several of the monitor applets, + <application>netload_applet</application> has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect all of this applet group + (<application>cpuload_applet</application>, <application>memload_applet</application>, + <application>swapload_applet</application>, <application>netload_applet</application> + and <application>loadavg_applet</application>) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + <guimenuitem>Default Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + + <figure id="netload-greyed-fig"> + <title>Greyed Out Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Net Load Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/netload-applet-greyed" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Or you can change just the properties for + <application>netload_applet</application>. This is useful for when + you only use <application>netload_applet</application> or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + <note> + <para> + If you use the <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the <guibutton>Use default properties</guibutton> checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + </para> + </note> + + <figure id="netload-properties-fig"> + <title>Net Load Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Net Load Applet Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/netload-applet-properties" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The changes you can make to the properties are three: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Colours</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the colours used for the different network interfaces + by clicking on the colour boxes. This invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Speed</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds. The default is 500. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Size</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="netload-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can still cause + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="netload-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (<email>martin@home-of-linux.org</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and Eric Baudais + (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + --> + </sect2> diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/odometer-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/odometer-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f84c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/odometer-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +<sect2 id="odometer"> + <title>Odometer Applet</title> + + <para> + The GNOME panel <application>Odometer</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="odometer-applet-fig"> is an applet which tracks and measures the + movements of your mouse pointer across the desktop. It is part of the + gnome-applets package. To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Amusements</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Odometer</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="odometer-applet-fig"> + <title>Odometer Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Odometer Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/odometer_applet" + srccredit="acscherp"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="odometer-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + Once it is present, you don't need to do anything to the odometer. + It just sits quietly in your panel and keeps track of all your mouse movements. + In addition, moving the mouse pointer over the odometer produces + a <guilabel>tooltip</guilabel> telling you whether the distance + is expressed in metric units (centimeters, meters, kilometers) + of in feet (inches, feet, miles). + The upper value indicates your total trip distance, + and the lower value is the partial trip distance, that + can be resetted at will. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Reset</guimenuitem> — + This resets the odometer applet to zero again. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="odometer-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>odometer + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="odometer-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>odometer</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="odometer-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <para> + The <interface>properties dialog box</interface> (which calls + itself "Odometer setting" rather than properties) is divided into + two sections, one for general options, and one for themes. + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>General</term> + <listitem> + + <figure id="odometer-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog (general preferences tab)</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>General preferences tab</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/odometer_settings" + srccredit="accscherp"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The <guilabel>general preferences tab</guilabel>, shown in <xref + linkend="odometer-settings-fig">, has four options: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Use metric</term> + <listitem> + <para> + If the <guibutton>use metric checkbox</guibutton> is checked, + mouse pointer distance travelled is shown in meters + (centimeters, meters, and kilometers) . If it + is not checked, the distance travelled is shown in feet + (inches, feet and miles). By + moving the pointer over the odometer you can produce a + <guilabel>tooltip</guilabel> which shows you whether it is + currently displaying meters or feet. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>auto_reset</term> + <listitem> + <para> + If the <guibutton>auto_reset checkbox</guibutton> is checked, + the odometer numbers return to zero each time it's + started or each time the session is started. This allows + you to display your daily mouse trip distance if you + used to restart you gnome session every morning. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>enabled</term> + <listitem> + <para> + If the <guibutton>enabled checkbox</guibutton> is checked, then + the odometer will keep counting how far you have moved your + pointer. If not, it will return the numbers to zero until you + re-enable it. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>digits number</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>digits number field</guibutton> determines how + many digits the odometer will display. The default is four, and + the range is from 1 to 10. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Theme</term> + <listitem> + + <figure id="odometer-themes-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog (theme preferences tab)</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Theme preferences tab</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/odometer_themes" + srccredit="accscherp"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The <guilabel>theme preferences tab</guilabel>, shown in <xref + linkend="odometer-themes-fig">, has a variety of + themes you can choose from. They are found by default in + <filename>$PREFIX/odometer/</filename>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="odometer-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="odometer-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + The <application>odometer applet</application> was written by + Fabrice Bellet (<email>Fabrice.Bellet@creatis.insa-lyon.fr</email>), + and based on the <application>Mouspedometa</application> for KDE by + Armen Nakashian, which in turn was based on the + Motif-based <application>Xodometer</application> by Mark H. Granoff. + Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>.) If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Arjan Scherpenisse + (<email>acscherp@wins.uva.nl</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + +--> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/printer-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/printer-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f012b27 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/printer-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ + <!-- ############### printer applet ############### --> + <sect2 id="printer"> + <title>Printer Applet</title> + + <para> + + <application>Printer</application> applet, shown in <xref linkend="printer-fig">, + allows you to print files by dragging them onto the + applet from the <interface> desktop</interface> or <interface>file + manager</interface>. To add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Printer Applet</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + + </para> + + + <figure id="printer-fig"> + <title>Printer Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Printer Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/printer-fig" srccredit="Michael Hall"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <sect3 id="printer-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + + <para> + To print a file from your <interface>desktop</interface> or <interface>file + manager</interface>, drag the file onto the <application>printer</application> applet. + + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="printer-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> — This menu + item opens the <interface>Properties</interface> dialog (see + <xref linkend="printer-properties">) which allows you to + customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about the <application>Printer + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="printer-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + <para> + You can configure <application>printer</application> applet by + right-clicking on the applet and choosing the + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog, shown in <xref + linkend="printer-properties-fig">. + </para> + + <figure id="printer-properties-fig"> + <title>Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/printer-properties" srccredit="Michael Hall"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + + To change the label displayed at the bottom of the + <application>printer</application> applet, ("Print" in <xref + linkend="printer-fig">) type a new name in the <guilabel>Printer + name</guilabel> field. This setting is useful if you have more than one + printer available for use and wish to add a + <application>printer</application> applet to the + <interface>Panel</interface> for each printer. The <guilabel>Printer + name</guilabel> does not determine which printer your file will be printed + to, it exists as an easy means to to distinguish between printers should you + have more than one <application>printer</application> applet installed on + your <interface>Panel</interface>. + + + </para> + + <para> + To change the command the <application>printer</application> applet uses to + print your files, you may enter a new command in the <guilabel>Print + command</guilabel> field. By default, the <application>printer + </application> applet uses the command <command>lpr</command>, which is + common to many systems. Your system may use a different command. If you're + unsure, check your system's documentation. + </para> + <note> + <title>Note for advanced users</title> + <para> + If you have more than one printer, you may designate which printer to send + files to by changing the <guilabel>Print command</guilabel> setting. For + instance, if your system uses the command <command>lpr</command> to print + files and you need to print your file on the printer named "ljet5", you + would change the <guilabel>Print command</guilabel> setting to <command>lpr + -Pljet5</command>. + </para> + </note> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="printer-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + There are no known bugs in the + <application>printer</application> applet. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="printer-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Printer Applet</application> was written by + Miguel de Icaza (<email>miguel@kernel.org</email>) + and Federico Mena (<email>quartic@gimp.org</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. You also can use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Michael Hall + (<email>mphall@cstone.net</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">GNOME + Documentation Project</ulink> by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also submit comments + online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">GNOME + Documentation Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General + Public License</citetitle></ulink> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> is included as an appendix to the + <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a + copy of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU + General Public License</citetitle></ulink> from the Free Software + Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org/">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0535306 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ + <sect2 id="quicklaunch"> + <title>QuickLaunch Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>QuickLaunch</application> is an applet + which holds application launchers. It shrinks the launcher icons + to their smallest size to save room on your panel. The example + <application>QuickLaunch Applet</application> shown in <xref + linkend="quicklaunchapplet-fig"> contains eight GNOME + application launchers in a standard-sized <interface>Panel</interface>. + To add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>QuickLaunch</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="quicklaunchapplet-fig"> + <title>QuickLaunch Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>QuickLaunch Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/quicklaunch_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="quicklaunchapplet-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + To add a launcher to the <application>QuickLaunch</application> + applet, just drag it from its current position (either on a + <interface>Panel</interface> or in the <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>) onto the <application>QuickLaunch</application> + applet using the left mouse button. + To remove a launcher from the + <application>QuickLaunch</application> applet, just right-click on + the launcher and select <guilabel>Delete launcher</guilabel>. To + configure the properties of a launcher which is in your + <application>QuickLaunch</application> applet, right-click on the + launcher and select <guilabel>Launcher + Properties…</guilabel>. + </para> + <para> + The vertical bar at the left edge of the applet is used for + easily moving the applet in your <interface>Panel</interface>. + Grab the applet by depressing the left or center mouse button and + then move the applet, releasing the mouse button when finished. + This vertical bar is also used to access the applet menu items by + right-clicking on this bar. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the vertical bar on the left side of the applet + brings up a menu containing the following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>APPLET + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="quicklaunch-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + It is not possible to re-arrange launchers inside the + <application>QuickLaunch</application> applet. It is also not + possible to have multiple <application>QuickLaunch</application> + applets with different contents. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="quicklaunch-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>QuickLaunch</application> applet was written by Fabio + Gomes de Souza (<email>fabiofb@altavista.net</email>). Please + send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e4a63d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,714 @@ + <sect2 id="screenshooter-applet"> + <title>ScreenShooter Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Screen-Shooter</application> is a handy little + screengrabber which is simple to use. It sits in your panel + and you can click on it to take a screenshot of either the + whole desktop or just a single window. + </para> + + <para> + To add the applet to your <interface>panel</interface>, you can + right-click on an empty part of the <interface>panel</interface> + and follow the sequence + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Applets</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>ScreenShooter</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + To take a picture of the entire <interface>desktop</interface>, + left-click on the <guibutton>image of a monitor</guibutton>. This + button is the lower of the two on a normally-sized horizontal + <interface>panel</interface> and the right-hand button on a + narrow horizontal <interface>panel</interface> or a vertical + <interface>panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + To take a picture of just one <interface>window</interface>, + left-click on the <guibutton>image of a window</guibutton>. + This button is the top one on a normally-sized horizontal + <interface>panel</interface> and the left-hand one on a narrow + horizontal <interface>panel</interface> or a vertical + <interface>panel</interface>. The button will stay pressed in + and the cursor will change to a cross. Move the cursor to the + window you want a picture of, and click in that window to select + it. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a <guimenu>menu</guimenu> + containing the usual options for an applet, including a + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> option + <link linkend="screenshooter-prefs">described below</link>. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-prefs"> + <title>Settings</title> + <para> + <application>Screen-Shooter</application> can be configured to do + a number of different things. To configure + <application>Screen-Shooter</application>, click on the applet + with mouse button 3 (usually, right mouse button) and select + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> from the + <guimenu>popup</guimenu> menu. The + <interface>Preferences</interface> dialogue has seven sections + described below. Five of these are visible initially: two more + sections are available from a toggle in the first section. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-preferences-0"> + <title>General Preferences</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <guilabel>Capture WM decorations when grabbing a window</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>capture decorations</guibutton> checkbox controls + whether or not the <interface>titlebar</interface> and edges of a + <interface>window</interface> are included. It is only relevant + when <application>Screen-Shooter</application> is taking a + picture of a single <interface>window</interface> rather than of + the whole screen or of a rectangle you have selected. The default is + for this to be checked and for the <interface>titlebar</interface> + and window borders to be included in the shot. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Give audio feedback using the keyboard bell + </guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>audio feedback</guibutton> checkbox controls + whether or not <application>Screen-Shooter</application> will + beep when it actually takes the shot. The default is to beep. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Display spurious options</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>spurious options</guibutton> checkbox controls whether + some of <application>Screen-Shooter</application>'s more esoteric + options are available. The default is off (i.e., they are not + available). Checking this option makes two sections called + <link linkend="screenshooter-preferences-5">Spurious 1</link> and + <link linkend="screenshooter-preferences-6">Spurious 2</link> visible + in the preferences dialogue. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Delay before taking shot</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + When taking shots of the <interface>desktop</interface>, you can + set a delay between clicking on the + <application>Screen-Shooter</application> and the shot being taken. + The delay can be up to one minute. This can be very useful when you + want to focus on a particular <interface>window</interface> or if + you want to bring up a <interface>menu</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Compression quality</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + Compression quality does not refer to how tightly a file is + compressed, but to how well it retains detail after + compression. The higher the compression quality, the better + the quality of the image, but the larger the size of the resulting + file. It is relevant when you are saving something as a JPEG, + a MIFF or a PNG file. The default compression quality is 75%. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Create monochrome image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + A fairly self-explanatory option: if this is selected, + the resulting image will be in monochrome. This is off by default. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Invert colours in image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + Another self-explanatory option: if this is selected, the colours + of the image are reversed so that white becomes black, pale purple + becomes greenish, and so on. Lovely -- but rarely useful! Off by + default. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-preferences-1"> + <title>Files, Apps</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Directory to save file in</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The directory to save the shot in must exist already: + <application>Screen-Shooter</application> will not create + it for you. If you try to save it to somewhere that does + not exist, then no screenshot will be taken. The default + directory is <filename>~/</filename>: your home directory. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Filename for images</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + <application>Screen-Shooter</application> is designed to allow the + user maximum flexibility in naming each shot. The filename field + (as well as the directory field) is passed to a shell for normal + shell expansion before being used. This allows you to use the + output of programs, scripts or environment variables to name your + shots. The reason for this is to allow unique filenames. + By default, Screen-Shooter will create a name which is based on + the time and date it was taken: this of course should always be + unique. The default filename is + <filename>`date +%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S`_shot.jpg</filename>. + As you can see, the filename includes the output of the date + command in order to generate a datestamp. + So it makes up a name based on the date, using the format the + percentage symbols and letters tell it. Then it adds the rest + of the name from outside the backticks to the date it has used. + Explanations of the cryptic percentage symbols can be found + in <command>man date</command>, but the arguments in the + default filename are: + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>%H</term> + <listitem><para>The hour of the day (from 00 to 23)</para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>%M</term> + <listitem><para>The minute of the hour (from 00 to 59)</para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>%S</term> + <listitem><para>The second of the minute (from 00 to 60)</para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>%d</term> + <listitem><para>The day of the month (from 01 to 31)</para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>%m</term> + <listitem><para>The month of the year (from 01 to 12)</para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>%y</term> + <listitem><para>The final two digits of the year</para></listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + + <para> + Other examples of filenames you might use are: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><filename>screenshot-`date +%Y%m%d-%H%M%S`.jpg</filename></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><filename>pic-`date +%H%M%S`.png</filename></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><filename>myshot.jpg</filename></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><filename>`my_own_script_to_create_a_filename`.jpg</filename></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The filename suffix determines the filetype. Screen-Shooter + supports what can only be described as a ridiculous number of + different image formats. Try your luck. For a full list, type + <command>man convert</command>. You can even try .html to create a + client-side image map, and wild things like that. + </para> + + <para> + If your filename suffix is not something <application>Screen-Shooter + </application> recognises, or you omit one, it will save the shot as a + MIFF file. Use the <command>convert</command> utility to change the + format later. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>View screenshot after saving</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guilabel>view screenshot</guilabel> checkbox is unchecked by + default. After checking it, you will get a view of the shot once it + has been taken. You need to specify a viewer for this: the default + is <command>ee</command>, which launches the + <application>Electric Eyes</application> image viewing program. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screen-shooter-preferences-2"> + <title>Thumbnails</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Create thumbnail of image too</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + None of the other options on this page will have any effect + if <guibutton>create thumbnail</guibutton> is not checked. + By default, it is off. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Thumbnail size</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + This is the percentage of the original's size that the thumbnail + will be. The default is 25%. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Thumbnail compression</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + This is the quality of compression to use. As with the general + preferences, the better the quality of the compression, the more + detail will be preserved, and the bigger the thumbnail will be. + The default for a thumbnail is 50%. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Prefix to attach to filename</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + This is the prefix to attach to the thumbnail filename to distinguish + it from the full-sized shot. If you leave this blank, the + thumbnail will overwrite the full-sized shot and you will lose + the full-sized one. The default prefix is "thumb-". + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Use high-quality intermediate for + generating thumbnail</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>high-quality intermediate</guibutton> checkbox is off + by default. It generates a MIFF image whilst making the thumbnail. A + 'lossy' file format refers to a file format where data and detail is + irretrievably lost, but which is typically much smaller than a + non-lossy format image of the same thing. The typical example of a + lossy file format is JPEG. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-preferences-3"> + <title>Post-Processing</title> + <note> + <para> + These options <emphasis>munch</emphasis> processing power compared + with the options in previous sections. They work by producing an + intermediate image of the screenshot, and then performing actions + upon it. Once any of these options are enabled, the shot will take + longer to complete, due to the extra processing involved. + </para> + </note> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Normalize image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>normalize image</guibutton> checkbox transforms the + image to span the full range of colour values. + Default is off. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Equalize image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>equalize image</guibutton> checkbox enables + histogram-based image equalization, which is a process which + compensates for low contrast in an image and brings out more + detail. Default is off. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Enhance image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>enhance image</guibutton> checkbox tells + <application>Screen-Shooter</application> to clean up + the image as best it can, and try to remove any noise. + Default is off. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Despeckle image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>despeckle image</guibutton> checkbox reduces + spotting by removing single pixels which are very different in + colour from their surroundings. The default is off. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Sharpen image by factor</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + Sharpening the image sharpens the image. The default is a factor + of zero, but it can be raised to 100%. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Rotate image clockwise</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + This is how many degrees clockwise to rotate the image. The + default is 0: unrotated. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Adjust gamma</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>gamma</guibutton> checkbox enables you to adjust the + gamma. The gamma value is a value to do with the intensity + of the lightness of an image (and rather complicated). The + range <application>Screen-Shooter</application> provides is + from 0.8 to 2.3 with a default of 1.6. This is not a linear + (straight) scale so you will need to experiment. Lowering the + gamma produces a darker image. Raising it produces a lighter one. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-preferences-4"> + <title>Frills</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Create frame around image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>create frame</guibutton> checkbox is off by default. + Checking it produces a frame around the shot taken. This frame is + always grey, but <link linkend="screenshooter-authors">Tom + Gilbert</link> notes, <quote>if anybody requests it, I'll add + options for setting its colour</quote>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Frame width</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + This determines the size of the frame in pixels. The range + is from one pixel to fifty. The default frame is six pixels. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Flip image vertically</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + This gives a vertical mirror image of the shot. It can be combined + with the following option. The default is unchecked. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Flip image horizontally</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + This gives a horizontal mirror image of the shot. It can be combined + with the preceding option. The default is unchecked. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Emboss image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + Embossing an image produces an image drained of most colour and + drawn in relief. The default is unchecked. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Send image and thumbnail to...</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + By placing a script or program name in the box and checking the + <guibutton>send to</guibutton> checkbox, you can invoke that script + or program to be automatically run on the image and thumbnail. + This could be used to print the image out automatically, + to invoke a script to catalogue the files, or to add the + pictures to a website automatically. A sample script for the + latter is available with <application>Screen-Shooter</application>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-preferences-5"> + <title>Spurious options: part 1</title> + <note> + <para> + Tom Gilbert says, <quote>These options are all just plain silly. But + they're fun. So I included them</quote>. They also munch processing + power in the same manner as the post-processing options above. + </para> + </note> + + <para> + To make use of any of the options listed in this section and the + next section, you need to have selected <guibutton>Display spurious + options</guibutton> in the <link + linkend="screenshooter-preferences-0">General Preferences</link> + section. They will not be available otherwise. + </para> + + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Blur image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>blur image</guibutton> checkbox is off by default and + the blur factor is set to zero. By checking the checkbox and altering + the blur factor you can blur the image. Even at the highest + rating (100), a typical font on a typical terminal window is + still just about decipherable. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Create charcoal effect</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>charcoal</guibutton> checkbox is off by default and + the charcoal factor is set to zero. Charcoaling produces a + monochrome image with a slight smudginess which increases + with the charcoal factor. It does not deal with highlighted + text very well, though. The maximum factor for this is 100. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Find edges</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>find edges</guibutton> checkbox is off by default and + the factor is set to zero. Using it produces a monochrome image + where, rather than highlighting areas of different colours, it + highlights the edges and borders between areas of different + colour. Very interesting on maps and astronomical photos. The + maximum factor for this is 100. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Implode image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>implode image</guibutton> checkbox is off by default + and the factor is set to zero. Using it warps the resulting + screenshot as if a weight had been pressed into the centre of the + shot. The maximum factor for this is 100. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-preferences-6"> + <title>Spurious options: part 2</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Create painted effect</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>painted effect</guibutton> checkbox is off by default + and the radius to paint around each pixel is set to zero. Checking + it with a radius of about 5 produces an effect like an Impressionist + painting. Checking it with a radius of about 50 will eat your + CPU cycles like mad for ten minutes on a reasonably powerful + machine. The maximum radius is 100, but you will need either + a large machine or a lot of patience for that. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Solarise image</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>solarise</guibutton> checkbox is off by default and + the factor is set to zero. Solarising is an effect first noticed + in developing photographs from negatives. It results in a + negative image with different colouring from that of the + "inverted colours" option in the general preferences. A + solarise factor of 5 will produce startling results, but the + maximum factor is 100. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Spread image pixels</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>spread image</guibutton> checkbox is off by default + and the factor is set to zero. The result of spreading the image + pixels by a radius of about 5 is similar to looking through + lightly frosted glass; for heavily-frosted glass, try 25. + The maximum is 100. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Swirl pixels</guilabel></term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guibutton>swirl pixels</guibutton> checkbox is off by default + and the factor is set to zero. Swirling the pixels results in a + distorted image similar to an imploded image except that it + swirls around the central point rather than stretching to + it. A radius of 20 produces an effect like a fairground distorting + mirror, only not a mirror-image; 90 a much increased version + (although text is still legible); at 180 the entire image is + warped; and at the maximum of 360 a spiral effect is created. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-bugs"> + <title>Known bugs and limitations</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Often screenshots saved in PNG format show incorrectly in + <application>Netscape</application> or the <application>GNOME Help + Browser</application>. This is due to bugs in Netscape and + and GNOME image libraries, not to bugs in + <application>Screen-Shooter</application>. You can view such + screenshots in a different image-viewing program; or you can try + changing image compression level in the <link + linkend="screenshooter-preferences-0">Preferences dialogue box</link>, + which sometimes helps. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="screenshooter-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + The <application>Screen-Shooter</application> applet was + written by Tom Gilbert + (<email>gilbertt@tomgilbert.freeserve.co.uk</email>). + Please report bugs in the Screen-Shooter applet to the + <ulink type="http" url="http://bugs.gnome.org">GNOME bug + tracking system</ulink>. You can do this by following the + guidelines on that site or by using + <application>bug-buddy</application> + from the command-line. For the package, put gnome-applets. + </para> + <para> + This manual was written by + Telsa Gwynne (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and + Tom Gilbert (<email>gilbertt@tomgilbert.freeserve.co.uk</email>). + Please send all comments and suggestions regarding this manual to + the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + </sect3> + --> + </sect2> diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..202a4b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ + <sect2 id="soundmonitorapplet"> + <title>Sound Monitor Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Sound Monitor</application> applet, shown in its + default theme (appearance) in <xref + linkend="soundmonitorapplet-fig">, is a sound volume display and an + interface for controlling ESD (the Enlightened Sound Daemon) -- + GNOME component responsible for sound output. To add this applet to + a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Multimedia</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Sound Monitor</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="soundmonitorapplet-fig"> + <title>Sound Monitor Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Sound Monitor Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/soundmonitor_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Waht is ESD? ================================ --> + <sect3 id="soundmonitorapplet-esd"> + <title>Sound in GNOME</title> + <para> + GNOME uses a special program, called ESD (the Enlightened Sound + Daemon), as an intermediary between applications and sound + card. ESD allows mixing sound from several applications, so that + you can play a game and hear the sound effects while listening + to an aduio CD. To hear any sound from GNOME applications, ESD + must be running. Normally GNOME is configured so that ESD is + started every time you login; if for some reason this is not so, + click on the <guibutton>Main Menu</guibutton> button (the foot + icon) and select + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Programs</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Setting</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Multimedia</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Sound</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + and make sure that the option <guilabel>Enable sound server + startup</guilabel> is enabled, so that the next time you login, + ESD will be started. You can also start or stop ESD + using the <application>Sound Monitor</application> applet as + described below. + </para> + <para> + Non-GNOME applications usually are not aware of ESD and need + full control of the audio card --- they can not share audio card + with other applications. This means with such applications, you + can either have sound from GNOME or sound from non-GNOME + application, but not both. In many cases, this means that you + have to temporarily stop ESD to get sound from non-GNOME + applications (otherwise, you get error messages like + <command>Device /dev/dsp busy</command>). + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="soundmonitorapplet-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + <application>Sound Monitor</application> always displays the + volume of sound being produced on your system graphically. + You may control sound by turning ESD on or off by right-clicking + on the applet and selecting <guimenuitem>Place Esound in + standby</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Resume Esound</guimenuitem> + respectively, as described below. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Manager…</guimenuitem> — brings + up the <link linkend="soundmonitorapplet-manager"> + <interface>Sound Monitor Manager</interface></link> dialog, + which allows you to view and control current ESD settings. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Place Esound in + standby</guimenuitem>/<guimenuitem>Resume + Esound</guimenuitem>/<guimenuitem>Start + Esound</guimenuitem> — At any time, you will only + have one of these three items, depending on whether ESD is + running and what its status is. The first two menu items + allow you to + temporarily place ESD in standby and then resume ESD. + This is useful if you have a sound application which is + unable to work with ESD, but needs direct access to the + sound device. The third allows you to start + <application>Esound</application> if it is not started. + </para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="soundmonitorapplet-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Sound + Monitor</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="soundmonitorapplet-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Sound Monitor</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog (shown in <xref + linkend="soundmonitor-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="soundmonitor-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Peak indicator — This controls the behavior of the peak + indicator (the bright line which tracks the peak volume), + either turning it off (<guilabel>off</guilabel>), having it + follow the peak as if it is floating on top + (<guilabel>active</guilabel>), or having it follow the peak + smoothing out short spikes and drops + (<guilabel>smooth</guilabel>). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Peak indicator falloff speed — This controls the speed + the peak indicator falls back to zero volume (for active mode) + or moves toward the current volume (for smooth mode). + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Scope (scale 1:X, where X=?) — This controls the + horizontal (time) axis scale for <application>Sound + Monitor</application> "scope-like" themes, i.e., themes that + show a graph of sound level, with time along the horizontal + axis. (Since + the default theme is not a scope, this control does not do + anything until you have modified the theme, as described + below.) A value of 1 corresponds to time scale of 44 100 + pixels/second; value of X gives 44 100/X pixels/second. (These + numbers appear because the standard for CD-quality audio + stipulates that there should be 44 100 sound samplings per second.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Connect points in scope — This determines whether the + sampled volume points are connected. (For scope themes only.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Screen refresh (frames per second) — This controls the + number of times the <application>Sound Monitor</application> + display is updated each second. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Theme file (directory) — This is the theme for you + <application>Sound Monitor</application>, which determines the + overall appearance of the applet. You can either select a + theme from the list <guilabel>Themes:</guilabel>, or else type + in the directory and name of another theme if available. Some + of the standard themes are shown in <xref + linkend="soundmonitorappletthemes-fig">. + + <figure id="soundmonitorappletthemes-fig"> + <title>Example Sound Monitor Themes</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Example Sound Monitor Themes</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + ESD host to monitor — This option allows you to listen + to sound being played by ESD on another computer. To do so, + enter the network address (or IP address) of a computer to + monitor in the format <replaceable>host:port</replaceable>. + The host specified must be running ESD and have their esound + daemon "unlocked" to allow other machines to connect. Note + that the default port for ESD is 5001. Leave + this entry blank to monitor sound on the local machine. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Manager ================================== --> + <sect3 id="soundmonitorapplet-manager"> + <title>The Sound Monitor Manager</title> + <para> + To start the <interface>Sound Monitor Manager</interface>, + right-click on the applet and choose + <guimenuitem>Manager…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Sound Monitor - Manager</interface> dialog (shown in <xref + linkend="soundmonitorappletmanager-fig">), which allows you to + view and modify various ESD settings. + </para> + <figure id="soundmonitorappletmanager-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Sound Monitor Manager dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/soundmonitor_manager_server" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The <guilabel>Server</guilabel> tab displays the following information: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Server information — This is a brief description of the + esound server daemon's current status, including the sound + output rate to the sound card, the number of currently playing + sounds (connected streams), and the number of sound samples + cached in the server. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Streams</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Connected Streams — This displays a list of basic + information for the current sound streams playing through the + sound server. The user can adjust the volume and balance of a + stream by first selecting the stream's line, then adjusting + the volume and balance sliders. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Samples</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Cached Samples — This displays a list of basic + information for the current sounds cached in the sound + server. The user can adjust the volume and balance of a cached + sound by first selecting the sound's line, then adjusting the + volume and balance sliders. To toggle between displaying the + sound's length as bytes or time (format MM:SS.S) click on the + length or time column heading. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> After you made all the choices you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to make the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= ESDPVD ================================== --> + <sect3 id="esdpvd"> + <title>The Esound Persistent Volume Daemon (ESDPVD)</title> + <para> + The <application>Sound Monitor</application> applet comes with a + companion program called the <application>Esound Persistent Volume + Daemon</application> + (ESDPVD), which can run in the background and remembers the volume + and balance of each stream that connects to the sound server. The + main purpose of <application>ESDPVD</application> is to be used in + conjunction with the <application>Sound Monitor</application> + applet's <interface>Manager</interface> dialog + to retain volume levels for individual streams that + connect to the ESD sound server. + </para> + <para> + As an example, suppose you are running the + <application>GTCD</application> CD Player and you + lower its volume using the <interface>Manager</interface> window. Normally + the volume setting will be lost when the program (in this case + <application>GTCD</application>) is exited and + restarted. However, if <application>esdpvd</application> is + running and you start <application>GTCD</application> again, the + volume will be restored to its previous (in this case, + lower) value from before. + </para> + <para> + If you configure GNOME to start <application>ESDPVD</application> + each time GNOME is started (using the + <interface>control-center</interface>'s <interface>Startup + Programs</interface> section), <application>ESDPVD</application> + will remember sound volume and balance customizations between + GNOME sessions. + </para> + <para> + <application>ESDPVD</application> also remembers volume and + balance adjustments to cached samples (often used for interface + sound events such as button clicks, menus, etc.). + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="sound-monitor-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet only shows the sound volume for sound produced by + GNOME applications (to be precise, sounds passing through ESD); it + will not show sound volume for applications that directly connect + to audio card. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="sound-monitor-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Sound Monitor</application> was written by John Ellis + (<email>johne@bellatlantic.net</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. You can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>) and John Ellis + (<email>johne@bellatlantic.net</email>). Please send all comments + and suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">GNOME Documentation + Project</ulink> by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also submit comments online + by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/doctable/">GNOME Documentation + Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/swapload-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/swapload-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bfc3fe --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/swapload-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ +<!-- Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of --> +<!-- this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission --> +<!-- notice are preserved on all copies. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of --> +<!-- this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided --> +<!-- that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the --> +<!-- terms of a permission notice identical to this one. --> +<!-- --> +<!-- Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this --> +<!-- manual into another language, under the above conditions for --> +<!-- modified versions, except that this permission notice may be --> +<!-- stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. --> + + <sect2 id="swapload-applet"> + <title>The swap load applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>swapload_applet</application> is a small monitor + applet which sits in your panel and tells you how much swap space is + being used. + </para> + + <para> + The swap space is a part of the hard drive which is not + part of the filesystem. When the kernel decides a program in + memory is not being used a lot but might be required soon, + it takes parts of the program out of memory and puts those into the + swap space, where it can easily retrieve it. Moving data between + memory and swap can be slow, so if you are using a lot of your + swap space, you may find the machine's reaction slows. + </para> + + <sect3 id="swapload-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything to this applet. It will sit and + run in your panel. Various options to alter its display are + available. + </para> + + <figure id="cpuload-applet-fig"> + <title>Swap Load Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Swap Load Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/swapload-applet" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="swapload-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items, the right-click pop-up menu has + the following items: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Default Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="swapload-properties">described below</link> which allows + you to alter the default properties of this and related monitor + applets. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This opens the <guilabel>multiload_applet dialogue box</guilabel> + <link linkend="swapload-properties">described below</link> which + affects only the <application>swapload_applet</application> + properties. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Run gtop...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + This option will run the <command>gtop</command> which + starts up the GNOME System Monitor. <application>gtop</application> + gives a much more detailed look at your system and what's happening + on it. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="swapload-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + + <figure id="cpuload-default-fig"> + <title>Default Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Swap Load Applet Default Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/swapload-applet-default" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Like several of the monitor applets, + <application>swapload_applet</application> has two ways of setting + preferences. You can make changes that affect all of this group + (<application>cpuload_applet</application>, <application>memload_applet</application>, + <application>swapload_applet</application>, <application>netload_applet</application> + and <application>loadavg_applet</application>) in one large dialogue + box. This is useful if you run one or more of them. These are the + settings used by default. They are reached from the + <guimenuitem>Default Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + + <figure id="swapload-greyed-fig"> + <title>Greyed Out Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Swap Load Applet Greyed Out Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/swapload-applet-greyed" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Or you can change just the properties for + <application>swapload_applet</application>. This is useful for when + you only use <application>swapload_applet</application> or want to + try new combinations out. It is reached from the + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item. + </para> + <note> + <para> + If you use the <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item + and edit the preferences for just this applet, you must uncheck + the <guibutton>Use default properties</guibutton> checkbox before + you can alter any settings. + </para> + </note> + + <figure id="swapload-properties-fig"> + <title>Swap Load Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Swap Load Applet Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/swapload-applet-properties" + srccredit="Eric Baudais"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The changes you can make to the properties are three: + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Colours</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the colours used for used and free swap space + that are displayed by clicking on the colour boxes. This + invokes the GNOME colour wheel. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Speed</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the speed that the graph proceeds with this. + It is measured in milliseconds, and the default is 500. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Size</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You can alter the size of the applet with this. It is measured + in pixels. The default value is 40, and the range is from 1 pixel + to whatever you like. In a vertical panel, this refers to the + height. In a horizontal panel, it refers to the width. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="swapload-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + Resizing and then altering the panel orientation can still cause + intermittent problems, although they now fix themselves after a + short period. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="swapload-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + This applet was writen by Martin Baulig (<email>martin@home-of-linux.org</email>). + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gywnne + (<email>telsa@linuxchix.org</email>) and Eric Baudais + (<email>baudais@okstate.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tasklist-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tasklist-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c03d74 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tasklist-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ + + <!-- ############### Tasklist ############### --> +<sect2 id="tasklist-applet"> + <title>Tasklist Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Tasklist</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="tasklist-applet-fig">, displays a table showing windowed + applications running on your computer. Depending on the options + chosen, you can display either those on the desktop currently in + use, or on all virtual desktops. To add this applet to a + <interface>Panel</interface>, right-click on the panel and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Applets</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Tasklist</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + + <figure id="tasklist-applet-fig"> + <title>Tasklist</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Tasklist</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tasklist-fig" srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <sect3 id="tasklist-applet-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para><application>Tasklist</application> allows you to quickly + navigate the applications running on your computer, displaying + icons and application names for each application that meets the + criteria you've set in the <link + linkend="tasklist-applet-properties">properties window</link>. Clicking + on an icon or application name gives focus to that application, + bringing it to the foreground so it accepts your keyboard input.</para> + + <para>Right-clicking with the mouse on an application's icon or + text in the applet brings up the following menu:</para> + + <figure id="tasklist-rightclick-fig"> + <title>Tasklist Right-Click Options</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Tasklist Right-Click Options</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Iconify</guilabel> — reduce the + selected application to a panel icon. When an application + already has been iconified, the menu item changes to + <guilabel>Restore</guilabel>. Clicking on it restores the + application to your desktop.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Shade</guilabel> — minimize the + application to a single window bar. When an application + has been Shaded, the menu item changes to + <guilabel>Unshade</guilabel>. Clicking on + <guilabel>Unshade</guilabel> restores the application to + full size.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Stick</guilabel> — make application + "sticky", which means it remains in your field of view when + you change virtual desktops, following you as you go. When + an application is sticky, the menu option + <guilabel>Unstick</guilabel> is displayed, allowing you to + leave an application behind as you continue your virtual + desktop travels.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Kill</guilabel> — kills the + application. The <link + linkend="tasklist-applet-properties">properties + dialog</link> allows you to + have <application>Tasklist</application> prompt you for + confirmation before causing an application's untimely death.</para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="tasklist-task-grouping"> + <title>Task Grouping</title> + <para><application>Tasklist</application> can group icons together when + multiple instances of a program are running. A number in parentheses + appears to next to the application. Clicking on the icon brings up a menu + listing all of the running instances.</para> + <figure id="tasklist-applet-grouping-fig"> + <title>Task Grouping</title> + <!-- + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Task Grouping</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tasklist-grouping" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + --> + </figure> + <para>Clicking on an item in the list brings that window to the foreground + and gives it focus.</para> + <para>By default, <application>Tasklist</application> groups four or more + applications. You can change this in the <link + linkend="tasklist-applet-properties">properties window</link>.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="tasklist-applet-right-click"> + <title>Right-Click Pop-Up Menu Items</title> + <para> + In addition to the standard menu items (see <xref + linkend="tasklist-standard-right-click-items">), the + right-click pop-up menu has + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> item — This menu + item opens the <interface>Properties</interface> dialog (see <xref + linkend="tasklist-applet-properties">) which allows you to + customize the appearance and behavior of this applet. + </para> + + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="tasklist-applet-properties"> + <title>Properties</title> + <para> + You can configure <application>Tasklist</application> applet by + right-clicking on the applet and choosing the + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog, shown in <xref + linkend="tasklist-applet-properties-fig">. + </para> + <figure id="tasklist-applet-properties-fig"> + <title>Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tasklist-properties" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para>The <interface>Properties dialog</interface> allows to you + control which tasks are displayed: +<itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show normal applications</guilabel> — + display, in the applet, all applications on the current + desktop that have not been minimized.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show iconified (minimized) applications + </guilabel> — show all applications on the current + desktop that have been minimized</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show normal applications on all + desktops</guilabel> — show all full-sized, + non-minimized applications on all desktops. For this to + work, you must also have checked the <guilabel>Show normal + applications</guilabel> checkbox above.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show iconified (minimized) applications on + all desktops</guilabel> — show all applications that + have been minimized on all desktops. For this to work, you + must also have checked <guilabel>Show iconified (minimized) + applications</guilabel> above.</para> + </listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</para> + +<para> +<itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Show mini icons</guilabel> — Some + applications support a miniature icon. This option displays + it on the <application>Tasklist</application> panel.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Confirm before killing windows</guilabel> + — have the applet prompt you before you're permitted + to <link linkend="tasklist-rightclick-fig">kill an + application</link>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Move iconified tasks to current workspace + when restoring</guilabel> — automatically switches + the desktop work area on your screen to the one containing + the application you click on in the + <application>Tasklist</application> panel.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Enable task grouping</guilabel> — Turns on + <application>Tasklist's</application> <ulink + url="tasklist-task-grouping">grouping feature</ulink> and controls the number of instances of an application that must be running before they are grouped.</para> + </listitem> + + + </itemizedlist> + +</para> + <figure id="tasklist-applet-size-fig"> + <title>Properties Dialog - Size</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties Dialog - Size</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tasklist-properties-size" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para>The <interface>size properties dialog</interface> controls + how much space <application>Tasklist</application> takes up on + your panel: +<itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Follow panel size</guilabel> + — have <application>Tasklist</application> size + determined automatically based on panel size. This overrides + other size options.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Tasklist width (height)</guilabel> + — width (or height in vertical panel) of + <application>Tasklist</application> in pixels.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Rows of tasks</guilabel> + — determines how many rows of task icons + <application>Tasklist</application> displays.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Default task size</guilabel> + — set the default size for display of a task + item. (This only has effect if <guilabel>Tasklist width is + dynamic</guilabel> is checked below.)</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Tasklist width (height) is fixed + (dynamic)</guilabel> — Have the size of the tasklist + fixed or established by the applet dynamically. Setting it + to "fixed" means that the applet will always take the amount + of space set in "tasklist width", even if there are no + tasks. Setting it to <guilabel>dynamic</guilabel> means that + the applet will take as much space as needed to show all tasks (zero if + there are no tasks), but not more than the value set in + <guilabel>Tasklist width</guilabel>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Only use empty space</guilabel> — If width or + height is set to be dynamic, this option forces + <application>Tasklist</application> to use only the available space + on your screen, preventing it from pushing other applets out + of the way and off of your screen.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + +</para> + + </sect3> + + +<sect3 id="basicPropertiesOptions"> + <title>Basic Properties Options</title> + <para>All <interface>Properties</interface> dialogs have the following + buttons at the bottom of the dialog: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will activate any changes + in the properties you have made and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> at any time will + make your changes active without closing the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. This is helpful if + you would like to test the effects of the changes you have + made but may want to continue changing the properties. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Close</guibutton> will close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. Only changes in the + configuration which were previously applied with the + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button will persist. Other + changes will be discarded. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Help</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Help</guibutton> brings up the manual for + the application, opening it to the page describing the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. + + + + </para> +</listitem> +</itemizedlist> +</para> +</sect3> + + <sect3 id="tasklist-standard-right-click-items"> + <title>Standard Pop-Up Items</title> + <para> + All applets should have the following items in their right-click + <guimenu>pop-up menu</guimenu>: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Remove from panel</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>Remove from panel</guimenuitem> menu item + removes the applet from the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Move</term> + <listitem> + <para> + After selecting <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>, your mouse + pointer will change appearance (typically to a cross with + arrows in each direction). As you move your mouse, the applet + will move with it. When you have finished moving the applet, + click any mouse button and the applet will anchor in its + current position. Note that applets can be moved between two + <interface>Panels</interface> this way. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Panel</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> submenu contains various + items and submenus for adding and removing + <interface>Panels</interface> and applets and for changing + the configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>About</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>About...</guimenuitem> menu item brings up a + dialogue box containing various information about the applet, + typically including the applet's name, version, author, + copyright, license and description. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Help</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> menu item brings up the help + manual for the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <sect3 id="tasklist-applet-bugs"> + <title> Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + There are no known bugs in the + <application>Tasklist</application> applet. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="tasklist-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + The <application>Tasklist</application> applet was written by Anders Carlsson + (<email>andersca@gnu.org</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by John Fleck + (<email>jfleck@inkstain.net</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General + Public License</citetitle></ulink> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> is included with the GNOME documentation. You + may also obtain a + copy of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU + General Public License</citetitle></ulink> from the Free Software + Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org/">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> +--> + </sect2> + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tickastat-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tickastat-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4576897 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/tickastat-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ + <sect2 id="tickastat"> + <title>Tick-a-Stat Applet</title> + + <para> + <application>Tick-a-Stat</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="tickastat-applet-fig">, watches various aspects of your + system and delivers information when certain events occur. For + example, it can watch the CPU load and warn you when the CPU is + being overloaded with concurrent processes. To add this + applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Tick-a-Stat</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="tickastat-applet-fig"> + <title>Tick-a-Stat Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Tick-a-Stat Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tickastat_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="tickastat-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + After you have configured <application>Tick-a-Stat</application>, + it will run continuously and does not require any input. + General configuration of <application>Tick-a-Stat</application> is + explained in <xref linkend="tickastat-prefs">. There are several + modules which can be used. Their function and configuration is + described in <xref linkend="tickastat-modules">. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="tickastat-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Event Log…</guimenuitem> — + opens the <link linkend="tickastat-eventlog"> + <guilabel>Event Log</guilabel></link> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Tick-a-Stat + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Customization ============================= --> + <sect3 id="tickastat-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>Tick-a-Stat</application> + applet by right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog(shown in <xref + linkend="tickastat-settings-fig">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + + <figure id="tickastat-settings-fig"> + <title>Properties dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Properties dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tickastat_settings" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The <guilabel>Modules</guilabel> tab lists the various modules + you can enable. Select a module from <guilabel>Module</guilabel> + list on the left to configure it in the pane on the right. Each + module and its configurable properties are described in <xref + linkend="tickastat-modules">. + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Enable logging of events — If this button is + checked, a log of each event detected by an enabled module + will be written to the file named in the <guilabel>Log + path</guilabel> entry. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Log Path — This is name of the file which will be used + to store the event log. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The properties in the <guilabel>Display</guilabel> tab are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Smooth scroll — Selecting this button causes old events + to slowly scroll upwards when new events occur, instead of + quickly moving up to make room. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Smooth type — Selecting this button causes new text to + be slowly typed across the applet as if somebody is typing it, + instead of appearing very quickly. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Delay when wrapping text — This is the time delay (in + tenths of a second) that it pauses when it wraps a message + around the right edge of the applet (ie. for a carriage return). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scroll speed between lines (Smooth scroll) — This is the + speed at which lines are scrolled upwards. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Width — This is the width(in pixels) of the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Use all room on panel — Selecting this button expands + the applet along the <interface>Panel</interface> to fill all + space (up to any neighboring Panel objects if they exist.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Height — This is the height(in pixels) of the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Use panel size hint — Selecting this button causes the + applet to try to size itself to fit the + <interface>Panel</interface> height. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + <!-- ============= Modules ============================= --> + <sect3 id="tickastat-modules"> + <title>Modules</title> + <para> + <application>Tick-a-Stat</application> has several modules. + Each module watches a certain part of your system and responds + to different evens. Multiple modules can be run enabled at once. + The standard <application>Tick-a-Stat</application> modules are + described below. + </para> + + <sect4 id="tickastat-testmodule"> + <title>Test Module</title> + <para> + The Test module is a simple module that just prints + <quote>Testing line from test module :)</quote> in the applet + every few seconds. + </para> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="tickastat-coredumpmodule"> + <title>Core Dump Catcher Module</title> + <para> + The Dump Monitor module monitors a certain path for core dumps. + If it finds one, it time stamps it and logs the backtrace. It also + displays a core dump logo and message in the main applet, as + shown in <xref linkend="tickastat-coredump-fig"> and optionally + will open a dialog displaying the backtrace. + </para> + <figure id="tickastat-coredump-fig"> + <title>Tick-a-Stat Showing a Core Dump</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Tick-a-Stat Showing a Core Dump</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tickastat_coredump" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The Core Dump module settings are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Enable this module — Selecting this button activates the + module. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show backtrace dialog on new core files — Selecting this + button will cause <application>Tick-a-Stat</application> to + open a dialog showing the backtrace each time a new core dump + is found. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Path to monitor — Enter the name of the directory you + would like the Core Dump module to monitor for core dumps. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="tickastat-loadmonitormodule"> + <title>Load Average Monitor Module</title> + <para> + The Load Average Monitor module monitors the systems CPU usage + and warns you when the number of processes(programs) sharing the + CPU is too high. (This will cause poor performance of each + process and can be indicative of an errant program or daemon.) + When the CPU load is high it will display a warning, as shown in + <xref linkend="tickastat-loadmonitor-fig">. For even higher + loads, an alert is displayed. + </para> + <figure id="tickastat-loadmonitor-fig"> + <title>Tick-a-Stat Showing a Load Warning</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Tick-a-Stat Showing a Load Warning</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/tickastat_loadaverage" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The Load Average Monitor module settings are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Enable this module — Selecting this button activates the + module. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Check every (Seconds) — Set this to the interval (in + seconds) between checking the load. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show pop-up dialog for this event — Select this button + to have a pop-up dialog open each time a warning (or alert) + is issued. (This option occurs in both the Warning and Alert + sections.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Load average threshold — Set this to the load (the + average number of running programs which request use of the + CPU at any instant in time). (This option occurs in both the + Warning and Alert sections.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Text to display — Enter the message which should be + displayed when the load reaches the threshold level. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect4> + + <sect4 id="tickastat-filetailermodule"> + <title>File Tailer Module</title> + <para> + The File Tailer module shows any lines which are added to the + end of a given file. This is typically used to monitor the + output log files created by many programs. + </para> + + + <para> + The File Tailerr module settings are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Enable this module — Selecting this button activates the + module. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Path to tail — Set this to the name of the file you + wish to tail. (The term "tail" refers to watching the tail, + or end, of a file. In a shell, one can do this using the + <command>tail</command> command, typically with the "-f" + flag.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Show pop-up dialog for new line — Select this + to have a pop-up dialog showing the new line open each time a + new line is added to the file. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect4> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Event Log ============================== --> + <sect3 id="tickastat-eventlog"> + <title>The Event Log</title> + <para> + The event log is used to keep track of any events which register + in <application>Tick-a-Stat</application>. The file used for the + event log and whether event logging is enabled are specified in + the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab of the <link + linkend="tickastat-prefs"> <guilabel>Properties</guilabel></link> + dialog. To view the event log, right click on the applet and + select <guimenuitem>Event log…</guimenuitem>. + </para> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="tickastatapplet-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="tickastat-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Tick-a-Stat Applet</application> was written by John Ellis + (<email>johne@bellatlantic.net</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce11a1c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ + + + +<sect2 id="webcontrol"> + <title>WebControl Applet</title> + + <para> <application>WebControl Applet</application>, shown in <xref + linkend="webcontrol-applet-fig1">, allows you to launch your + <application>Netscape</application> browser with the URL you + indicate in the URL text box. To add this applet + to a <interface>Panel</interface>, right-click on the panel and choose + + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Network</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>WebControl</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </para> + + + <figure id="webcontrol-applet-fig1"> + <title>WebControl Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>WebControl Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/webcontrol-applet" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + + <sect3 id="webcontrol-applet-usage"> + <title> Usage</title> + <para> To use this applet, type the URL of the document you wish + to view in the text box. For an Internet URL, you must type in + <command>http://</command> followed by the web address, for + example, <command>http://www.gnome.org</command>. For a local + file, simply type the file's name. + </para> + + <para>If you would like to launch a new browser window instead of + using the currently active one, check the <guilabel>Launch new + window</guilabel> check box.</para> + + <para> Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>— opens the + <link linkend="webcontrol-applet-prefs"> + <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> + </link> dialog + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — displays this + document. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> — shows basic + information about <application>WebControl + Applet</application>, including the applet's version and author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + + + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="webcontrol-applet-prefs"> + <title>Customization</title> + <para> + You can customize <application>WebControl Applet</application> by + right-clicking on it and choosing + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem>. This will open + the <interface>Properties</interface> dialog (shown in <xref + linkend="webcontrol-applet-fig2">), which allows you to + change various settings. + </para> + <figure id="webcontrol-applet-fig2"> + <title>WebControl Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Preferences dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs" + srccredit="John Fleck"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The properties are: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Display URL label</guilabel> — + display the text <guilabel>Url:</guilabel> to the left of the + text entry window in the applet.</para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Display "launch new window" option</guilabel> + — display check box on the applet window allowing you to + decide whether your document will be displayed in a new browser + window or the currently open.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para> + After you have made all the changes you want, click on + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. To cancel the changes + and return to previous values, click the + <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="webcontro-applet-bugs"> + <title>Known bugs and limitations</title> + <para> + <application>WebControl Applet</application> only starts + <application>Netscape</application>. If you don't have + <application>Netscape</application>, it won't work. If you have + a different browser set as your URL handler, <application>Web + Control Applet</application> will still start <application>Netscape</application>. + </para> + <para><application>WebControl Applet</application> does not + resize to match the size of the panel if the panel is smaller than + <application>WebControl Applet's</application> normal height and width. This + effects both small horizontal panels and all vertical panels.</para> + </sect3> + + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="webcontrol-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>WebControl Applet</application> was written by Garrett Smith + <email>gsmith@serv.net</email>. Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by John Fleck + (<email>jfleck@inkstain.net</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/whereami-ug.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/whereami-ug.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a84e6a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/applets/whereami-ug.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ + <sect2 id="whereami"> + <title>Where Am I? Applet</title> + + <para> + The <application>Where Am I?</application> applet, shown in <xref + linkend="whereamiapplet-fig">, shows the position + of your mouse pointer on the screen, reporting the coordinates as + <parameter>x</parameter> and <parameter>y</parameter>, where + <parameter>x</parameter> is horizontal and <parameter>y</parameter> + is vertical. The dimensions of an area on the screen can be determined + by dragging the cursor after the <application>Where Am I?</application> + applet has been activated.</para> + <para>To add this applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and choose + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Utility</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Where Am I?</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + + <figure id="whereamiapplet-fig"> + <title>Where Am I? Applet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Where Am I? Applet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/whereami_applet" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <!-- ============= Usage ================================ --> + <sect3 id="whereami-usage"> + <title>Usage</title> + <para> + You don't need to do anything special to use this applet. It will + report the position of your cursor as you move your mouse about. + Clicking on the <application>Where Am I?</application> will "grab" + the cursor, causing it to change to a cross-hairs shape. Once the + cursor has been grabbed, you can can drag the cursor to measure + the dimensions of an area on the screen. A second click will + ungrab the cursor, and restore normal operation. + </para> + + <para> + Right-clicking on the applet brings up a menu containing the + following items: + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> — + displays this document. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>About…</guimenuitem> — + shows basic information about <application>Where Am I? + Applet</application>, inluding the applet's version and the + author's name. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Bugs ================================== --> + <!-- This section should describe known bugs and limitations of + the program if there are any - please be frank and list all + problems you know of --> + <sect3 id="whereami-bugs"> + <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title> + <para> + This applet has no known bugs. + </para> + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect3 id="whereami-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Where Am I?</application> was written by John Kodis + (<email>kodis@jagunet.com</email>). Please send all comments, + suggestions, and bug + reports to the <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME + bug tracking database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + on-line</ulink>. If you are using + GNOME 1.1 or later, you can also use <application>Bug Report + Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Telsa Gwynne + (<email>hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> + by sending an email to <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also + submit comments online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation Status + Table</ulink>. + </para> + + <!-- For translations: uncomment this: + + <para> + Latin translation was done by ME + (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this translation to SOMEWHERE. + </para> + + --> + + </sect3> + + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> + + <!-- + <sect3 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + </sect3> + + --> + </sect2> + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/authors.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/authors.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7cbb403 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/authors.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<appendix id="authors" label="B"> + <title>GNOME User's Guide Documentation Team</title> + <para> + This User's Guide was written by the following authors + </para> + <formalpara id="writers"> + <title>Writers</title> + <para> + </para> +</formalpara> + <para> + David C. Mason + </para> + <para> + David A. Wheeler + </para> + <para> + Alexander Kirillov + </para> + <para> + Dan Mueth + </para> + <para> + Telsa Gwynne + </para> + <para> + Eric Baudais + </para> + <para> + John Fleck + </para> + <para> + Aaron Weber + </para> + <para> + Kenny Graunke + </para> + <para> + John Ellis + </para> + <para> + Havoc Pennington + </para> + <para> + Emese Kovacs + </para> + <para> + Spiros Papadimitriou + </para> + <para> + Oliver Maruhn + </para> + <para> + Chris Lyttle + </para> + <para> + James Cope + </para> + <para> + Michael Hall + </para> + <para> + Tom Gilbert + </para> + <para> + John Kodis + </para> + <para> + Gregory Leblanc + </para> + <para> + Vera Horiuchi + </para> + <para> + Szabolcs (Shooby) Ban + </para> + <para> + Arjan Scherpenisse + </para> +</appendix>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/desktop.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/desktop.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6ad4fc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/desktop.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +<!-- #################### THE GNOME DESKTOP - CHAPTER ###################### --> + + <chapter id="desk"> + <title>The GNOME Desktop</title> + <sect1> + <title>Introduction</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a27"> + <primary>GNOME Desktop</primary> + </indexterm> + The GNOME Desktop provides the functionality of any traditional operating + system desktop. You can drag files, programs and directory folders to the + desktop; you can also drag those items back into GNOME-compliant + applications, allowing you to quickly access any items you select. + </para> + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + The GNOME Desktop is actually provided by a backend process in the GNOME + File Manager. If, for any reason, that backend process has stopped running + you may start the Nautilus File Manager again and your desktop will be + restored. Even if you do have to do this you do not need to keep the + Nautilus File Manager window open to enable the desktop. + </para> + </important> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="deskuse"> + <title>Using the Desktop</title> + <para> + Using the Desktop is as simple as dragging items you wish to use + routinely to the desktop. The default desktop includes a + folder of your home directory (usually <filename>/home/[user + name]</filename>). By default the Nautilus File Manager window will + also appear so you can quickly access other areas of your system. + </para> + <para> + Once an item is on the desktop you can double-click on it to perform its + default action or right-click on it (click on it using the mouse's right + button) to see a menu of actions that can be performed on it. The default + action depends on the kind of item it is; if it's a program, that program + will start, if it's data, the appropriate program will be started with + that data loaded, and if it's a directory, a file manager window will be + opened showing that directory's contents. + </para> + <para> + To use drag and drop you need to be using either a GNOME compliant + application or a Motif application. GNOME is compliant with Motif drag and + drop so you will find it works with many applications you already have + installed. + </para> + <para> + All items that are stored on your desktop are located in the following + directory: + <programlisting> + <prompt>$</prompt>/home/[user name]/.nautilus/desktop/ + </programlisting> + This is helpful to remember when you want your desktop to contain an item + for which you cannot use drag and drop. + </para> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a28"> + <primary>GNOME Desktop</primary> + <secondary>Hardware Devices</secondary> + </indexterm> + Once you have started GNOME you can mount CDROM or floppy drives you have + connected to your system by right clicking on the desktop and selecting the + disks menu. This will show an icon on your desktop that you can use to + access these drives. + </para> + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + You must have permission to mount the device shown on your desktop before + you can use these icons. If you do not have mount permission someone + with root access such as your system administrator can give it as + follows. You can read more about this and other items of system knowledge + in <xref linkend="newbies">. + </para> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a29"> + <primary>Mounting Drives</primary> + </indexterm> + Giving mount access to ordinary users can be done quite easily if you have + <application><emphasis>linuxconf</emphasis></application> installed on + your machine. Just select the drive you want to access in the + <guilabel>Access local drive</guilabel> section. In the + <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab select the <guilabel>User + Mountable</guilabel> option. Your drive will now be mountable by users. + </para> + <para> + If <application><emphasis>linuxconf</emphasis></application> is not + available someone with root access must edit the + <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> file to include user access. This is done + by adding the user attribute to the drive. For example: + </para> + <para> + If your fstab file contains a line like this: + <programlisting> + /dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 exec,dev,ro,noauto 0 0 + </programlisting> + Add "user" to the fourth column: + <programlisting> + /dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 user,exec,dev,ro,noauto 0 0 + </programlisting> + </para> + <para> + Depending on your system and work environment, there could be some + security risks in permitting users to mount disks. Please consult your + system administrator before taking this action. + </para> + </important> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="deskareas"> + <title>Desktop Areas</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a30"> + <primary>Desktop Areas</primary> + </indexterm> + <indexterm id="idx-a31"> + <primary>Multiple Desktops</primary> + </indexterm> + Desktop areas allow you to keep a well organized system when you have many + tasks to perform at one time. Just like adding a new desk when you have too + much material to fit on one, desktop areas allow you to move to another area + to launch more programs. + </para> + <para> + GNOME is aware of desktop areas even though they are controlled by another + software program called the 'window manager'. You can set the number of + desktop areas within the configuration of the window manager you are + using. If you are using the default window manager or your window manager + has a graphical configuration tool you may be able to launch it from the + Window Manager Capplet. You may read more about this Capplet in <xref + linkend="gccwm"> + </para> + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + Most window managers will give you the option of having multiple desktops, + which are different from desktop areas. Desktop areas are virtual + extensions of one desktop whereas multiple desktops are actually separate. + </para> + <para> + The default setup of GNOME is to use desktop areas with only one + desktop. The reason for this is with some applications, such as those which + use Motif, users can experience problems with some drag and drop + functionality across desktops. + </para> + </important> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="deskmenus" + <title>Other Desktop Menus</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a32"> + <primary>GNOME Desktop</primary> + <secondary>Desktop menus</secondary> + </indexterm> + There are a few desktop menus you may use in GNOME. These menus are accessed + by making a right-button mouse click on any clean space on the desktop. This + will bring up a <guimenu>pop-up</guimenu> menu which contains a few items: + </para> + <ITEMIZEDLIST mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem> - This launches a new Nautilus + File Manager window displaying your Home directory. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem> - This creates a new folder + on your desktop into which you can place files: a convenient way to clean + up your desktop. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>New Terminal</guimenuitem> - This launches a new GNOME + Terminal window that will automatically navigate to the + <filename>/home/[username]</filename> + directory. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Clean Up by Name</guimenuitem> - This automatically arranges + your desktop icons. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Disks</guimenuitem> - This accesses the submenu to mount + removable drives + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Change Desktop Background</guimenuitem> - This opens the + GNOME Control-center at the Background Capplet to allow you to reconfigure + the background of your desktop. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/fdl.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/fdl.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57c82f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/fdl.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,636 @@ +<appendix id="fdl" label="C"> + <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title> + <para> + Version 1.1, March 2000 + </para> + + <para> + Copyright © 2000 + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place, Suite 330</street>, + <city>Boston</city>, + <state>MA</state> + <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license + document, but changing it is not allowed. + </para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="fdl-preamble"> + <term>0. PREAMBLE</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other + written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone + the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without + modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, + this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get + credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for + modifications made by others. + </para> + + <para> + This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative + works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It + complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft + license designed for free software. + </para> + + <para> + We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free + software, because free software needs free documentation: a free + program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the + software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it + can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or + whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License + principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="fdl-section1"> + <term>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</term> + <listitem> + <para id="fdl-document"> + This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a + notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed + under the terms of this License. The <link + linkend="fdl-document">"Document" </link>, below, refers to any such + manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is + addressed as "you". + </para> + + <para id="fdl-modified"> + A <link linkend="fdl-modified">"Modified Version"</link> of the + Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, + either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into + another language. + </para> + + <para id="fdl-secondary"> + A <link linkend="fdl-secondary">"Secondary Section"</link> is a named + appendix or a front-matter section of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively with the + relationship of the publishers or authors of the <link + linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> to the <link + linkend="fdl-document"> Document's</link> overall subject (or to + related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within + that overall subject. (For example, if the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is in part a textbook of + mathematics, a <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Section</link> + may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter + of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or + of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position + regarding them. + </para> + + <para id="fdl-invariant"> + The <link linkend="fdl-invariant">"Invariant Sections"</link> are + certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose + titles are designated, as being those of <link + linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link>, in the notice that + says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released + under this License. + </para> + + <para id="fdl-cover-texts"> + The <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">"Cover Texts"</link> are certain + short passages of text that are listed, as <link + linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> or <link + linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>, in the notice that + says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released + under this License. + </para> + + <para id="fdl-transparent"> + A <link linkend="fdl-transparent">"Transparent"</link> copy of the + <link linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable + copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the + general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and + straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of + pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available + drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or + for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input + to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise <link + linkend="fdl-transparent"> Transparent</link> file format whose markup + has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by + readers is not <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link>. A + copy that is not <link linkend="fdl-transparent">"Transparent"</link> + is called "Opaque". + </para> + + <para> + Examples of suitable formats for <link + linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copies include plain + ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML + or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple + HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include + PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only + by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or + processing tools are not generally available, and the + machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output + purposes only. + </para> + + <para id="fdl-title-page"> + The <link linkend="fdl-title-page">"Title Page"</link> means, for a + printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are + needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear + in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title + page as such, <link linkend="fdl-title-page"> "Title Page"</link> + means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, + preceding the beginning of the body of the text. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section2"> + <term>2. VERBATIM COPYING</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You may copy and distribute the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either + commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the + copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies + to the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> are reproduced in + all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those + of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or + control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or + distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for + copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must + also follow the conditions in <link linkend="fdl-section3">section + 3</link>. + </para> + + <para> + You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and + you may publicly display copies. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section3"> + <term>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</term> + <listitem> + <para> + If you publish printed copies of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and + the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice + requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must + enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all + these <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>: Front-Cover + Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both + covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of + these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all + words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other + material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to + the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, + can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. + </para> + + <para> + If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit + legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit + reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent + pages. + </para> + + <para> + If you publish or distribute <link + linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, you + must either include a machine-readable <link + linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with each + <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copy, or state in or + with each <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copy a + publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete + <link linkend="fdl-transparent"> Transparent</link> copy of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, free of added material, which + the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at + no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the + latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin + distribution of <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies + in quantity, to ensure that this <link + linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy will remain thus + accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the + last time you distribute an <link + linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copy (directly or through your + agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. + </para> + + <para> + It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the + <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before + redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to + provide you with an updated version of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section4"> + <term>4. MODIFICATIONS</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> + under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> + and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you + release the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under + precisely this License, with the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version</link> filling the role of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, thus licensing distribution + and modification of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version</link> to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you + must do these things in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version</link>: + </para> + + <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> + <listitem> + <para> + Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> (and + on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of + previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in + the History section of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>). You may use the same + title as a previous version if the original publisher of that + version gives permission. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>, as + authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for + authorship of the modifications in the <link + linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, together with at + least five of the principal authors of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of its principal + authors, if it has less than five). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link> + the name of the publisher of the <link + linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the + publisher. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications + adjacent to the other copyright notices. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license + notice giving the public permission to use the <link + linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms + of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link + linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required + <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the + <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Include an unaltered copy of this License. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add + to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and + publisher of the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version + </link>as given on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title + Page</link>. If there is no section entitled "History" in the + <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one stating + the title, year, authors, and publisher of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> as given on its <link + linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>, then add an item + describing the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version</link> as stated in the previous sentence. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access to a + <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy of the + <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and likewise the + network locations given in the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for previous versions it + was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You + may omit a network location for a work that was published at + least four years before the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> itself, or if the + original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", + preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all + the substance and tone of each of the contributor + acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant + Sections</link> of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their text + and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not + considered part of the section titles. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may + not be included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version</link>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to + conflict in title with any <link + linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Section</link>. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para> + If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes + new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link + linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no + material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate + some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their + titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant + Sections</link> in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version's</link> license notice. These titles must be distinct from + any other section titles. + </para> + + <para> + You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains + nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer + review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the + authoritative definition of a standard. + </para> + + <para> + You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link + linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage of up + to 25 words as a <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover + Text</link>, to the end of the list of <link + linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> in the <link + linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>. Only one passage of + <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link> and one of + <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link> may be added by + (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> already includes a cover text + for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by + the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; + but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the + previous publisher that added the old one. + </para> + + <para> + The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License give + permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply + endorsement of any <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version + </link>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section5"> + <term>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with + other documents released under this License, under the terms defined + in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified + versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the + <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the + original documents, unmodified, and list them all as <link + linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of your combined + work in its license notice. + </para> + + <para> + The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and + multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant + Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are + multiple <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with + the same name but different contents, make the title of each such + section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of + the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a + unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the + list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the + license notice of the combined work. + </para> + + <para> + In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" + in the various original documents, forming one section entitled + "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", + and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections + entitled "Endorsements." + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section6"> + <term>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You may make a collection consisting of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents released + under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License + in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the + collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for + verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. + </para> + + <para> + You may extract a single document from such a collection, and + distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a + copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this + License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that + document. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section7"> + <term>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</term> + <listitem> + <para> + A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or + its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or + works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not + as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified + Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link>, + provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. + Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this License does not + apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> , on account of their being + thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the + <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>. If the <link + linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link + linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies + of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, then if the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is less than one quarter of the + entire aggregate, the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> + <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> may be placed on + covers that surround only the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> within the aggregate. Otherwise + they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section8"> + <term>8. TRANSLATION</term> + <listitem> + <para> + Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may + distribute translations of the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link + linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link + linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations + requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may + include translations of some or all <link + linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in addition to the + original versions of these <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant + Sections</link>. You may include a translation of this License + provided that you also include the original English version of this + License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the + original English version of this License, the original English version + will prevail. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section9"> + <term>9. TERMINATION</term> + <listitem> + <para> + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link + linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly provided + for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense + or distribute the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is + void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this + License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from + you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long + as such parties remain in full compliance. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-section10"> + <term>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free + Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the + GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions + will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in + detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>. + </para> + + <para> + Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version + number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> specifies + that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later + version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and + conditions either of that specified version or of any later version + that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software + Foundation. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> does + not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any + version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software + Foundation. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="fdl-using"> + <term>Addendum</term> + <listitem> + <para> + To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of + the License in the document and put the following copyright and + license notices just after the title page: + </para> + + <para> + Copyright © YEAR YOUR NAME. + </para> + + <para> + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document + under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or + any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the + <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST + THEIR TITLES, with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover + Texts</link> being LIST, and with the <link + linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link> being LIST. A copy + of the license is included in the section entitled <quote>GNU Free + Documentation License</quote>. + </para> + + <para> + If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant + Sections</link>, write "with no Invariant Sections" instead of saying + which ones are invariant. If you have no <link + linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write "no + Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise + for <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>. + </para> + + <para> + If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we + recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of + free software license, such as the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"> GNU General Public + License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> +</appendix>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4430448 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..865d78d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/anotherclock-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/applet_props_dialog.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/applet_props_dialog.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f11ef3a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/applet_props_dialog.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..74bee03 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a0438f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/asclock_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..91ddffc --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-offline-25-20.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..da8986f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-ac-online-25-20.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-graph.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-graph.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8285bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-graph.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-general.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-general.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a87f6fa --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-general.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-graph.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-graph.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..99db334 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-graph.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-messages.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-messages.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..45099f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-messages.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-readout.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-readout.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebd18b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/battery-applet-properties-readout.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/bg-capplet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/bg-capplet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b42874 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/bg-capplet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/border1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/border1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdb6d9c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/border1.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cdplayer_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cdplayer_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..67cabb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cdplayer_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..874bbf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..553ef6f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_applet_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_characters.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_characters.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b541ef --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/charpick_characters.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8bc800 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6a943bf --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clock_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-general.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-general.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4e3a32 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-general.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-theme.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-theme.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a01e1a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail-prefs-theme.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc9d7f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/clockmail_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-default.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..40e5df2 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-default.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-greyed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..afd328d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-greyed.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..183cbcf --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5110b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpuload-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpumemusage-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpumemusage-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f64f0d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/cpumemusage-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/create_launcher.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/create_launcher.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..902377a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/create_launcher.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/custicon.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/custicon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..16959f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/custicon.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc984a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffb4f70 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-advanced-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..949af46 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-geometry-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a678f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties-tasks-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d38050e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..41bb221 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/deskguide-tasklist-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet-prefs.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet-prefs.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..555696e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet-prefs.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6c89b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/diskusage-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_open.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_open.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1550c1d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_open.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7dfa8e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drawer_properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_all.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_all.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..59b7db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_all.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_floppy.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_floppy.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5009a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_floppy.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..57da50b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3cf6b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/drivemount_applet_tooltip.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_applets.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_applets.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaee64a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_applets.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_menu.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_menu.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0551942 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_menu.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_panel.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_panel.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cd461f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/example_panel.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fifteen_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fifteen_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..993616d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fifteen_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..209c98a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c35caf --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/fish_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84afc9d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-1.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-2.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..929e356 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-2.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-3.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..175fd1d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-3.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-4.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-4.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..45d66bb --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-4.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-5.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-5.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fcfd20 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-5.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-6.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-6.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..484eca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-6.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-desk.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-desk.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f1ee63 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full-desk.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..52bb7a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/full.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccalf.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccalf.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..37f55c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccalf.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccappdef.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccappdef.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2a1c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccappdef.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccdialog.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccdialog.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..31a59ce --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccdialog.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccedit.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccedit.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6903b6a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccedit.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gcchints.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gcchints.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..db6ac39 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gcchints.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmdi.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmdi.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..becd375 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmdi.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmime.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmime.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fa022f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccmime.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsession-props.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsession-props.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8684128 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsession-props.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsessopt.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsessopt.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..308566e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsessopt.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab998c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound1.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound2.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9aa093e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccsound2.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccstartup.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccstartup.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..85b4312 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccstartup.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccurl.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccurl.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e5c0f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gccurl.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1ab92d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..365b879 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/geyes_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_add_list.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_add_list.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..db48777 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_add_list.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ada87de --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..553b3dc --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_applet_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_edit_keymap.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_edit_keymap.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5001fa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gkb_edit_keymap.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/glob_pref_anim.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/glob_pref_anim.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..294efe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/glob_pref_anim.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnome-logo-large.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnome-logo-large.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..495e3c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnome-logo-large.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..79e8f93 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..42a1965 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gnotes-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0920b0a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8065dc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_weather.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_weather.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cea51f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/gweather_weather.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/hide-button.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/hide-button.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e08e53c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/hide-button.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/jbc_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/jbc_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..734417b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/jbc_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/keyboard-capplet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/keyboard-capplet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6d51c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/keyboard-capplet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_advanced.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_advanced.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d0726d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_advanced.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_basic.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_basic.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7364004 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/launcher_properties_basic.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/life-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/life-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cda1844 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/life-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/link.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/link.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed4fd94 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/link.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-default.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..92db347 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-default.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-greyed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c8fb0a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-greyed.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f7efea --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..31e944a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/loadavg-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/locbar.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/locbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..81d02d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/locbar.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/logout-screen.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/logout-screen.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c15ad5b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/logout-screen.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f560cf --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc7ee3a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailbox.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ee5d8a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mailcheck-properties-mailcheck.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mainmenu_properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mainmenu_properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbf6fa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mainmenu_properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-default.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..93bc827 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-default.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-greyed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f234c3c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-greyed.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cfe8a7b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8e8f21 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/memload-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/menueditor.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/menueditor.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c59bc44 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/menueditor.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a276c08 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_settings_general.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_settings_general.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..efa58cd --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mini-commander_settings_general.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mixer_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mixer_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..825700f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mixer_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mm-button.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mm-button.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2622a3d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mm-button.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-advpref.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-advpref.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2fcf11 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-advpref.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-prefs.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-prefs.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..81cf6e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights-prefs.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..453fc6a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/modemlights.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mouse-capplet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mouse-capplet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f910f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/mouse-capplet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-default.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..25458e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-default.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-greyed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..274f92b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-greyed.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6dde32 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf93c98 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/netload-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/noread.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/noread.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dd705a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/noread.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/nowrite.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/nowrite.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..34bb7c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/nowrite.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9247388 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d3ca13 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_themes.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_themes.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2280e3e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/odometer_themes.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_applets.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_applets.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aaee64a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_applets.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_lockbut.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_lockbut.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3afb0a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_lockbut.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_logoutbut.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_logoutbut.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..93d6ff9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_logoutbut.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_back.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_back.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a5e004 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_back.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_edge.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_edge.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0809e28 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_props_edge.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runbutton.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runbutton.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..417e4bc --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runbutton.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runprogram.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runprogram.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf9d04d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_runprogram.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_swallow.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_swallow.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcfa479 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/panel_swallow.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..68649af --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-1.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-2.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e9d1ac --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-2.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-3.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a199432 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part-3.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea1c99b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/part.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-1.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-1.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa58ca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-1.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-2.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-2.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c17d1ff --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-2.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-3.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-3.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6d8b2d --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-3.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-4.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-4.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0af06a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player-4.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..07030f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/player.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/prefmenu.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/prefmenu.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..aed87d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/prefmenu.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eddafaa --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec450f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/printer-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/quicklaunch_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/quicklaunch_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..613a8e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/quicklaunch_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/screensave-capplet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/screensave-capplet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ca7c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/screensave-capplet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/sidebar.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/sidebar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed2fda5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/sidebar.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdde4ca --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0a0498 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..76ad7e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_applet_themes.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_manager_server.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_manager_server.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e03f1c --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/soundmonitor_manager_server.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/status_dock.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/status_dock.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..739dfbb --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/status_dock.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-default.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-default.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e40efe --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-default.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-greyed.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-greyed.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4224a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-greyed.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..192cbb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bbf19b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/swapload-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f7e08b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties-size.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties-size.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..954db0b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties-size.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..628947a --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-properties.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c033ee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tasklist-rightclick-fig.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/theme-select.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/theme-select.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e906b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/theme-select.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ff7b38 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_coredump.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_coredump.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..25444aa --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_coredump.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_loadaverage.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_loadaverage.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..835ed95 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_loadaverage.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_settings.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_settings.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6520550 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/tickastat_settings.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmenu.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmenu.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c3e802 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmenu.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmusic.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmusic.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8c03d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/viewmusic.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d37dc54 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet-prefs.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..24341a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/webcontrol-applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/whereami_applet.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/whereami_applet.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f44ec7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/whereami_applet.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-add.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-add.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a89e30 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-add.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-main.png b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-main.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..216ab5f --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/figures/wm-main.png diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gmenu.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gmenu.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed31929 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gmenu.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +<!-- ########################## MAIN MENU - CHAPTER ############################ --> + + <chapter id="main-menu"> + <title>Editing the Main Menu</title> + <sect1> + <title>Introduction</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a66"> + <primary>Main Menu</primary> + <secondary>editing</secondary> + </indexterm> + The Main Menu is a repository for your applications and can be + found on the Panel. The Main Menu is preloaded with GNOME but it + can be configured to fit your work habits. The Main Menu is broken + up into three main subdirectories: Programs (System menus), Favorites + (User menus) and Applets (Panel Apps). The Menu Editor is available + for you to add new applications to the Main Menu but you cannot add + applications to the System menus if you are not the system + administrator (root). In this section you will learn how to add + applications to your Main Menu. + </para> + <sect2 id="menueditor"> + <title>Using the Menu Editor</title> + <para> + The Menu Editor is a configuration tool for the Main Menu. The Menu Editor + is started by clicking on the Main Menu Launcher or Programs in the Global + Main Menu (the "Foot" menu) and selecting + <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Menu + editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. + </para> + <figure> + <title>The Menu Editor</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Menu Editor</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/menueditor" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + The Menu Editor is divided into two main panels. The left side + contains the menu in its default state. The right side contains a + tabbed dialog that allows you to add new applications to the + menu. + </para> + <para> + On the left side in the menu tree you will notice that there are + two main menu lists, one for Favorites (User Menus) and one for + Programs (System Menus). The User Menus are for the current user + and the System Menus are for all users on the system. The + prepackaged applications are all located in the System Menus. + </para> + <para> + Within the menu list on the left side you may open and close + folders and see what is in your current menu by clicking on the + small plus signs beside the menus. + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="menuadd"> + <title>Adding a New Menu Item</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a69"> + <primary>Main Menu</primary> + <secondary>Adding a new menu item</secondary> + </indexterm> + If you want to add a new menu item press the <guibutton>New + Item</guibutton> button on the toolbar. A new menu item will be added to + the highlighted menu. If you do not have a menu highlighted, it will + be placed at the top of the menu tree. Select the new item and type in the + information for the item in the dialog on the right. Once the information + is complete press the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button and the new menu + item will be inserted at the highlighted location on the left side menu + tree. You may then move the menu item by pressing the up or down buttons + on the toolbar. You may also move the menu item by dragging it with your + left mouse button. + </para> + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + Keep in mind that you cannot change the System menus unless you are + logged in as root. An ordinary user can only add to, delete from, and + edit the User Menus. + </para> + </important> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="menudrag"> + <title>Drag and Drop in the Main Menu</title> + <para> + In the Menu Editor - The Menu Editor supports drag and drop functionality, + which will make your work easier. You may drag applications into the folders + you wish them to reside in or re-arrange you folders completely. + </para> + <para> + To the Panel - If you would like to place a menu item onto the Panel, you + can drag and drop from the menu to the Panel and it will place a launcher + there with all the appropriate properties set for you. If you prefer not to + use drag and drop you may also right click on the menu item and choose the + <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</guimenuitem> from the + <guimenu>pop-up</guimenu> menu. + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + </chapter>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnome-users-guide.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnome-users-guide.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25684f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnome-users-guide.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +<!DOCTYPE Book PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"[ +<!ENTITY AUTHORS SYSTEM "authors.sgml"> +<!ENTITY WHEELER SYSTEM "wheeler.sgml"> +<!ENTITY WM SYSTEM "wms.sgml"> +<!ENTITY PANEL SYSTEM "panel.sgml"> +<!ENTITY GMENU SYSTEM "gmenu.sgml"> +<!ENTITY DESKTOP SYSTEM "desktop.sgml"> +<!ENTITY NAUTILUS SYSTEM "nautilus-user-manual.sgml"> +<!ENTITY GNOMECC SYSTEM "gnomecc.sgml"> +<!ENTITY GNOME-APPLETS SYSTEM "ug-applets.sgml"> +<!ENTITY NEWBIES SYSTEM "newbies.sgml"> +<!ENTITY FDL SYSTEM "fdl.sgml"> +<!ENTITY GPL SYSTEM "gpl-appendix.sgml"> +<!ENTITY FIFTEEN SYSTEM "applets/fifteen-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY FISH SYSTEM "applets/fish-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY GEYES SYSTEM "applets/geyes-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY LIFE SYSTEM "applets/life-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY ODOMETER SYSTEM "applets/odometer-ug.sgml"> + +<!ENTITY BATTERY SYSTEM "applets/battery-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY CPULOAD SYSTEM "applets/cpuload-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY CPUMEMUSAGE SYSTEM "applets/cpumemusage-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY DISKUSAGE SYSTEM "applets/diskusage-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY LOADAVG SYSTEM "applets/loadavg-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY MEMLOAD SYSTEM "applets/memload-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY NETLOAD SYSTEM "applets/netload-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY SWAPLOAD SYSTEM "applets/swapload-ug.sgml"> + +<!ENTITY CDPLAYER SYSTEM "applets/cdplayer-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY MIXER SYSTEM "applets/mixer-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY SOUNDMONITOR SYSTEM "applets/sound-monitor-ug.sgml"> + +<!ENTITY MAILCHECK SYSTEM "applets/mailcheck-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY MODEMLIGHTS SYSTEM "applets/modemlights-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY WEBCONTROL SYSTEM "applets/webcontrol-ug.sgml"> + +<!ENTITY PRINTER SYSTEM "applets/printer-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY CHARPICK SYSTEM "applets/charpick-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY DESKGUIDE SYSTEM "applets/desk-guide-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY DRIVEMOUNT SYSTEM "applets/drivemount-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY GKB SYSTEM "applets/gkb-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY GWEATHER SYSTEM "applets/gweather-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY MINICOMMAND SYSTEM "applets/mini-commander-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY QUICKLAUNCH SYSTEM "applets/quicklaunch-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY TASKLIST SYSTEM "applets/tasklist-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY TICKASTAT SYSTEM "applets/tickastat-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY GNOTES SYSTEM "applets/gnotes-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY SCREENSHOOTER SYSTEM "applets/screenshooter-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY WHEREAMI SYSTEM "applets/whereami-ug.sgml"> + +<!ENTITY ANOTHERCLOCK SYSTEM "applets/anotherclock-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY ASCLOCK SYSTEM "applets/asclock-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY CLOCK SYSTEM "applets/clock-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY CLOCKMAIL SYSTEM "applets/clockmail-ug.sgml"> +<!ENTITY JBC SYSTEM "applets/jbc-ug.sgml"> +]> + + +<Book id="index"> +<bookinfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/gnome-logo-large" format="png"></graphic> + <title>GNOME User's Guide</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>GNOME User's Guide</firstname> + <surname>Documentation Team</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + + + <releaseinfo> + This is the official 1.4.0-1 release of the GNOME User's Guide. + </releaseinfo> + + <revhistory> + <revision> + <revnumber> + 1.0 + </revnumber> + <date> + 03.12.2001 + </date> + </revision> + </revhistory> + + <copyright> + <year>2000, 2001</year> + <holder> + Eazel Inc., + Helix Code, Inc., + Red Hat, Inc., + Szabolcs (Shooby) Ban, + Eric Baudais, + James Cope, + John Ellis, + John Fleck, + Tom Gilbert, + Kenny Graunke, + Telsa Gwynne, + Michael Hall, + Vera Horiuchi, + Alexander Kirillov, + Emese Kovacs, + Gregory Leblanc, + Chris Lyttle, + Oliver Maruhn, + David Mason, + Dan Mueth, + Spiros Papadimitriou, + Arjan Scherpenisse, + Aaron Weber, + David A. Wheeler +</holder> + </copyright> + + <legalnotice id="legalnotice"> +<para>Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document + under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:fdl"><citetitle>GNU Free Documentation + License</citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version + published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, + no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license + can be found <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:fdl">here</ulink>. + </para> +<para>Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and + services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any + GNOME documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members + of the GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps + or initial caps. + </para> +</legalnotice> + + + + </bookinfo> + +&WHEELER; + +&WM; + +&PANEL; + +&GMENU; + +&DESKTOP; + +&NAUTILUS; + +&GNOMECC; + +&GNOME-APPLETS; + +&NEWBIES; + +&AUTHORS; + +&FDL; + +&GPL; + +</book>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnomecc.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnomecc.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4bdd36b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gnomecc.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,1605 @@ +<chapter id="gnomecc"> + <title>The GNOME Control Center</title> + <!-- + <copyright> + <year>2000, 2001</year> + <holder>Red Hat, Inc. and Alexander Kirillov</holder> + </copyright> + --> + <sect1 id="gnomecc-intro" + <title>Introduction</title> + <para> + The <application>Gnome Control Center</application> allows you + to configure various parts of your system using a collection + of tools called <quote>capplets</quote>. These capplets may be + associated with the core set of Gnome applications or other + applications for which the developers have written capplets. + </para> + <para> + Your <application>Control Center</application> may contain + more capplets than are documented here depending on the + applications installed on your system. + </para> + <para> <application>Control Center</application> is a part of + Gnome desktop environment; it is included in + <filename>control-center</filename> package. This manual + describes version 1.2.3 of <application>Control + Center</application>. + </para> + + + + <para> + You may start the <application>Control Center</application> + one of three ways. To launch the <application>Control + Center</application> without any particular active capplet + select the <guimenuitem>Control Center</guimenuitem> menu item + from the <guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu> submenu in the + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> or type the + command <command>gnomecc</command> at the command line + prompt. + </para> + <para> + If you know which capplet you would like to edit you may start + that capplet by selecting the correct menu item in the + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu. + </para> + + </sect1> + <!-- ############ Usage ################ --> + <sect1 id="gnomecc-usage"> + <title>Using the Control Center</title> + <para> + The <application>Control Center</application> is divided into + two main sections, the menu of configurable capplets on the + left and the main work space on the right. The capplets in the + menu are grouped in sections, such as + <guilabel>Desktop</guilabel>, <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel>, + etc. Each of these sections is discussed in detail below. As + with all menus of this type, you can <quote>collapse</quote> a + whole section by clicking on the small downward triangle to + the left of the section title. To expand a collapsed section, + click on the triangle again. + </para> + <para> + Working with the <application>Control Center</application> + simply requires you to select a capplet from the menu on the + left and click on it. Once this is done, the workspace will + change, allowing you to configure the item. + </para> + <para>After you have made the configuration changes, you can + press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to confirm the changes + or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to return to the old + configuration. It you want to test the new settings before + making your decision press <guibutton>Try</guibutton> button; + this will apply the new cofiguration settings so that you can + see what they would look like, but it also remembers the old + ones. After you have tried the new settings, you can press + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to make them permanent, or + <guibutton>Revert</guibutton> to return to the old + configuration. + </para> + + </sect1> + + <!-- ######### Desktop ############## --> + <sect1 id="Desktop-intro"> + <title>Desktop</title> + <para> + The Desktop section controls the most visible global settings + for your Gnome environment. + </para> + <sect2 id="gccback"> + <title>The Background Properties Capplet</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a72"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Desktop</secondary> + </indexterm> + The properties for your background image can be set here by + either selecting a color or an image. If you select a color + you have the option of having <guilabel>Solid</guilabel>, + <guilabel>Horizontal Gradient</guilabel> (the color smoothly + changes from left to right) and <guilabel>Vertical + Gradient</guilabel> (the color changes from top to bottom). + For gradient backgrounds, you need to select two colors: + beginning (primary) and ending (secondary) one. + </para> + <para> + If you decide to have an image as wallpaper you may browse for + the image you wish to use. Once you have found your image you + need to decide whether you would like to have the image tiled + across the screen, centered, scaled up while keeping the same + aspect, or simply scaled up to fit the screen. Once you have + changed your background properties you may press the + <guibutton>Try</guibutton> button at the bottom of the + <application>Control Center</application> to make the change. + </para> + <para> + If you would like to set the background by any other means you + may disable this capplet by unselecting <guilabel>Use Gnome + to set background</guilabel> checkbox. + <figure> + <title>The Background Properties Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Background Properties Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/bg-capplet" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gccpanel"> + <title>Global Panel Preferences</title> + <para> + This capplet is provided by the Gnome Panel and is documented in the + <ulink type="gnome-help" + url="gnome-help:panel">Panel + Manual</ulink> + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="gccscreen"> + <title>The Screensaver Capplet</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a73"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Screensaver</secondary> + </indexterm> + In this capplet you can change your screensaver properties. This + capplet contains a list of available screen savers you may choose + and a demo screen. Below these two dialogs you will see a set of + tools that allow you to change the settings for the global + screen saver properties. If the screen saver you choose has + particular settings you can change those by pressing the + <guibutton>Settings</guibutton> button that appears below the + screen saver list. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Global Screen Saver settings</guilabel> &mdash In this + section of the capplet you can change the time, password, + and power management properties. You can decide how long you + would like the screen saver to wait before starting by + typing the number of minutes in the <guilabel>Start + After</guilabel> text box. If you would like a password to + return to your desktop click the <guibutton>Require + Password</guibutton> button. Your account login password is + the password set for the screen saver. + </para> + <para> + You are also given the option of using power management — if + your monitor is capable of it. You may set the time to wait + before the monitor is shut off by typing the time in the + <guilabel>Shutdown monitor</guilabel> text box. + <figure> + <title>The Screensaver Properties Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Screensaver Properties Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" + fileref="./figures/screensave-capplet" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="gcctheme"> + <title>Theme Selector</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a74"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Theme Selector</secondary> + </indexterm> + The Theme Selector capplet allows + you to select which GTK theme you would like to run. + </para> + <para> + GTK themes are coordinated settings that define the look and + feel of such elements of graphical user interface as buttons, + menus, scrollbars etc. of all Gnome applications (more + generally, of all applications using the GIMP Toolkit (GTK), + hence the name). + </para> + <para> + To change your GTK theme select a theme from the + <guilabel>Available Themes</guilabel> list on the left side + of the main workspace. If you have <guibutton>Auto + Preview</guibutton> selected you will be able to see what + the theme looks like in the preview window below. Note that + the preview window is <quote>live</quote>: you can click on + a button, enter text in sample text entry box, etc. If you + like the theme press the <guibutton>Try</guibutton> button + on the bottom of the <application>Gnome Control + Center</application> to install it. + </para> + <para> + There are a few GTK themes that come loaded with Gnome when + you install it. If you would like more themes you can check + resources on the Internet such as the <ulink + url="http://gtk.themes.org" type="http">GTK Themes + site</ulink>. Once you have found and downloaded a theme + you like, press the <guibutton>Install new theme</guibutton> + button. This will launch a file browser that allows you to + find the theme you have just downloaded. The theme files + should be in a <filename>tar.gz</filename> or + <filename>.tgz</filename> format (otherwise known as a + <quote>tarball</quote>). Once you have found the file press + the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and Gnome will install the + theme in the appropriate directory + (<filename>~/.themes</filename>) automatically. Now you can + look in the <guilabel>Available Themes</guilabel> list for + the theme you have installed. + </para> + <para> + <figure> + <title>The Theme Selector Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Theme Selector Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/theme-select" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + <para> + If you would like to change the font used in the current + theme, you may do so by selecting the <guilabel>Use custom + font</guilabel> checkbox and clicking on the + font button below it. This will bring up a font selection + dialog that allows you to specify the font, its style, and + size. + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="gccwm" + <title>Window Manager Capplet</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a75"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Window Manager</secondary><seealso>"Window + Manager"</seealso> + </indexterm> + Because Gnome is not dependent on any one window manager this capplet + allows you to select which window manager you wish to use. The Window + Manager capplet only shows Gnome-compliant window managers; if you + want to use other window managers, you have to tell Window Manager + capplet about them. + </para> + <figure> + <title>Window Manager Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Window Manager Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/wm-main" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The Window Manager capplet has a main list of the window + managers that you can currently select from. Your current + window manager will be labeled <guilabel>Current</guilabel>. + </para> + <para> + If you wish to add a new window manager to the main list you may + press the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. This will launch + the <guilabel>Add New Window Manager</guilabel> dialog. + </para> + <figure> + <title>Add New Window Manager</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Add New Window Manager</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/wm-add" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + In the <guilabel>Add New Window Manager</guilabel> dialog + you may specify the name you wish to give the window + manager, the command to launch that window manager, and the + command to launch any configuration tool that might be + available for that window manager. + </para> + <para> + If you know that the window manager is fully Gnome compliant and + can be session managed you may select the <guilabel>Window + manager is session managed</guilabel> button. If you are unsure + you should check the documentation of your window manager. + </para> + <para> + Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> when you are done. + </para> + <para> + Once you have finished adding your new window manager you will + see it appear in the main list of window managers. If you need + to change any of the properties you set in the <guilabel>Add New + Window Manager</guilabel> dialog you may select the window + manager from the main list with your mouse and press the + <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. + </para> + <para> + You may also delete any window manager in the main list by + selecting it with your mouse and pressing the + <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button. + </para> + <para> + If you are ready to switch the current window manager you + may select the manager you wish to run from the main list + and press the <guibutton>Try</guibutton> button. If you + would like to run the configuration tool, make sure the + manager you want to configure is selected and press the + <guibutton>Run Configuration Tool for [window manager + name]</guibutton> button. + </para> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + +<!-- ######### Document Handlers ############## --> + <sect1 id="doc-handlers"> + <title>Document Handlers</title> + <para> + The Document Handlers section of the <application>Gnome + Control Center</application> allows you to change the way + certain file types and functions are viewed, edited or + manipulated. + </para> + <sect2 id="gccedit"> + <title>Default Editor</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a76"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Default Editor</secondary> + </indexterm> + The Default Editor Capplet allows you to select which editor + will be your default editor while using Gnome. This will + allow applications like the Gnome File Manager to launch the + correct editor when you try to open files associated with + editing. All popular editors available are included in the + selection list. + </para> + <figure> + <title>The Default Editor Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Gnome Edit Properties</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccedit" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="gccmime"> + <title>Gnome Mime Types</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a77"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Gnome Mime Types</secondary> + </indexterm> + The Gnome Mime Types Capplet allows you to determine how you wish + to handle certain file types, or Mime types. Mime stands for + Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions and was originally + developed to allow email to carry various forms of data. In Gnome + you can define certain Mime types to be handled in any manner you + wish. For example, if you use .sgml files frequently and you wish + to always use Emacs to edit them you can configure the .sgml Mime + type to always be handled by Emacs. This means that any program + that wishes to launch the mime type for you will bring up + Emacs. This includes double clicking on the file icon in the + Gnome File Manager. + </para> + <figure> + <title>The Gnome Mime Types</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Gnome Mime Types</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccmime" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + To add a new mime type press the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> + button. This will display the <guilabel>Add New Mime + Type</guilabel> dialog in which you may define the new Mime type. + </para> + <para> + To edit an existing Mime type you may select the Mime type with + your mouse cursor and press the Edit button. This will bring up + the <guilabel>Set Actions for...</guilabel> dialog. You may + define the icon used for the Mime type, the + <guilabel>Open</guilabel> action, the <guilabel>View</guilabel> + action and the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> action. + </para> + </sect2> + + + + <sect2 id="gccURL"> + <title>URL Handlers</title> + <para> + The URL Handlers Capplet allows you to determine which browser + is responsible for various types of URLs. URLs or Uniform + Resource Locators are <quote>addresses</quote> + used to find certain documents or files. When you type in a + web address in a browser you are using a URL. The default + types of URLs are: + </para> + <variablelist id="url-types"> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Default</guilabel> </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Default</guilabel> &mdash this is any URL that is not + otherwise specified. For example, a web page. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>ghelp</guilabel> </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This type of URLs is used for all Gnome documentation. By + default this is handled by Nautilus (Gnome file manager + and help browser) but you + may wish to view the files in another browser. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>info</guilabel> </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This type of URLs is used for documentation in + <quote>info</quote> format file documentation + system. Nautilus can show these documents but you may wish + to handle them with another application. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>man</guilabel> </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This type of URLs is used for so-called <quote>man + pages</quote>, a standard documentation format for command + line tools. Nautilus can view these documents but you may + wish to handle them with another application. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <para> + To change the default browser for any of these URL types + simply change the browser in the <guilabel>handler</guilabel> + text box at the top of the Capplet and press the + <guibutton>Set</guibutton> button. If you wish to remove the + URL handler press the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button. + </para> + <figure> + <title>The URL Handlers Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The URL Handler</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccurl" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ######### File Types ############## --> + <sect1 id="filetypes"> + <title>File types and programs</title> + <para> + This capplet allows you to configure how files of various types + should be handled. File type (formally called MIME type) + describes what kind of data and in what format the file + contains. For each of the file types, you can set the icon to be + used by the File Manager, the default application to be used to + open files of this type, etc. For example, file type + <systemitem>image/jpeg</systemitem> is used for image files in + <filename>JPEG</filename> format; by default, it is opened using + File Manager's built-in graphics viewer. + </para> + + <sect2 id="filetypeviewing"> + <title>Viewing available file types</title> + <para> + The File types capplet shows you all file types currently known + to Gnome. For each file type, it shows a short description + (e.g., <literal>PDF document</literal>), the file type name + (e.g., <literal>application/pdf</literal>), etc. Clicking on a + file type in the list shows you more information about this gile + type, namely: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Brief description (e.g., <guilabel>PDF document</guilabel>) + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><quote>Official</quote> file type name, or the MIME + type (e.g., <systemitem>application/pdf</systemitem>). These + names should be of the form + <systemitem>type/subtype</systemitem>, where + <systemitem>type</systemitem> describes general type of data + (image, text, audio, video, or application) and + <systemitem>subtype</systemitem> gives complete + specification. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Icon to be used for files of this type by File + Manager. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Default action to be performed when you click on the + file in the File Manager window. There are two possible + types of default actions: view the file using one of File + Manager built-in <quote>viewers</quote> or open the file + using an external application. In fact, you can have a whole + list of applications that can be used to open the file. One + of these applications is used by default when you click on + file; the other applications will be included in the pop-up + menu for files of this type (to get the pop-up menu, click + on the file with the right mouse button in the File Manager + window and select <guimenuitem>Open With</guimenuitem>). + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Extensions: these are used by File Manager and other + Gnome applications to determine file type of a given + file. The most common and simplest way of doing this is by + matching the filename extension: for example, extension + <filename>pdf</filename> is used for files of type + <systemitem>application/pdf</systemitem>. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <note> + <title>NOTE FOR ADVANCED USERS</title> + <para> + In fact, Gnome File Manager can also use more elaborate + methods of determining file type than just matching the + extensions. Advanced users who want to know more + about this should take a look at the file + <filename>PREFIX/mime-info/gnome-vfs.mime</filename>, where + <filename> PREFIX=/usr/share</filename> or + <filename>/usr/local/share</filename> depending on your + system's configuration. + </para> + </note> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="filetypeedit"> + <title>Editing a file type</title> + <para> + By far the most common type of editing a file type is changing + the default action associated with a given file type. To do so: + </para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para> + Click on the file type in the list. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para> Select the type of default action + (<guilabel>Use Viewer</guilabel> or <guilabel>Open with + Application</guilabel>) + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para> Select the application/viewer you want to be + the default from the drop-down list. If you don't see an + application you want in this list, click on the + <guibutton>Edit List</guibutton> button. It will show you + the list of all application which are currently included + in the pop-up menu for this file type. Now click on + <guibutton>Add application</guibutton> button and enter + the application name (e.g., <application>Gnome PS + viewer</application>) and command used to launch this + application (e.g., <command>ggv</command>). </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para> You can also change other properties of a file type: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para> + To change the icon used by a file type, click on the + <guibutton>Change icon</guibutton> button. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para> + To change file type description, just click + inside the text field containing description and edit + it. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para> To edit the list of extensions associated + with a file type, click on the <guibutton>Change file + extensions</guibutton> button. This will produce a window + showing the list of file extensions currently associated + with this file type. To remove an extension from the list, + select it with the mouse and then click + <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button. To add a new + extension, click on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button and + enter the new extension in the appearing dialog. Do not type + the leading dot: if you want to add extension + <filename>pdf</filename>, you should type in + <literal>pdf</literal>, not <literal>.pdf</literal>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + To edit the list of applications associated with the file + type (these applications appear in the menu when you right-click + on the file of this type in the File Manager and select + <guimenuitem>Open with</guimenuitem>), click on the + <guibutton>Edit List</guibutton> button. This will show + the list of all applications associated with this file + type. You can remove any of the applications from the + list, edit an existing application (this allows you to + cahnge the name under which this application appears in + the menu and the command used to launch this application), + or add a new application. Instead of removing of + application from the list, you can also temporarily + disable it by unchecking it in the list. Such a disabled + application will not be shown in the menu for the files of + this type. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="filetypeadd"> + <title>Adding and deleting file types</title> + <para> + To delete a file type, select it in the file type list and + press <guibutton>Delete this Mime type</guibutton> button. To + add a new file type, press <guibutton>Add new Mime + type</guibutton> button. You will be prompted to enter the + file type name and description. It is strongly advised that + you follow the MIME standard: file type name should be of the + form <systemitem>type/subtype</systemitem>, where + <systemitem>type</systemitem> is one of the following five + standard types: <systemitem>text</systemitem>, + <systemitem>audio</systemitem>,<systemitem>image</systemitem>, + <systemitem>video</systemitem>, or + <systemitem>application</systemitem> (the last one should be + used if none of the first four are suitable). </para> + <para> + After you have entered the file type name and description, the + new file type is added to the list. Now you can select it in + the list and choose an icon, file extensions and default + action for this file type as described in <xref + linkend="filetypeedit">. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="filetyperestore"> + <title> + Restoring system defaults</title> + <para> + If you (or someone else) did something wrong in this capplet, + you can discard all your changes and + restore the system default values for all the settings + controlled by this capplet (i.e., file types, default actions, + icons, etc). To do so, click on <guibutton>Revert to system + defaults</guibutton> button. Note that this will erase all + your changes; you can not "undo" this action. + </para> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + + <!-- ######### Application Launch Feedback ############## --> + <sect1 id="alf"> + <title>Launch feedback</title> + <para> + This capplet allows you configure application launch feedback, + i.e. indicators which tell you that a program is being + loaded. Such indicators, which can take a number of forms (i.e., + an hourglass icon next to mouse cursor or a blinking star) come + to life the moment you click on the application launch button or + select it in the menu and stay on until the application actually + starts or until specified time has passed. These indicators can + be very useful in cases when an application takes a long time to + start: without them, you would never know whether the + application is just taking a long time to start, or something + went wrong (e.g., it has crashed at startup, or you maybe you + didn't click on that button at all). + </para> + <figure> + <title>The Launch Feedback capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Launch Feedback capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccalf" srccredit="sasha"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + +<sect2 id="alf-ind"> + <title>Enabled indicators</title> + + <para> + In this section, you can select what launch indicators should be + enabled. You can select more than one; you can also disable all + of them if you want to. + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Tasklist (invisible window)</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem><para> + This is the default selection. This option adds to the + list of windows in your taskbar the window with the name + of the application being started and with hourglass icon + next to it. (This will only work if your taskbar is + configured to show normal. i.e. non-iconified + applications.) + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Hourglass mouse cursor</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem><para> + This option will put an hourglass icon next to the mouse + cursor. It doesn't affect mouse opertaions: you can still + use the mouse for clicking and dragging. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Splashscreen</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem><para> + This option puts a small window saying <guilabel>Starting + (Application Name)</guilabel> in the middle of your screen + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Animated star</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem><para> + This option put a small yellow blinking star in the upper + left corner of your screen. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="alf-misc"> + <title>Miscellaneous</title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Timeout</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem><para>This parameter specifies maximal time the + indicators can be on; after this, the indicators will + disappear even if the application has not yet started. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Do not distinguish between windows + (compatibility mode)</guilabel + </term> + <listitem><para> + This option controls the behavior of the indicators when + you are launching several applications simultaneosly (or + in quick succession). Since this is not a very common + situation, new users may skip this section. + </para> + <para> + If this section is disabled (which is the default), the + indicators will track each of the applications you are + launching separately, and the indicators will stay on + until all the applications have started. This is + <quote>the right thing to do</quote>. Unfortunately, in + some (rare) cases it can also cause problems, sometimes + even leading to system crash. In such situations, you + should enable this option. + </para> + <para> + If this option is enabled, the indicators will work + in a more primitive (but safer) way. Namely, they will + go away as soon as the first of the applications you are + launching starts. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + <!-- ######### Multimedia ############## --> + <sect1 id="multimedia-intro"> + <title>Multimedia</title> + <para> + The Multimedia capplet provides control over sound and other Gnome + multimedia functions. + </para> + <sect2 id="multimedia-sound"> + <title>Sound</title> + <para> + The Sound capplet allows you to set the system sounds for + your Gnome session. It contains two tabs, + <guilabel>General</guilabel> and <guilabel>Sound + Events</guilabel>. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>General Tab</guilabel> - At this point you have + two options to choose from in the + <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, enabling sound for Gnome + and for events. If you select <guilabel>Enable sound server + startup</guilabel> you will make sure that Gnome's sound + engine (ESD) will be launched when you start Gnome. ESD is + used by all Gnome applications that produce sound, so if you + want to hear any sound from Gnome applications you should + enable this option. + </para> + <note> + <title>NOTE</title> + <para>Some non-Gnome applications do not work well with + ESD. So if you do not hear any sounds from your favorite + <application>xgalaga</application> game or get error messages + like <literal>Device /dev/dsp busy</literal>, you should + temporarily suspend ESD. You can do this using + <application>Sound Monitor</application> applet. + </para> + </note> + <para> + <guilabel>Sound for events</guilabel> will enable sounds + accompanying various "events", such as closing a window or + an error message. You can select sounds associted with + various events in the <guilabel>Sound Events</guilabel> tab + when those events occur. With these two items enabled, Gnome + will remember your sound settings whenever you log in or + out. + </para> + <figure> + <title>The Gnome Sound Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Gnome Sound Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccsound1" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + <guilabel>Sound Events Tab</guilabel> - This tab allows you + to control the sounds made by various programs and events in + Gnome. + </para> + <para> + To change the sound associated with a Gnome event, select + the event from the hierarchical list on the left and press + the <guilabel>Browse</guilabel> button to find a sound file + on your system (file must be in <filename>wav</filename> + format). Press the <guilabel>Play</guilabel> button to test + the sound. + </para> + <figure> + <title>The Gnome Sound Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Gnome Sound Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccsound2" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + <!-- ######### Peripherals ############## --> + <sect1 id="peripherals"> + <title>Peripherals</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a81"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Peripherals</secondary> + </indexterm> + The capplets in this section of the Control Center will help + you configure devices such as keyboard and + mouse. You may also have other peripheral devices + that have capplets provided for the Gnome Control + Center. Please refer to the documentation provided by any + other peripheral capplet you might have. + </para> + <sect2 id="gcckey"> + <title>The Keyboard Properties Capplet</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a82"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Keyboard</secondary> + </indexterm> + There are currently three settings for the keyboard in this + capplet. You may change the properties of + <guilabel>Auto-repeat</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Keyboard + Click</guilabel>, and the <guilabel>Keyboard Bell</guilabel>. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Auto-repeat</guilabel> enables you to hold a key down + and have it repeat the character at the rate and delay you set + in this capplet. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Keyboard Click</guilabel> enables a small click + sound to play at each key press. If enabled you may change the + volume to your preference. + </para> + <para> + The <guilabel>Keyboard Bell</guilabel> section allows you to + change the bell sound that is produced by your CPU speaker + when a keyboard error or message is sent. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Volume</guilabel> changes the actual volume of the bell. + </para> + <para> + The pitch slider will change the pitch of the note that is + played. By default it is set to 440Hz, or the A above middle C. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Duration</guilabel> changes the length of time the + tone is played. + </para> + <para> + The <guibutton>Test</guibutton> button will allow you to hear + the current settings of your keyboard bell. + </para> + <figure> + <title>The Keyboard Properties Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Keyboard Properties Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/keyboard-capplet" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="gccmouse" > + <title>The Mouse Properties Capplet</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a83"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Mouse</secondary> + </indexterm> + The Mouse Properties capplet allows you to change between left + and right handed mouse buttons and to define the + <guilabel>Accelerations</guilabel> and + <guilabel>Threshold</guilabel> properties. + </para> + <para> + The <guilabel>Accelerations</guilabel> setting allows you to + change the speed the mouse moves across the screen in relation + to the movement of the mouse on your mouse pad. The + <guilabel>Threshold</guilabel> setting allows you to set the + speed at which you have to move your mouse before it starts + the acceleration speed you have defined in the + <guilabel>Acceleration</guilabel> setting. + <figure> + <title>The Mouse Properties Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Mouse Properties Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/mouse-capplet" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ######### Session Group ############# --> + <sect1 id="session"> + <title>Session</title> + <para> + The Session Group provides you methods of controlling various + items that occur with the startup of your Gnome Session. These + include session options, startup programs and startup hints. + </para> + <sect2 id="startup-hints"> + <title>Startup Hints</title> + <para> + Startup hint are short messages displayed when you login; + they contain tips on using Gnome and other bits of information + you may find useful. This capplet allows you to configure + these hints. + </para> + <para> + The <guilabel>Enable login hints</guilabel> checkbox allows + you to turn this feature on or off. + </para> + <para> + The <guilabel>Display normal hints</guilabel> checkbox will display a + group of hints on how to use Gnome. This is a good choice for new users + of Gnome. + </para> + <para> + The <guilabel>Display fortunes instead of hints</guilabel> + checkbox allows you to make use of the + <application>fortune</application> application which displays + various <quote>fortunes</quote> and sayings. Please refer to + the <application>fortune</application> <ulink type="man" + url="man:fortune">documentation</ulink> for how to set it up. + </para> + <para> + The <guilabel>Display message of the day instead of + hints</guilabel> checkbox will message of the day to be + displayed instead of hints or fortunes. The <guilabel>Message + of the day file to use</guilabel> text box allows you to + select the text file that will be used as the message. This is + a good choice for system administrators to use to inform many + users of daily news. + </para> + <figure> + <title>Startup Hints Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Startup Hints Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gcchints" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="startup-progs"> + <title>Session Options and Startup Programs</title> + <para> + The Session Options and Startup Programs capplet allows you to + control what programs are started at login time. Gnome + has the concept of session management. In simple terms, it + means that you can save your <quote>session</quote> (that is, + information about currently working applications, their status + and position on the screen) at any stage, and at your next + login the same applications will reappear on your screen in + the same positions, allowing you to continue your work. Note, + however, this only works for Gnome compliant applications. <!--By + default, Gnome starts some default programs, such as File + Manager (necessary for functioning of the desktop), Panel and + all applets in it, and some other supporting programs. But it + can do much more than that.--> + </para> + <para> + Gnome also provides another way of starting applications at + login. You can explicitly specify one or more commands to + run, and Gnome will execute them at login in addition to the + applications from your saved session. This works for all + kinds of applications, whether Gnome compliant or not. + </para> + <para> + Session Options and Startup Programs capplet allows you to configure + all of these options, as described below. + </para> + <figure> + <title>Session Options Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Session Options Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccsessopt" srccredit="sasha"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Show splash screen on login</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This option controls whether the splash screen should be + shown at startup. It does nothing useful, but is an eye + candy, so why not? + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Prompt on logout</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + If this option is enabled, a confirmation dialog will + appear at logout. Among other things, this dialog provides + checkbox <guibutton>Save current setup</guibutton> (unless + you have set the checkbox <guilabel>Automatically save + session</guilabel>, see below). If you check this box, + the current session will be saved and will be restored at + your next login. Otherwise, the previous saved session + will be used. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Automatically save session</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This option determines whether your current session will + be automatically saved at logout time or not. Note that + you can also manually save your session at any time by + selecting + <menuchoice> + <guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Session</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Save Current Session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> from the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><guilabel>Choose Current Session</guilabel> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + This section allows you to configure more complicated + features of session management. These features are + currently being developed and should be used by advanced + users only. + </para> + <para> + Gnome allows you to define several sessions. For + example, you could have session + <guilabel>Work</guilabel> in which you are using office + applications such as <application>Gnumeric</application> + spreadsheet, and another session + <guilabel>Net</guilabel> in which you have + <application>Netscape</application>, + <application>X-Chat</application> (IRC chat client) and + <application>Evolution</application> mail client + open. This way, you can keep the setups (i.e., + information about open applications and their position + on screen) for work and for net surfing separate, + making it easy to switch from one to + another. Unfortunately, at the moment the only way to + switch from one session to another is by using command + <command>gnome-session + <option>--choose-session=<replaceable>SESSIONNAME</replaceable></option></command>. + In the future, an easier way of + switching will be provided. + </para> + <para> + In this part of Session Properties capplet you can + explicitly specify under which session name you current + setup should be saved, but a save won't occur until you + specifically do so. Here, you can also create new + sessions, edit and delete existing sessions. + </para> + <para> + To add a new session, press the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> + button and enter in a new session name. This name must be + different from existing session names. + </para> + <para> + To edit an existing session name, highlight the session + name you wish to edit, press the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button + and edit the existing session name. The new name must be + different from existing session names. + </para> + <para> + To delete an existing session name, highlight the session + name you wish to delete, press the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> + button. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + <figure> + <title>Startup Programs Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Startup Programs Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccstartup" srccredit="sasha"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <itemizedlist mark="opencircle"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Non-session managed startup programs</guilabel> + — In this section, you can explicitly specify the + commands that should be executed during login. This is + mostly used for programs that are not + Gnome-compatible. For Gnome applications, it is easier + just to leave them running and then save your session at + logout — this will ensure that they will be + restarted at your next login. + </para> + <para> To add a new command, press + <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button and enter the command to + run in the appearing dialog window. For example, if you want + <application>Netscape</application> to start every time + you login, just enter <userinput>netscape</userinput> in the + <guilabel>Startup command</guilabel> field. + </para> + <para> You can also specify priority, which determines the + order in which the programs will be started: programs with + lower values are started before the ones with higher + values. The default value is 50, which means that the + program will be started after all core Gnome + components. Unless you know what you are doing, it is better + to use this default value. + </para> + <para> + You can also edit or remove previously entered programs using + <guibutton>Edit...</guibutton> and + <guibutton>Remove...</guibutton> buttons. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Browse currently running programs</guilabel> — + This button will launch <application>Session + properties</application> dialog which shows the state of your + current Gnome session — in other words, which + programs are currently running, their status, priorities, + and more. It can also be used to remove one of the core + Gnome programs, such as Panel, from your session, thus + making sure that it won't be started next time you + login. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <figure> + <title>Session Properties Manager</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of the session properties manager. + </screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccsession-props" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ######### User Interface ############## --> + <sect1 id="gccui"> + <title>User Interface</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a85"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>User Interface Options</secondary> + </indexterm> + The User Interface Options allows you to change the appearance + of applications that are Gnome compliant. You may recognize these + applications as ones that are pre-installed with Gnome or ones that say + they are built with GTK (the GIMP Toolkit). + </para> + <sect2 id="gccappdefaults" + <title>Application</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a86"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Application Defaults</secondary> + </indexterm> + The Application Defaults capplet allows you to change certain + user interface aspects of your Gnome compliant applications. + </para> + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + Although this capplet gives you great control over the look + and feel of your applications you should consider these tools + for advanced use only. + </para> + </important> + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Can detach and move menubars</guilabel> — By + default menubars in Gnome applications may be dragged + from their usual location and placed anywhere within the + application or desktop. If you do not wish to use this + feature you may turn it off. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Menus have relieved borders</guilabel> — By + default menubars have relieved borders. If you do not + like this look you may turn this feature off. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Submenus can be torn off</guilabel> — This + allows the submenus to have the perforated line which + allows you to "tear" them off an have them as a small + movable window. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Menu items have icons</guilabel> — Some menu + items in applications will have icons. If you wish not + to see these icons in applications that use them you may + turn off this feature. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Statusbar is interactive when + possible</guilabel> — Some applications can have the + status bar at the bottom become separated into its own + window. If you would like to have those applications + separate the status bar into another window you may turn + on this option. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Statusbar progress meter on right</guilabel> — + Some applications have progress meters in their + statusbars. By default these progress meters are on the + right side of the statusbar. If you wish them to be on + the left you may turn off this feature. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Can detach and move toolbars</guilabel> — By + default toolbars in Gnome applications may be dragged + from their usual location and placed anywhere within the + application or desktop. If you do not wish to use this + feature, you may turn it off. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Toolbars have relieved border</guilabel> — By + default toolbars have relieved borders. If you do not + like this look you may turn this feature off. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Toolbar buttons have relieved + border</guilabel> — By default toolbar buttons do not + have relieved borders in their natural state. They do, + however, change when the mouse is over them. If you wish + them to be relieved at all times you may turn on this + feature. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Toolbars have line separators</guilabel> — By + default toolbar buttons have small line separators + between them. If you do not wish to have the line + separators you may turn this feature off. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Toolbars have text labels</guilabel> — By + default toolbar buttons have images and text to identify + them. If you are familiar with the buttons and do not + need the text you may turn on this feature. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <figure> + <title>Applications Defaults Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Dialog Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccappdef" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="gccdialogs" + <title>Dialogs</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a87"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>Dialogs</secondary> + </indexterm> + The Dialogs Capplet will allow you to change the default settings for + dialog boxes in Gnome compliant applications. A dialog box is a + window that is launched by an application to help perform a task + needed by that application. An example of a dialog box is a Print + dialog which appears when you press a print button. The dialog allows + you to set print options and start the print process. The Dialogs + capplet will allow you to change the following options. + </para> + + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + Although this capplet gives you great control over the look + and feel of your applications you should consider these tools + for advanced use only. + </para> + </important> + <para> + <guilabel>Dialog buttons</guilabel> — Choose to use the + default buttons, buttons more spread out, put buttons on the + edges, put the buttons on the left with left-justify, and + put buttons on the right with right-justify. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Dialog buttons have icons</guilabel> — Some + dialog buttons (for example <guibutton>OK</guibutton>) can + have icons on them. By default the applications which + provide this have the icons turned on. If you wish not to + see them you may turn off this feature. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Use statusbar instead of dialog when + possible</guilabel> — You may tell applications to use the + statusbar instead of a dialog if the application will allow + it. This will only work with dialogs that provide + information not one that require some interaction on your + part. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Dialog position</guilabel> — This will let you + choose how the dialogs appear when launched. You can let the + window manager decide for you (or how you have defined it in + the window manager configuration), center the dialogs on the + screen, or drop them where the mouse pointer is when they + are launched. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Dialog hints</guilabel> — This will let you change + the behavior of the dialog hints which are the tooltips that + appear when you move your mouse button over a button or part + of the dialog. You may choose to have hints handled like + other windows, or let the window manager decide how to + display them. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Place dialogs over application window when + possible</guilabel> — You may choose to place dialog over + the applications when possible which will help you keep your + windows organized on your screen If you are familiar with + other operating systems you may wish to keep this selected + as this is how most operating systems handle dialogs. + </para> + <figure> + <title>Dialog Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Dialog Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccdialog" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="gccmdi"> + <title>MDI</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a88"> + <primary>Gnome Control Center</primary> + <secondary>MDI</secondary> + </indexterm> + The MDI capplet allows you to change the MDI mode for Gnome + applications. MDI stands for Multiple Document Interface + and refers to the way more than one document is displayed in + Gnome applications. + </para> + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + Although this capplet gives you great control over the + look and feel of your applications you should consider + these tools for advanced use only. + </para> + </important> + <para> + The default style in Gnome-compliant applications for MDI is + usually tabs or <quote>notebook</quote>: it looks like an + address book, your documents are <quote>leaves</quote> of + this notebook, and you switch between them by using the + tabs. If you do not like + the tab look you may change it here. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>Default MDI Mode</guilabel> — In addition to + <guilabel>Notebook</guilabel>, you will find + <guilabel>Toplevel</guilabel> and + <guilabel>Modal</guilabel>. <guilabel>Notebook</guilabel> is the + default tab look described above; + <guilabel>Toplevel</guilabel> displays only the active + document on the top view until it is closed and + <guilabel>Modal</guilabel> has only one toplevel which can + contain any of the documents at any one time, however only + one can be displayed. If you have ever used + <application>Emacs</application>, <guilabel>Modal</guilabel> + is very similar to the way <application>Emacs</application> + handles buffers. + </para> + <para> + <guilabel>MDI notebook tab position</guilabel> — If + you choose to use the <guilabel>Notebook</guilabel> style + you may then decide where you want the tabs to appear in + your applications. You may have them at the top, left, + right, or bottom of your application. Keep in mind that + these choices will affect only applications that are Gnome + compliant. + </para> + <figure> + <title>MDI Capplet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>MDI Capplet</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/gccmdi" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + +<!-- ============= Authors ================================ --> + + <sect1 id="gnomecc-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>Gnome Control Center</application> was written by + Jonathan Blandford (<email>jrb@redhat.com</email>). Please send + all comments, suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">Gnome bug tracking + database</ulink>. (Instructions for submitting bug reports can + be found <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" + type="http"> on-line</ulink>.) You can also use <application>Bug + Report Tool</application> (<command>bug-buddy</command>), + available in the <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + + <para> + This manual was written by Dave Mason + (<email>dcm@redhat.com</email>) and Alexander Kirillov + (<email>kirillov@math.sunsyb.edu</email>) with some help from other members + of Gnome Documentation Project. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">Gnome Documentation + Project</ulink> by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also add your comments + online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">Gnome + Documentation Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + + </sect1> + + <!-- ============= Application License ============================= --> +<!-- + <sect1 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"> + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle></ulink> as + published by the Free Software Foundation; + either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later + version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is + included as an appendix to the <citetitle>Gnome Users + Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free + Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + + </sect1> +--> + + </chapter> + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gpl-appendix.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gpl-appendix.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b4ea11 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/gpl-appendix.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,432 @@ +<appendix id="gpl" label="C"> + <title>GNU General Public License</title> + <copyright> + <year>2000</year> + <holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice id="gpl-legalnotice"> + <para> + <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place, Suite 330</street>, + <city>Boston</city>, + <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address>. + </para> + <para> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + </para> + </legalnotice> + <releaseinfo> + Version 2, June 1991 + </releaseinfo> + +<!-- + The GNU Public License 2 in DocBook + Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais@okstate.edu> + Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project + http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp + Version: 1.0.1 + Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000 +--> + + + + + + <sect1 id="gpl-preamble"> + <title>Preamble</title> + + <para> + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your + freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public + License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change + free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users. + This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software + Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit + to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered + by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it + to your programs, too. + </para> + + <para> + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. + Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the + freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this + service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you + want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free + programs; and that you know you can do these things. + </para> + + <para> + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone + to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These + restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute + copies of the software, or if you modify it. + </para> + + <para> + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or + for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You + must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you + must show them these terms so they know their rights. + </para> + + <para> + We protect your rights with two steps: + + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para> + copyright the software, and + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, + distribute and/or modify the software. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </para> + + <para> + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that + everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If + the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its + recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any + problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' + reputations. + </para> + + <para> + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. + We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will + individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program + proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be + licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + </para> + + <para> + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification + follow. + </para> + + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="gpl-terms"> + <title>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION</title> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect0"> + <title>Section 0</title> + <para> + This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice + placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms + of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such + program or work, and a <quote>work based on the Program</quote> means either + the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a + work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with + modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation + is included without limitation in the term <quote>modification</quote>.) Each + licensee is addressed as <quote>you</quote>. + </para> + + <para> + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by + this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not + restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents + constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running + the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect2"> + <title>Section 1</title> + <para> + You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you + receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately + publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; + keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any + warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License + along with the Program. + </para> + + <para> + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at + your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect2"> + <title>Section 2</title> + <para> + You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus + forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications + or work under the terms of <link linkend="gpl-sect2">Section 1</link> above, provided + that you also meet all of these conditions: + + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para> + You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that + you changed the files and the date of any change. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or + in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be + licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of + this License. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you + must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most + ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate + copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying + that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program + under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. + + <note> + <title>Exception:</title> + <para> + If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an + announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an + announcement.) + </para> + </note> + + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </para> + + <para> + These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections + of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered + independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, + do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when + you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the + Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose + permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and + every part regardless of who wrote it. + </para> + + <para> + Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights + to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control + the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. + </para> + + <para> + In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program + (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium + does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect3"> + <title>Section 3</title> + + <para> + You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under + <link linkend="gpl-sect2">Section 2</link> in object code or executable form under the terms of + <link linkend="gpl-sect2">Sections 1</link> and <link linkend="gpl-sect2">2</link> above provided that + you also do one of the following: + + <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> + <listitem> + <para> + Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which + must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any + third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source + distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, + to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily + used for software interchange; or, + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute + corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial + distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form + with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </para> + + <para> + The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications + to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules + it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control + compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source + code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or + binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system + on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. + </para> + + <para> + If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a + designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place + counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to + copy the source along with the object code. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect4"> + <title>Section 4</title> + + <para> + You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided + under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the + Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, + parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their + licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect5"> + <title>Section 5</title> + + <para> + You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing + else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. + These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying + or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance + of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or + modifying the Program or works based on it. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect6"> + <title>Section 6</title> + + <para> + Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient + automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify + the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions + on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing + compliance by third parties to this License. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect7"> + <title>Section 7</title> + + <para> + If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other + reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, + agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you + from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously + your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence + you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit + royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or + indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be + to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + </para> + + <para> + If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, + the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply + in other circumstances. + </para> + + <para> + It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property + right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of + protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public + license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software + distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up + to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other + system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. + </para> + + <para> + This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the + rest of this License. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect8"> + <title>Section 8</title> + + <para> + If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents + or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License + may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that + distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License + incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect9"> + <title>Section 9</title> + + <para> + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License + from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ + in detail to address new problems or concerns. + </para> + + <para> + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of + this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms + and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software + Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any + version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect20"> + <title>Section 10</title> + + <para> + If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution + conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted + by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions + for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all + derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect21"> + <title>NO WARRANTY</title> + <subtitle>Section 11</subtitle> + + <para> + BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT + PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR + OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, + INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR + PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE + PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="gpl-sect22"> + <title>Section 12</title> + + <para> + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR + ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU + FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE + USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED + INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH + ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH + DAMAGES. + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</appendix> + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/nautilus-user-manual.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/nautilus-user-manual.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ff2085 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/nautilus-user-manual.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,3814 @@ +<chapter id="nautilus"> + <title>Nautilus User Manual</title> + <edition>v1.0</edition> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Vera</firstname> + <surname>Horiuchi</surname> + <authorblurb> + <para> + <email> + vera@eazel.com + </email> + </para> + </authorblurb> + </author> + </authorgroup> +<!-- + <copyright> + <year>2001</year> + <holder>Eazel Inc.</holder> + </copyright> + + + (Do not remove this comment block.) + Version: 1.0.2 + Last modified: March 9, 2001 + This document is maintained by Eazel Inc. + Maintainers: + Eazel Inc. + Vera Horiuchi <vera@eazel.com> + Dan Mueth <dan@eazel.com> + Translators: + (translators put your name and email here) +--> + + + + <!-- translators: uncomment this: + + <copyright> + <year>2000</year> + <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder> + </copyright> + + + + <legalnotice id="legalnotice"> + <para> + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document + under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gnufdl"><citetitle>GNU Free Documentation + License</citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version + published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, + no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. + A copy of this license was provided with this software in + the file <filename>COPYING-DOCS</filename>. + </para> + <para> + Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and + services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any + GNOME documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members + of the GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps + or initial caps. + </para> + </legalnotice> + + --> + <!-- this is the version of manual, not application --> + <releaseinfo> + This is version 1.0.2 of the Nautilus User's Manual. + </releaseinfo> + + + + +<!-- DOCUMENT BODY ====================================================== --> + + + <!-- CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTING NAUTILUS --> + <sect1 id="naut-intro"> + <title>Introducing Nautilus</title> + + <para> + Nautilus is a core component of the GNOME desktop + environment. Nautilus provides an easy way to view, manage, and + customize your own files and folders, as well as browse the Web. + </para> + + <para> + Nautilus integrates your access to files, applications, media, + Internet-based resources, and the Web, making it easy and fast for + you to locate and use all the resources available to you. + </para> + + <sect2 id="intro1"> + <title>The Nautilus Window</title> + + <figure id="full1"> + <title>The Nautilus Window</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Diagram of Nautilus</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/full"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/full-1"></inlinegraphic> + <guimenu>Menu Bar</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + The eight menus contain options for most file- and folder- + management tasks and let you personalize your view of all the + applications, folders, and files on your hard disk. The + preferences menu, represented by the symbol to the right of the + Help menu, lets you specify your level of Linux and GNOME + experience. + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/full-2"></inlinegraphic> + <guimenu>Toolbar</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + The toolbar lets you use a single click for browsing and searching + your computer's directories as well as locations on the Web. Click + the Services button for quick access to Eazel Services, a suite of + services specially designed to address the needs of Linux users. + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/full-3"></inlinegraphic> + <guimenu>Location Bar</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + Use the location bar to enter path names, Web addresses (URLs), or + other types of addresses. The pop-up menu on the right end of the + bar lets you choose various views - for instance, View as Icons + or View as List. Click the + and - signs to enlarge or reduce + icon or list view. Click the magnifying glass to return to original + size. (If you've changed your theme, the magnifying glass may be + replaced by another symbol.) + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/full-4"></inlinegraphic> + <guimenu>Sidebar</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + The sidebar displays information about the current file or + folder. Each of the four tabs at the bottom of the sidebar provide + additional information or help: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + The Tree tab displays the tree, a hierarchical view of your + computer's organization of folders and files. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The History tab lists the path names or addresses of locations + you've previously visited. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The Help tab gives you quick access to information resources - + manuals, GNOME info pages, Linux man pages, and more. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The Notes tab provides a space where you can jot notes about the + current folder. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + Note: If your user level is set to Beginner or if you've changed + your sidebar preferences, you may not see all four sidebar + tabs. + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/full-5"></inlinegraphic> + <guimenu>Status Bar</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + The status bar contains information about menu items. To see an + explanation for a menu item, point to it and read the status bar + text. + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/full-6"></inlinegraphic> + <guimenu>Main Panel</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + The main panel in the Nautilus window is where you do most of your + browsing. Files, folders, and applications are displayed + here. You have several options for modifying and customizing your + views. + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="introdesktop"> + <title>The Nautilus Desktop</title> + + <para> + The desktop is the background area of your screen. If Nautilus was + pre-installed on your GNOME system, Nautilus draws the + desktop. The desktop on your computer can look like your physical + desktop - it can be full of folders, icons, and works in progress, + or it can be clear. Nautilus lets you organize it the way + you want. + </para> + + <para> + If Nautilus doesn't already draw the desktop on your system, do + this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the preferences menu (shown below) and choose + Preferences. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Desktop section, select "Use Nautilus to draw the + desktop." + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <figure id="prefmenu11"> + <title>The Preferences Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Preferences Menu</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/prefmenu"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Initially, the desktop contains three items: a house icon that + represents your home location, an Eazel Services icon that takes + you to Eazel's Web site, and a Trash icon. + </para> + + <para> + You can create folders on the desktop or drag additional files + and folders from the Nautilus window to the desktop. For instance, + you can create a folder that contains your current projects and + keep it on the desktop for easy access. You also mount disks (such + as floppies or CD-ROMs) on the desktop. + </para> + + <para> + To see the options for using your desktop space, right-click + anywhere on the desktop (outside a window). + </para> + + </sect2> + + + <!-- Introducing Nautilus: Setting Nautilus to Start Automatically --> + <sect2 id="session"> + <title>Setting Nautilus to Start Automatically</title> + + <para> + You can adjust your GNOME settings so Nautilus starts + automatically whenever you start GNOME. Follow these steps: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Make sure Nautilus is running. You should see the Nautilus + desktop or an open Nautilus window. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Log out of GNOME (open the GNOME Main Menu and choose Log out). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Log out dialog box, click the "Save current setup" checkbox. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Proceed to log out. The next time you log into GNOME, Nautilus + will start automatically. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + To stop Nautilus from launching automatically: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the GNOME Main Menu (footprint) and choose + <menuchoice><guimenu>Programs</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Session</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Startup + Programs</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. (The menu option may be + Session Properties and Startup Programs.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The GNOME Control Center opens in the Session Properties and + Startup Programs section. If you see a Startup Programs tab, + click it. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the Browse Currently Running Programs button. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the list of programs, locate and select "nautilus." + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Remove. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Make sure the checkbox labeled "Automatically save changes to + session" is enabled. (If your GNOME Control Center window has + tabs, this checkbox is under the Session Options tab.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + + <!-- Introducing Nautilus: About Nautilus --> + <sect2 id="gnome"> + <title>About Nautilus</title> + + <para> + Nautilus is developed by Eazel, a founding member of the GNOME + Foundation, with the help of the <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org">GNOME community</ulink>. Nautilus is a + free software project developed under the GNU General Public + License (GPL). + </para> + + </sect2> + + + </sect1> + + + <!-- CHAPTER 2: NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET --> + <sect1 id="nav"> + <title>Navigating Your Computer and the Internet</title> + + <para> + This section explains how to use Nautilus to keep track of the + folders and files on your machine, as well as browse Web pages on + the Internet. + </para> + <!-- + <sect2 id="toc2"> + <title>Contents of this section:</title> + + <simplelist> + <member> + <link linkend="home">Viewing Your Home + Folder</link> + </member> + <member> + <link linkend="navigating">Navigating Your Files and + Folders</link> + </member> + <member> + <link linkend="tree">The + Tree</link> + </member> + <member> + <link linkend="viewopen">Viewing and + Opening Files</link> + </member> + <member> + <link linkend="music">Viewing and Playing MP3 Files</link> + </member> + <member> + <link linkend="mount">Mounting Floppy Disks and CD-ROMs</link> + </member> + <member> + <link linkend="internet">Navigating the Internet</link> + </member> + <member> + <link linkend="history">Viewing Your Navigation History</link> + </member> + <member> + <link linkend="bookmarks">Bookmarking Your + Favorite Locations</link> + </member> + </simplelist> + + </sect2> + --> + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: Viewing Your Home Folder --> + <sect2 id="home"> + <title>Viewing Your Home Folder</title> + + <para> + When you first launch Nautilus, you'll see your home folder in the + Nautilus window. Three areas of the Nautilus window contain + information about your folder: + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/part-1"></inlinegraphic> + The <guimenu>location bar</guimenu>, which contains your + folder's path name + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/part-2"></inlinegraphic> + The <guimenu>sidebar</guimenu>, which contains a folder icon + representing your folder + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/part-3"></inlinegraphic> + The <guimenu>main panel</guimenu>, where you see icons + representing the items in your folder + </para> + + <figure id="part"> + <title>Location Bar, Sidebar, and Main Panel</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Diagram of Nautilus</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/part"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Your home folder also appears on your desktop, represented by a + house icon. Double-clicking the house icon opens a new Nautilus + window with your home folder displayed. + </para> + + <para> + Note about the home folder: Depending on your user-level setting, + your home folder may be the default Nautilus home folder, which + contains basic information about your computer and pointers to + some useful applications, or the home folder defined for you in + your Linux settings (normally /home/<emphasis>your_name</emphasis>). + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: Navigating Your + Files and Folders --> + <sect2 id="navigating"> + <title>Navigating Your Files and Folders</title> + + <para> + You can move among your folders by using the navigation buttons + in the toolbar and the icons in the Nautilus window. + </para> + + <tip> + <title>Try this</title> + <para> + Using your home folder as a reference point, navigate your hard + disk: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + To view your home folder, click the Home button. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To move to the folder that contains your home folder - that is, + to move one folder up in the hierarchy - click the Up button. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To return to the home folder, click the Back button. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To view the contents of any folder, double-click its + icon (normally a folder icon). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + If you think that the contents of a folder have changed while + you've been viewing it, click the Refresh button to update the + information. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To stop an item from loading, click the Stop button. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </tip> + + </sect2> + + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: The Tree --> + <sect2 id="tree"> + <title>The Tree</title> + + <para> + You can get an overview of all of your computer's files and + folders by using the tree. Many people find using the tree to + navigate faster than selecting and opening folders. + </para> + + <para> + To see the tree, click the Tree tab at the bottom of the + sidebar. Click the tab again to put the tree away. + </para> + + <para> + If you don't see the Tree tab, right-click the sidebar and choose + Tree. + </para> + + <para> + The starting point - the top of the tree - is the root directory, + represented by a slash (/). Click the disclosure triangle next to + the root directory to open or close the list of all your + computer's folders and files. The items on your computer are + arranged hierarchically. The root directory may list network + locations in addition to locations on your computer. (Note: In + addition to the root directory identified by a /, there is a + directory named root.) + </para> + + <tip> + <title>Try this</title> + <para> + Open and close a folder in the tree: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + To open or close a folder in the tree, click its + triangle. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To display the contents of a folder in the main panel, + click the folder's name in the tree. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </tip> + + </sect2> + + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: Viewing and Opening Files --> + <sect2 id="viewopen"> + <title>Viewing and Opening Files</title> + + <para><guimenu>Icon and List Views</guimenu></para> + + <para> + The first time you launch Nautilus, you see folders and files + represented as icons. This is the icon view. + </para> + + <tip> + <title>Try this</title> + <para> + Look at your files and folders in two views: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + To see the contents of a folder as a list, click the View as + pop-up menu and choose View as List. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To sort the items displayed in list view, click the + column headers (Name, Size, Type, and Date + Modified). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To return to icon view, open the View as pop-up menu and choose + View as Icons. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To sort the items in icon view, open the View menu, choose Lay + Out Items, and then choose a layout option. (For more about the + layout options, see <link linkend="layout">Choosing File + Layouts</link>.) + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </tip> + + <figure id="viewmenu"> + <title>The View as Pop-up Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of view menu</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/viewmenu"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + <guimenu>Zooming In or Out</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + You can enlarge or reduce the size of items in either list or + icon view and stretch individual icons in icon view. + </para> + + <tip> + <title>Try this</title> + <para> + Enlarge and reduce icons in either icon view or list view: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + To enlarge or reduce all the icons simultaneously, + click the plus (+) and minus (-) symbols in the location + bar. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To return them to their original size, click the + symbol between the - and + symbols (normally a magnifying + glass). + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + </tip> + + <tip> + <title>Try this</title> + <para> + Stretch an icon in icon view: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click to select the icon you want to stretch. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Edit menu and choose Stretch Icon. A box appears around + the icon, with "handles" in each + corner. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click and drag the handles to resize the icon. To cancel the + stretch, press the Escape key. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To remove the stretching handles, click away from the icon. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + </tip> + + <para> + To return an icon to its original size, select the icon; then + open the Edit menu and choose Restore Icon's Original Size. + </para> + + <para> + <guimenu>Previewing Files in Icon View</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + You can preview many files in the Nautilus window just by + looking at their icons in the main panel - you don't need to open the + files. + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Text files: The icons for most text files display the files' + first few words or lines of text. If you enlarge a text file's + icon by zooming or stretching, you can see more of the + text. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Image files: The icons for most image files appear as thumbnails + - small versions of the image. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Music files: You can preview common types of music files by + positioning the mouse pointer over the icons. Music plays as + long as the pointer is over a music file's + icon. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + <guimenu>Using Nautilus as a Viewer</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + You can use the Nautilus window to look at a file's contents + without opening it for editing in an application. Using a viewer + instead of opening an application can save time and memory. + </para> + + <para> + Most text files automatically appear in the Nautilus window when + you double-click their icons. However, some files open + automatically in their applications. For such files, right-click + the icon and choose Open With. Then choose the appropriate + viewer. + </para> + + <para> + Note: You can control which viewer or application an individual + file automatically opens in. See <link linkend="chapter6">Choosing + Applications to Handle Files</link>. + </para> + + <para> + Here are some of the file types for which the Nautilus window can + act as a viewer: + </para> + + <informaltable frame="none"> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colwidth="1in"/> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>Text</emphasis></entry> + <entry>ASCII text, HTML</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>Image</emphasis></entry> <entry>GIF (without + animation), JPEG, PNG, SVG (without interactive features), + XPM</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><emphasis>Music</emphasis></entry> <entry>AIFF, MP3 (for + MP3 files located on your hard disk), RIFF, WAV</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + + <para> + <guimenu>Opening Individual Files</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + You can open files in Nautilus in several ways: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Double-click the file's icon (unless you've changed + your preference so that a single click activates items). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the file's icon, open the File menu, and choose Open or + Open With. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Right-click the file's icon, and choose Open or one of the Open + With options. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the file's icon, and press the Enter key. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + Note: If the application you want to use is not listed when you + choose Open With, you can add the application to the list. See + <link linkend="chapter6">Choosing Applications to Handle Files</link>. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: Viewing and + Playing MP3 Files --> + <sect2 id="music"> + <title>Viewing and Playing MP3 Files</title> + + <para> + Nautilus provides a special set of features to help you enjoy your + MP3 files. Using the View as Music option, you can set up a folder + of MP3 files as an album containing tracks of your choice and + represented by an album cover (custom image) that you + specify. + </para> + + <tip> + <title>Try this</title> + <para> + Use your collection of MP3 files to create a custom music album: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Go to the folder containing your MP3 files. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the View as pop-up menu and choose View as Music. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + </tip> + + <figure id="view2"> + <title>The View as Pop-up Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of View Menu</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/viewmenu"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Only the MP3 files in your folder are visible in this view. For + each file, you see a listing of titles, artists, bit rates, and + playing times. + </para> + + <para> + To begin playing the tracks in your album, click the music + player's play button. The selected track begins to play; when it + has finished, the next track begins playing automatically. You can + also double-click a file to play it. + </para> + + <figure id="player"> + <title>The Music Player</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Music Player</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/player"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/player-1"></inlinegraphic> + Play button + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/player-2"></inlinegraphic> + Pause button + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/player-3"></inlinegraphic> + Stop button + </para> + + <para> + <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/player-4"></inlinegraphic> + To rewind or fast forward, drag the slider. + </para> + + <para> + If you wish, you can choose a cover image to be displayed for your + music folder: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Go to the folder containing your MP3 + files. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the View as pop-up menu and choose View as Music. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the Set Cover Image button in the bottom right corner of + the Nautilus window. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Browse to find the graphic you want to use; then + select it. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: Mounting Floppy Disks and + CD-ROMs --> + <sect2 id="mount"> + <title>Mounting Floppy Disks and CD-ROMs</title> + + <para> + If you have a disk in a CD-ROM or floppy drive, you can mount it + from the desktop. Do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Make sure the disk is in the drive. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Right-click anywhere on the desktop (outside a window) and + choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Disks</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Floppy</guisubmenu></menuchoice> or + <menuchoice><guimenu>Disks</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>CD-ROM</guisubmenu> </menuchoice> from the pop-up + menu. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: Navigating the + Internet --> + <sect2 id="internet"> + <title>Navigating the Internet</title> + + <para> + You can use Nautilus as a browser for viewing Web pages and FTP + sites. + </para> + + <para> + To view a Web page, type its Web address (URL) in the Location + bar. + </para> + + <tip> + <title>Try this</title> + <para> + Connect to Eazel's Web site by typing eazel.com in the location + bar, and pressing Enter. It's not necessary to type http: or www. + </para> + </tip> + + <figure id="locbar"> + <title>The Location Bar</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Location Bar</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/locbar"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + When you're viewing a Web page, Nautilus gives you additional + browser choices in case you want to use a full-featured Web + browser. To select a different browser, click one of the buttons in + the sidebar. + </para> + + <figure id="sidebar"> + <title>The Sidebar</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Sidebar</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/sidebar"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + </sect2> + + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: Viewing Your + Navigation History --> + <sect2 id="history"> + <title>Viewing Your Navigation History</title> + + <para> + When you navigate your computer or the Internet, you may want to + return to a page, file, or folder you've previously viewed. + </para> + + <para> + You can view your navigation history in three ways: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Look at the bottom section of the Go menu to see a list of the + things you've viewed during the current session. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the History tab at the bottom of the sidebar. (To put the + History tab away, click the tab again.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Right-click the Back or Forward button. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + You can have Nautilus clear the list of locations you've + previously visited. This removes the previous locations listed in + the Go menu, the History tab, and under the Back and Forward + buttons. + </para> + + <para> + To clear the list of previously visited locations: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Go menu and choose Forget History. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + </sect2> + + <!-- NAVIGATING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET: Bookmarking Your + Favorite Locations --> + <sect2 id="bookmarks"> + <title>Bookmarking Your Favorite Locations</title> + + <para> + You will probably discover that you frequently visit certain + locations - Web pages, folders on your computer, and favorite + photos or text files. You can bookmark these items in Nautilus, so + that you can return to them easily. + </para> + + <para> + <guimenu>Creating a Bookmark</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + To bookmark an item: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Go to the item you want to bookmark. For example, go to + http://www.happypenguin.org. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Add Bookmark. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To use your bookmark, open the Bookmarks menu and choose your + bookmark from the bottom of the menu. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + <guimenu>Using the Built-In Bookmarks</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + Nautilus comes with some built-in bookmarks arranged in folders in + the middle part of the Bookmarks menu. They take you to the Web + sites of organizations and companies of interest to Linux + users. + </para> + + <para> + If your user level is set to Intermediate or Advanced, you can + turn off the built-in bookmarks: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the preferences menu and choose Preferences. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the left-hand column of the Preferences dialog box, click + Navigation. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select Don't include the built-in bookmarks in the Bookmarks + menu. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <figure id="prefmenu1"> + <title>The Preferences Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Preferences Menu</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/prefmenu"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + <guimenu>Editing Your Bookmarks</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + You can rename a bookmark, change its location, or remove it + altogether: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Edit Bookmarks. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select the bookmark you want to edit. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Type a new name or location for the bookmark, or click Remove. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When you're done editing bookmarks, close the dialog box. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + <!-- CHAPTER 3: SEARCHING YOUR COMPUTER AND THE INTERNET --> + <sect1 id="search"> + <title>Searching Your Computer and the Internet</title> + + <para> + Nautilus provides a Find feature for locating files and directories + on your computer and a Web Search feature for finding Web pages. + </para> + <!-- + <sect2 id="toc3"> + <title>Contents of this section:</title> + + <simplelist> + <member><link linkend="find">Finding Items on Your Computer</link></member> + <member><link linkend="simple">Simple Searches</link></member> + <member><link linkend="medusa">Complex Searches</link></member> + <member><link linkend="search">Searching the Internet</link></member> + </simplelist> + + </sect2> + --> + <!-- Searching Your Computer and the Internet: Finding Items on Your + Computer --> + <sect2 id="find"> + <title>Finding Items on Your Computer</title> + + <para> + When you search for items on your computer, you can use one + of these Nautilus search utilities: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Simple searches: If your user level is set to Beginner, Nautilus + performs a quick and easy search by file name. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Complex searches: If your user level is set to Intermediate or + Advanced, Nautilus searches the files on your hard disk by file + name, creator, file type, and other attributes, as well as by + the actual content of files. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + <guimenu>Fast Versus Slow Searches</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + Nautilus uses Medusa, a daemon, which is a piece of software that + runs in the background. Medusa creates an index of all the items + on your hard disk and mounted volumes, including their names, + size, creation date, and other attributes. In addition, Medusa + indexes the actual <emphasis>content</emphasis> of each file - so + you can find any word or phrase in any file on your computer when + you search by content. + </para> + + <para> + Medusa runs when your computer is idle, so it doesn't disrupt your + activities. + </para> + + <para> + If Medusa has not finished indexing your system or is not running + on your computer, when you do a search you may see a message + letting you know that Nautilus can't perform a fast search. + </para> + + <para> + If you suspect that Medusa is not turned on, do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the preferences menu and choose Preferences. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + From the left column of the Preferences dialog box, choose + Search. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Fast Search section, turn on "Enable fast search." + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para>Note: For Medusa to perform its indexing task, the crond + program must also be running. If you have turned off crond, Medusa + won't work. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Searching Your Computer and the Internet: Simple Searches --> + <sect2 id="simple"> + <title>Simple Searches</title> + + <para> + To find an item on your hard disk (Beginner user level): + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the Find button in the toolbar. The location bar is + replaced by the find bar. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Enter the name of the item you want to find in the Find field. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Find Them. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When you're done searching, click the Find button again to put + away the Find bar. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Searching Your Computer and the Internet: Fast Searches --> + <sect2 id="medusa"> + <title>Complex Searches</title> + + <para> + To find an item on your hard disk (Intermediate or Advanced user + level): + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the Find button in the toolbar. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + From the two pop-up menus, choose criteria to define your + search. The options are explained below. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + (Optional) To further narrow your search, click More Options and + choose additional criteria. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Enter the item you want to find - a particular file name, + modification date, and so forth - in the Find field. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Find Them. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When you're done searching, click the Find button again to put + away the Find bar. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="3"> + <tbody> + + <row> + <entry><guimenu>Search Category</guimenu></entry> + <entry><guimenu>Modifier</guimenu></entry> + <entry><guimenu>Search Field or List</guimenu></entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + Name: Nautilus searches the names of files on your hard + disk. + </entry> + + <entry> + Specify if the files should have names that contain, begin + with, or end with the characters you type. You can also + choose "matches glob" or "matches regexp" to do Linux + wildcard searches. + </entry> + + <entry> + Enter part or all of the file name you want to find. + </entry> + + </row> + + <row> + + <entry> + Content: Nautilus searches the content of files on your hard + disk. + </entry> + + <entry> + Specify if the files should have content that includes + all, any, some, or none of the word or phrase you type. + </entry> + + <entry> + Enter a word or phrase you want to search for in the content of + the files on your hard disk. + </entry> + + </row> + + <row> + + <entry> + Type: Nautilus searches for the file types you specify. + </entry> + + <entry> + Choose "is" or "is not" to include or exclude file types from + the search. + </entry> + + <entry> + Choose a file type from the pop-up menu. + </entry> + + </row> + + <row> + + <entry>Size</entry> + + <entry> + Specify if the files should be larger or smaller than + the number you type. + </entry> + + <entry>Type a size, in kilobytes.</entry> + + </row> + + <row> + + <entry>With Emblem</entry> + + <entry> + Specify if the files should be marked with, or not marked + with, a particular emblem. + </entry> + + <entry>Choose an emblem.</entry> + + </row> + + <row> + + <entry>Last Modified</entry> + + <entry> + Choose an option to narrow down the last modification date of + the files. + </entry> + + <entry> + Enter a date. The current date is filled in by default, but + you can delete it and type any date you want. + </entry> + + </row> + + <row> + + <entry>Owner</entry> + + <entry> + Choose "is" or "is not" to include or exclude files owned by a + particular user. + </entry> + + <entry> + Enter the name of a user who owns files on your + system. + </entry> + + </row> + + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Searching Your Computer and the Internet: Searching the Internet --> + <sect2 id="search"> + <title>Searching the Internet</title> + + <para> + To search for pages on the Web, click the Web Search button in the + toolbar. Eazel's Search page appears. Type the word or phrase for + which you want to search, and click Search. + </para> + + <para> + You can choose a search engine from the ones listed above the + Search box. For instance, choose Google by clicking the Google + link. + </para> + + <para> + If you like, you can set the Web Search button to take you to your + favorite Web search service: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the preferences menu and choose Preferences. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the left-hand portion of the Preferences dialog box, click + Search. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Search Engines section, enter the Web address (URL) for + your favorite search service. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <figure id="prefmenu5"> + <title>The Preferences Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Preferences Menu</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/prefmenu"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + <!-- CHAPTER 4: MANAGING YOUR FILES AND FOLDERS --> + <sect1 id="manage"> + <title>Managing Your Files and Folders</title> + + <para> + This section explains how to use Nautilus to organize your files + and folders. + </para> + <!-- + <sect2 id="toc4"> + <title>Contents of this section:</title> + + <simplelist> + <member><link linkend="move">Moving and Copying Files and Folders</link></member> + <member><link linkend="create">Creating New Folders</link></member> + <member><link linkend="desktop">Files and Folders on the Desktop</link></member> + <member><link linkend="duplicate">Duplicating Files and Folders</link></member> + <member><link linkend="rename">Renaming Files and Folders</link></member> + <member><link linkend="delete">Deleting Files and Folders</link></member> + <member><link linkend="permissions">Changing File Permissions</link></member> + </simplelist> + + </sect2> + --> + <!-- Managing Your Files and Folders: Moving and Copying Files and Folders --> + <sect2 id="move"> + <title>Moving and Copying Files and Folders</title> + + <para> + The easiest way to move a file or folder is to work with two + Nautilus windows. + </para> + + <para> + To move a file or folder to a new location, do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose New Window. You now have two + Nautilus windows. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In one window, locate the file or folder you want to move. In + the other window, locate the destination + folder. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Using the left mouse button, click the file or folder you want + to move and drag it to the other window. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Note: If your hard disk is divided into partitions (volumes), + dragging a file or folder from one partition to another copies the + file or folder instead of moving it. + </para> + + <para> + To copy a file or folder to a new folder while retaining the + original, do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose New Window. You now have two + Nautilus windows. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In one window, locate the file or folder you want to copy. In + the other window, locate the destination + folder. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click and hold the right mouse button on the item; then drag it + to the destination folder. A pop-up menu appears. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Choose Copy Here to place a copy of the item in the destination + folder. Choose Link Here to create a link to the item. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Managing Your Files and Folders: Creating New Folders --> + <sect2 id="create"> + <title>Creating New Folders</title> + + <para> + You can create a new folder anywhere in the folder hierarchy on + your computer, as long as you have the appropriate permissions. + </para> + + <para> + Do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Go to the folder that will contain the new folder. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose New Folder. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Nautilus creates a new folder inside the current folder. It has + the name untitled folder. You can <link linkend="rename">rename + the new folder</link>. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Managing Your Files and Folders: Files and Folders on the Desktop --> + <sect2 id="desktop"> + <title>Files and Folders on the Desktop</title> + + <para> + You can treat the desktop as an extension of the Nautilus window + and move, copy, and create folders there. + </para> + + <para> + To move a file or folder to the desktop, use the left mouse button + to click and drag it to the desktop. You can put the file or + folder anywhere you like on the desktop. + </para> + + <para> + To put a copy of an item on the desktop or to create a link to it, + do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Nautilus window, locate the file or folder you want to + copy. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click and hold the right mouse button on the item; then drag it + to the desktop. A pop-up menu appears. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Choose Copy Here to place a copy of the item on the + desktop. Choose Link Here to create a link to the item. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + To create a new folder on the desktop, right-click anywhere on the + desktop (outside a window), and choose New Folder from the + pop-up menu. + </para> + + <para> + Tip: If you're working on the desktop and you want to open a + Nautilus window, right-click anywhere on the desktop and choose + New Window from the pop-up menu. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Managing Your Files and Folders: Duplicating Files and Folders --> + <sect2 id="duplicate"> + <title>Duplicating Files and Folders</title> + + <para> + To duplicate an item, do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the icon of the item you want to duplicate. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose Duplicate. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + A copy of the item is added to the current folder. You can <link + linkend="rename">rename the new folder</link>. + </para> + + <para> + Shortcut: In either icon or list view, right-click the item you + want to duplicate and choose Duplicate from the pop-up menu. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Managing Your Files and Folders: Renaming Files and Folders --> + <sect2 id="rename"> + <title>Renaming Files and Folders</title> + + <para> + To rename an item in icon view, do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the icon of the item you want to rename. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose Rename. The icon label now has a + text box around it. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Type a new name for the item, and press Return. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + To rename an item in list view, do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click to select the item you want to rename. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose Show Properties. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Type a new name for the item in the space provided in the Basic + tab. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Close the dialog box. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Shortcut: In either icon or list view, right-click the item you + want to rename. In icon view, choose Rename from the context menu; + in list view, choose Show Properties. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Managing Your Files and Folders: Deleting Files and Folders --> + <sect2 id="delete"> + <title>Deleting Files and Folders</title> + + <para> + To delete an item, do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the icon of the item you want to delete. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose Move to Trash. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To empty the trash, open the File menu and choose Empty + Trash. (Empty the trash only if you're sure you want to + permanently delete the items in it!) + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Shortcuts: In either icon or list view, right-click the item you + want to delete and choose Move to Trash from the pop-up menu. Or click + and drag the item to the Trash icon on the desktop. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Managing Your Files and Folders: Changing File Permissions --> + <sect2 id="permissions"> + <title>Changing File Permissions</title> + + <para> + You can change permissions for folders and files you own. If + you're logged in as root (for experts only), you can change + permissions for any folders and files on your computer. + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click to select the item for which you want to change + permissions. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose Show Properties. The Properties + dialog box opens for the file or folder you selected. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the Permissions tab. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + From the File Group menu, choose the group that this file or + folder belongs to. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the table, click to put a checkmark under each type of + permission you want to grant. For instance, you might give the + owner and users in the group permission to read (view), write + (edit), and execute the file, and give others permission to read + the file but not write to it. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When you are done managing permissions, close the dialog box. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Note: Execute is normally used only for programs and for folders + with directory listings that you wish to make available. + </para> + + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + <!-- CHAPTER 5: CUSTOMIZING NAUTILUS --> + <sect1 id="custom"> + <title>Customizing Nautilus</title> + + <para> + You can customize Nautilus in many ways so that its appearance and + behavior meet your needs and taste. This section explains how. + </para> + <!-- + <sect2 id="toc5"> + <title>Contents of this section:</title> + + <simplelist> + <member><link linkend="settings">Setting Your User Level</link></member> + <member><link linkend="preferences">Setting Preferences</link></member> + <member><link linkend="bars">Showing and Hiding Bars</link></member> + <member><link linkend="layout">Choosing File Layouts</link></member> + <member><link linkend="themes">Changing Themes and Backgrounds</link></member> + <member><link linkend="customicons">Customizing Icons and Icon Captions</link></member> + <member><link linkend="customdesktop">Choosing a Desktop Background</link></member> + </simplelist> + + </sect2> + --> + <!-- Customizing Nautilus: Setting Your User Level --> + <sect2 id="settings"> + <title>Setting Your User Level</title> + + <para> + When you first lanched Nautilus, you were asked to choose your + user level: Beginner, Intermediate, or Advanced. The user level + dictates the amount of detail you see while navigating your files + and folders: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Beginner: For users who have no previous experience + with Linux or GNOME. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Intermediate: For users who have had some experience with Linux + or GNOME but don't want to see every detail of their + system. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Advanced: For users who like to see every detail of + their system, including the ugly stuff. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + To change your user level, open the preferences menu and choose + the level you want. + </para> + + <figure id="prefmenu2"> + <title>The Preferences Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Preferences Menu</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/prefmenu"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + One way to see the difference between the levels is to go to your + home directory and then compare what you see as you select each + level in turn. Be sure to return to the level with which you're + comfortable when you're done. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Customizing Nautilus: Setting Preferences --> + <sect2 id="preferences"> + <title>Setting Preferences</title> + + <para> + Several preference settings that you can adjust are located in the + Preferences dialog box. The available settings depend on your user + level - intermediate and advanced users have access to more + settings than beginners. + </para> + + <para> + The preference settings adjust the appearance of Nautilus, the + behavior of files and folders when you view and click them, the + type of searches performed when you click the Find or Web Search + buttons, and more. + </para> + + <para> + To open the Preferences dialog box use the preferences menu, + shown here. + </para> + + <figure id="prefmenu7"> + <title>The Preferences Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Preferences Menu</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/prefmenu"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + To customize preferences: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the preferences menu and choose Preferences. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + From the left column in the Preferences dialog box, choose the + type of settings you want to adjust (for instance, Icon & List Views). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Adjust each group of settings as desired. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When you are finished setting preferences, click + OK to close the window. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Customizing Nautilus: Showing and Hiding Bars --> + <sect2 id="bars"> + <title>Showing and Hiding Bars</title> + + <para> + The Nautilus window shows these bars by default: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>sidebar</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>toolbar</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>location bar</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>status bar (at the bottom of the window)</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + You may want to hide one or more of these bars to save space on + your screen. + </para> + + <para> + To hide and show bars: + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the View menu and click one of the options in the second + section. For instance, to hide the sidebar, click Hide Sidebar. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To see the bar again, open the View menu and choose one of the + Show options. + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + Note: If you hide a bar in your Nautilus window and then open + another Nautilus window, the bar is not hidden in the new + window. To specify which bars should be hidden or displayed in new + windows: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the preferences menu (shown below) and choose Preferences. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the left column of the Preferences dialog box, click + Appearance. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Views section, deselect any bars you want hidden in new + windows. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK to close the window. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <figure id="prefmenu8"> + <title>The Preferences Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Preferences Menu</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/prefmenu"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </sect2> + + <!-- Customizing Nautilus: Choosing File Layouts --> + <sect2 id="layout"> + <title>Choosing File Layouts</title> + + <para> + <guimenu>File Layout in Icon View</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + To change the layout of files you're viewing, open the View menu + and choose Lay Out Items. Then choose how you want the files + arranged. + </para> + + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + + <row> + <entry>Manually</entry> + <entry>You can drag icons to arrange them as you like.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry>By Name</entry> + <entry>The files appear alphabetically by name.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry>By Size</entry> + <entry>Files are displayed from largest to smallest.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry>By Type</entry> + <entry> + Files are arranged in groups, such as text, image, and + so on. All folders are grouped. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry>By Modification Date</entry> + <entry>The most recently modified files appear first.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry>By Emblems</entry> + <entry> + If you've added emblems to icons, the files are grouped + according to emblems (files without emblems are at the + end). + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry>Tighter Layout</entry> + <entry>Icons are closer together.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry>Reversed Order</entry> + <entry>Reverses the order for the option you've chosen.</entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + <para> + <guimenu>File Layout in List View</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + In list view, you can change the layout of files by clicking the + column headings. For instance, to arrange files by type, click the + Type column heading. Click again to reverse the order. + </para> + + <para> + <link linkend="viewopen">See also Viewing and Opening + Files</link>. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Customizing Nautilus: Choosing Themes and Backgrounds --> + <sect2 id="themes"> + <title>Changing Themes and Backgrounds</title> + + <para> + You can customize the decor of your Nautilus window by choosing an + overall theme and by changing the background color or image of + specific objects. + </para> + + <para> + <guimenu>Choosing a New Theme</guimenu> + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Edit menu and choose Nautilus Themes. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Choose a theme. The appearance changes immediately, so you can + see how the theme looks. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When you're finished, click Done. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + <guimenu>Changing Backgrounds</guimenu> + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Patterns or + Colors. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Drag a tile to a part of the Nautilus window. For instance, + change the color of the sidebar by dragging the yellow tile. To + restore the orginal setting, drag the Reset tile. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When you're finished, click Done. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Note: The Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box also lets you drag + <link linkend="custicon">emblems</link> to attach to individual + file and folder icons. + </para> + + <para> + <guimenu>Adding and Removing Custom Backgrounds</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + If your user level is set to Intermediate or Advanced, you can add + and remove backgrounds and colors in the list of customization + choices. + </para> + + <para> + Any image file can be a background. To add a background to the + customization choices: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Patterns + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Add a New Pattern. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Locate the image file you want to add to the set of background + patterns. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select the image file and click OK. The image is added as a new + tile. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + To add a new color to the background color choices: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Colors. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Add a New Color. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + On the color wheel, click the color you want to use and click + OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Type a name for the color and click OK. The color is added as a + new tile. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + To remove a custom pattern or color from the set of pattern and + color tiles: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Patterns or + Colors. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Remove a Pattern or Remove a Color. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Any patterns or color tiles you have previously added are + displayed. Click the one you want to remove. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Repeat steps 3 and 4 for any other pattern or color tiles you + want to remove. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Done. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Note: If you remove a pattern or color tile that you have applied + as a background for an object, the object continues to display that + pattern or color. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Customizing Nautilus: Customizing Icons and Icon Captions --> + <sect2 id="customicons"> + <title>Customizing Icons and Icon Captions</title> + + <para> + Icons appear with information in their captions - normally the + directory name and number of items for directories and the name + and size for files. If you zoom in for a closer look at icons, + more information appears. + </para> + + <para> + <guimenu>Customizing Icon Captions</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + You can customize the information below icons - the icon + captions. Although the file name must always appear first, you can + specify which other information to show and change the order of + the information. + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Edit menu and choose Icon Captions. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the first button and choose from the list. The information + you choose will be the first thing shown below an icon, after + the file name. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Repeat step 2 for the second and third buttons. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + When you are done customizing icon captions, close the dialog + box. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Note: To see the entire icon caption, you may need to zoom in + (click the + symbol in the location bar). + </para> + + <para> + <guimenu>Customizing Icons</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + You can change the icon for an individual folder or file, giving + it a custom icon: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the icon for the file or folder. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose Show Properties. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Properties dialog box, click Select Custom Icon. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Find and select the image you want to use as a custom icon; then + click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Close the Properties dialog box. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + You can also drag an image file to an icon you want to customize: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + If you have a tab (Tree, Notes, History, or Help) open in the + sidebar, put it away so that you can see the icon you want + to customize. (To put away a tab, click it.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Double-click the item you want to customize so that its icon is + displayed in the sidebar. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Drag an image to the icon. The image replaces the icon. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <figure id="custicon"> + <title>Creating a Custom Icon</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Custom Icon</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/custicon"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Tip: You may want to work with two Nautilus windows when you + customize an icon. Open the File menu and choose New + Window. You can drag an image from one window to the icon + you're customizing. + </para> + + <para> + <guimenu>Adding Emblems to Icons</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + Emblems let you tag individual files as Urgent, Favorite, and so + forth. To add an emblem to an icon: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Make sure that the folder or file to which you want to add an + emblem is visible in the Nautilus window. You can be in Icon or + List view. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the Edit menu and choose Backgrounds and Emblems. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Backgrounds and Emblems dialog box, choose Emblems. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an emblem and drag it to the icon you want to + customize. To remove emblems, drag the Erase emblem to the icon. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Done. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + You can add as many emblems as you like. + </para> + + <tip> + <title>Try this</title> + <para> + Use emblems to organize your files. + </para> + </tip> + + <para> + Attach Oh No! or Urgent emblems to the files that need immediate + attention; then open the View menu and choose Lay Out Items By + Emblems. The files with emblems are displayed at the top in icon view + and first in list view. + </para> + + <para> + If you use emblems, you can also <link + linkend="find">search</link> by emblem. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Customizing Nautilus: Choosing a Desktop Background --> + <sect2 id="customdesktop"> + <title>Choosing a Desktop Background</title> + + <para> + You can change the color of your desktop, or give it new + "wallpaper." Do this: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Right-click anywhere on the desktop (outside a window), and + choose Change Desktop Background from the pop-up menu. The + GNOME Control Center opens with the Background Image section + displayed. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To use an image as the background, choose an item from the + pop-up menu under Wallpaper or click Browse to find an image + file on your computer. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + If you're using an image as a background, choose the effect you + want: Tiled, Centered, Scaled, or Embossed Logo. Click Try to + see how the styles look. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + To use a color as the background, click the color tiles next to + Primary Color and Secondary Color and choose colors from the + color wheel. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + From the pop-up menu under Color, choose Solid, Horizontal + Gradient, or Vertical Gradient. Click Try to see how the + gradients look. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Be sure that Use GNOME to set Background is selected. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK; then close the GNOME Control Center. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- CHAPTER 6: Choosing Applications to Handle Files --> + <sect1 id="file"> + <title>Choosing Applications to Handle Files</title> + + <para> + This section explains how to customize the way files are opened for + editing and viewing. + </para> + <!-- + <sect2 id="toc6"> + <title>Contents of this section:</title> + + <simplelist> + + <member> + <link linkend="handlers">What Are MIME Types?</link> + </member> + + <member> + <link linkend="menu">Adding and Removing + Applications</link> + </member> + + <member> + <link linkend="defaulthandler">Changing the Default + Application</link> + </member> + + <member> + <link linkend="configure">Configuring Additional Applications + (Advanced)</link> + </member> + + <member> + <link linkend="mime">Adding a New MIME Type + (Advanced)</link> + </member> + + </simplelist> + + </sect2> + --> + <sect2 id="handlers"> + <title>What Are MIME Types?</title> + + <para> + MIME types are a standard way to identify files so that they can + be easily transmitted over the Internet. MIME stands for + "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extention." Each type of file is + assigned a specific MIME type. For instance, the MIME type for + HTML files is "text/html," and the MIME type for JPEG files is + "image/jpeg." A file's MIME type tells Internet applications such + as browsers and email programs what type of file is being + exchanged, how to encode it for transmission, and how to decode it + when it arrives at its destination. + </para> + + <para> + Unless you've specified that a particular application or viewer + should open a file, it normally opens automatically in an + application that's appropriate for the type. For instance, a JPEG + file normally opens automatically in a graphics application. + </para> + + <para> + You can choose which application or viewer opens automatically for + a particular type of file. You can also set up new applications to + handle particular types of files. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- File Handlers: Adding and Removing Applications --> + <sect2 id="menu"> + <title>Adding and Removing Applications</title> + + <para> + When you select a file and choose Open With, you see a list of + applications that can open that particular file. You also have the + choices Other Application and Other Viewer, which let you use an + application that's not in the list to open or view the + file. + </para> + + <para> + You can modify the list of applications you see when you choose + Open With: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the icon of the file for which you want to change the Open + With options. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose + <menuchoice><guimenu>Open With</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Other + Application</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. A dialog box opens that + lists all the applications currently able to open this particular + type of file. Some applications in the list are tagged "in the + menu" for this file type; others are tagged "not in the + menu." + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an application in the list and click Modify. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Choose the option you want. You can choose to add or remove the + application from the menu for this particular file or for all + files of this type. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Done. (If you want to open the file now, click Choose.) + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + To modify the list of viewers you see when you choose Open With, + follow steps 1 through 6 above but choose Other Viewer instead of + Other Application in step 2. (A viewer lets you view but not edit a + file. Opening a file in a viewer can save time and memory.) + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- File Handlers: Changing the Default Application --> + <sect2 id="defaulthandler"> + <title>Changing the Default Application</title> + + <para> + The default application or viewer opens a file automatically when + you select the file and choose Open from the File menu. To specify + the default: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click the icon of the file for which you want to change the + default. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose + <menuchoice><guimenu>Open With</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Other + Application</guisubmenu></menuchoice> + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select the application you want to use as the default and click + Modify. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Choose the option you want. You can choose to use the + application as the default for this particular file or for all + files of this type. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Done. (If you want to open the file now, click Choose.) + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + To change the default viewer, follow steps 1 through 6 above, but + choose Other Viewer instead of Other Application in step 2. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Setting Up File Handlers: Configuring Additional Applications (Advanced) --> + <sect2 id="configure"> + <title>Configuring Additional Applications (Advanced)</title> + + <para> + The Open With Other dialog box (described above) lists all the + applications that Nautilus can currently use to open a file. Your + computer may have additional applications that can open the file + but that aren't in the list. You can configure additional + applications so that they appear in the list: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click to select the file for which you want to configure a new + application. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the File menu and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Open + With</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Other + Application</guisubmenu></menuchoice> + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the File Types and Programs section, click Go There. The GNOME + Control Center opens, with the File Types and Programs + preferences displayed. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the list, find the file type for the file you're working + with. For instance, if you're configuring an additional + application for a text file, locate the entry for text files in + the list. (Clicking the column headers sorts the + list.) + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Once you've found the file type, click to select + it. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Default Action section, click Edit List. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Add Application. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Type the application's name and the command that launches the + application. The command is the same as the command you'd type + if you were launching the application from a GNOME terminal + window. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK in each of the next three dialog boxes to dismiss them. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + To edit the name or command for an application, follow steps 1 + through 9 but click Edit Application instead of Add Application + in step 7. + </para> + + <para> + To remove an application, follow steps 1 through 7 but click + Delete Application instead of Add Application in step 7. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <!-- Setting Up File Handlers: Adding or Deleting New MIME Types (Advanced) --> + <sect2 id="mime"> + <title>Adding a New MIME Type (Advanced)</title> + + <para> + You can set up default applications for new file types that are + not currently configured on your system. + </para> + + <para> + First, add the new file type: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Open the GNOME Main Menu and choose + <menuchoice><guimenu>Programs</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>GNOME Control + Center</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Choose File Types and Programs in the GNOME Control Center's + left-hand column. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Add New MIME Type. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Add MIME Type dialog box, enter the MIME type and a + description. For instance, if you have a new kind of image file + of type alf (for alfie files), you'd enter image/x-alf as the + MIME type and Alfie image as the description. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK. Your new MIME type is added to the list. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Second, associate a file extension: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select your new MIME type in the list and click Change File + Extensions. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Add. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Type a file extension (for instance, .alf for the alfie image + files in the example) and click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Third, specify an icon: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + Select your new MIME type in the list and click Change Icon. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + Choose an icon and click OK. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para> + Fourth, define the application(s) that can open files of this + type: + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select your new MIME type in the list. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + In the Default Action section, click Edit List. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click Add Application. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Type the application's name and the command that launches the + application. The command is the same as the command you'd type if + you were launching the application from a GNOME terminal + window. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Click OK in each of the next three dialog boxes to dismiss them. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- CHAPTER 7: EAZEL SERVICES --> + <sect1 id="services"> + <title>Eazel Services</title> + + <para> + Eazel Services are Internet-based tools designed to simplify + system management for Linux users. Nautilus and Eazel Services + work together to make your life easier. + </para> + + <para> + Eazel Services include + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + Eazel Online Storage, for file backup + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + File sharing capability + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + Eazel Software Catalog, for easy installation of + software titles + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The Nautilus installer + </para> + </listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + <guimenu>Registering with Eazel</guimenu> + </para> + + <para> + When you first launched Nautilus, you were asked if you wanted to + register for Eazel Services. If you registered at that time, click + the Services button in the Nautilus window and log in, using your + user name and password. + </para> + + <para> + If you have not already registered, click the Services button to + see a registration screen. Follow the steps for registering. + </para> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- Appendix1: Nautilus Shortcuts --> + <sect1 id="shortcuts"> + <title>Nautilus Keyboard Shortcuts</title> + + <para> + These keyboard shortcuts are available when you're working in the + Nautilus window or on the Nautilus desktop. + </para> + + <informaltable frame="all"> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colwidth="2in"/> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry><guimenu>Keystroke Sequence</guimenu></entry> + <entry><guimenu>Result</guimenu></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-B</entry> + <entry>Add Bookmark</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-X</entry> + <entry>Cut Text</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-C</entry> + <entry>Copy Text</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-V</entry> + <entry>Paste Text</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-A</entry> + <entry>Select All (select all files, etc.)</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-N</entry> + <entry>New Folder</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-O</entry> + <entry>Open</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-W</entry> + <entry>Close Window</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Shift-Ctrl-W</entry> + <entry>Close All Windows</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-I</entry> + <entry>Show Properties</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-T</entry> + <entry>Move to Trash</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-D</entry> + <entry>Duplicate</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-L</entry> + <entry>Create Link</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-F</entry> + <entry>Find</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Shift-Ctrl-F</entry> + <entry>Web Search</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-[</entry> + <entry>Back</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-]</entry> + <entry>Forward</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-U</entry> + <entry>Up One Level</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-H</entry> + <entry>Home</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-R</entry> + <entry>Refresh</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl-=</entry> + <entry>Zoom In</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Ctrl--</entry> + <entry>Zoom Out</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + + </sect1> + + <!-- Appendix: Default Emblems --> + <sect1 id="appendix2"> + <title>Default Emblems</title> + + <para> + Nautilus applies emblems automatically to icons for files that are + read or write only and to icons that are links (aliases) to other + files or folders. + </para> + + <para> + The default emblems change depending on your theme. The ones shown + here are for two of the Nautilus themes, but if you have a custom + theme, your emblems may be different. + </para> + + <figure id="nowrite"> + <title>Read Only</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Read Only Emblem</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/nowrite"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + Read only: You have permission to view this file or folder, but you + can't modify it. + </para> + + <figure id="noread"> + <title>No Read, No Write</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of No Permissions Emblem</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/noread"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + You can't view or modify this file or folder. + </para> + + <figure id="link"> + <title>Link</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Screenshot of Link Emblem</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="figures/link"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + A link icon denotes a file that contains no content of its own but + links to a file or folder located elsewhere on the + computer. Clicking this icon opens the linked file or folder. (A + link is similar to a shortcut in Windows or an alias in the Mac + OS.) + </para> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ============= Licenses ============================= --> +<!-- + <chapter id="license"> + <title>Licenses</title> + + <sect2 id="softwarelic"> + <title>Nautilus Software License</title> + + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gnugpl"> <citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + </para> + + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more + details. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="doclic"> + <title>Nautilus User Guide License</title> + + <para> + Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this + document under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gnufdl"> <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation + License</citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version + published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant + Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. + A copy of this license was provided with this software in + the file <filename>COPYING-DOCS</filename>. + </para> + + <para> + Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products + and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear + in any GNOME documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to + the members of the GNOME Documentation Project, the names have + been printed in caps or initial caps. + </para> + + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="logos"> + <title>Eazel Trademarks</title> + + <para> + Copyright 2001 Eazel, Inc., and others. All Rights Reserved. + Eazel, the Eazel Logo, and Nautilus are trademarks of Eazel, + Inc. (the "Eazel Trademarks"). The Eazel Trademarks are distinct + from the Eazel GPL Software and are not subject to the provisions + of the GPL. + </para> + + <para> + This software contains files that include the Eazel Logo (the + "Logo"). Eazel, Inc. has created and distributes certain + software under the GNU General Public License (GPL) (the "Eazel + GPL Software"). The Logo is distinct from the Eazel GPL Software + and is not governed by the terms of the GPL. You may only use + the Logo pursuant to the terms contained herein. The files that + include the Eazel Logo can be removed without impairing the way + the Eazel GPL Software functions. + </para> + + <para> + Eazel, Inc. grants you the right to use, copy, and redistribute + the Logo, but only in conjunction with the use, copying, or + redistribution of an official release of Eazel GPL Software that + calls upon the Logo during the normal course of operation and + provided that, + </para> + + <orderedlist> + + <listitem> + <para> + The notice and this license are included with each copy + you make, and they are not altered, deleted, or modified in any + way; + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + You do not modify the Logo, or the appearance of the Logo in any + manner; + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + You do not use the Logo as, or as part of, a trademark, trade + name, or trade identifier; or in any other fashion except as + set forth in this license; and + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + The Logo is only used, copied, or distributed in conjunction + with Eazel GPL Software that has not been modified from the + form it was made available by Eazel, Inc. You may modify Eazel + GPL software pursuant to the terms of the license that + accompanies it, but if you do so, you may not use, copy, or + redistribute the Logo with the modified software. + </para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <para> + NO WARRANTY. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ANY + EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A + PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL EAZEL, + INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + DATA OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON + ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + OUT OF THE USE OF THIS PACKAGE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + </para> + + </sect2> + + </sect1> + --> + </chapter> + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/newbies.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/newbies.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e53263b --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/newbies.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,719 @@ +<appendix id="newbies" label="A"> + <title> If you are new to Linux/UNIX</title> + + <para> One of the goals of GNOME is to make your system easy to use, + without requiring you to learn the syntax of most UNIX commands. + However, there are some basic UNIX notions that you have to be + familiar with, even while using the easy graphical interface + provided by GNOME. For the convenience of new users, these basics + are collected in this appendix. If you need further information on + UNIX, you should read the documentation which came with your + system; there are also a number of books and on-line guides + available for all versions of UNIX. + </para> + + <para> The following guide applies to all versions of UNIX and + UNIX-like operating systems, including both the commercial Unices + such as <systemitem>Solaris</systemitem> and open-source operating + systems such as <systemitem>FreeBSD</systemitem> and + <systemitem>Linux</systemitem>. Some of the material here is based + on <citetitle>Linux Installation and Getting Started</citetitle> + guide, by Matt Welsh, Phil Hughes, David Bandel, Boris Beletsky, + Sean Dreilinger, Robert Kiesling, Evan Liebovitch, and Henry + Pierce. The guide is available for download or online viewing from + the <ulink url="http://www.linuxdoc.org" type="http">Linux + Documentation Project</ulink> or from the <ulink + url="http://www.oswg.org">Open Source Writers Group</ulink>. + </para> + <sect1 id="new-users"> + <title>Users</title> + <para> UNIX is a multiuser operating system: it + was designed to allow many users to work on the same computer, + either simultaneously (using several terminals or network + connections) or in turns. Under UNIX, to identify yourself to + the system, you must log in, which entails entering your + <emphasis>login name</emphasis> (the name the system uses to identify + you) and your <emphasis>password</emphasis>, which is your personal key + for logging in to your account. Because only you know your + password, no one else can log in to the system under your user + name. Usually people choose their first or last name or some + variation of it as their login name, so that if your real name + is Sasha Beilinson, your login might be <systemitem>sasha</systemitem>. + </para> + <para> Each user has a separate place to keep his files (called + his <emphasis>home directory</emphasis>). UNIX has a system of + permissions (see <xref linkend="permissions">), so that on a + properly configured UNIX system a user can't change other users' + or system files. This also allows every user to customize + various aspects of the system — in particular, GNOME + behavior — for himself, without affecting other users. + </para> + <para> On any UNIX system there is also a special user, called + <emphasis>system administrator</emphasis>, with the login name + <systemitem>root</systemitem>. He has <emphasis>full</emphasis> + control over the system — including full access to all the + system and users' files. He has the authority to change the + passwords of existing users and add new users, install and + uninstall software, and so on. The system administrator is + usually the person responsible for proper functioning of the + system, so if you have some problems, you should ask him. + </para> + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + Even if you are the only user on your computer (for example, + if the computer is your personal workstation), so that you are + also the system administrator, it is important that you create + a user account and use it for daily work, logging in as root + only when necessary for system maintenance. Because root can + do anything, it is easy to make mistakes that have + catastrophic consequences. Picture the root account as a + magic hat that gives you lots of power, with which you can, by + waving your hands, create or destroy entire cities. Because + it is easy to wave your hands in a destructive manner, it is + not a good idea to wear the magic hat when it is not needed, + despite the wonderful feeling. + </para> + </important> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="new-file"> + <title>Files and filenames</title> + <para> + Under most operating systems (including UNIX), there is the + concept of a <emphasis>file</emphasis>, which is just a bundle of + information given a name (called a + <emphasis>filename</emphasis>). Examples of files might be + your history term paper, an e-mail message, or an actual + program that can be executed. Essentially, anything saved on + disk is saved in an individual file. + </para> + <sect2 id="new-filenames"> + <title>Filenames</title> + <para> + Files are identified by their filenames. For example, the file + containing your conference talk might be saved with the filename + <filename>talk.txt</filename>. There is no standard format for file + names as there is under MS-DOS and some other operating systems; in + general, a filename can contain any character (except the / + character–see the discussion of path names below) and is + limited to 256 characters in length. + </para> + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + Unlike MS-DOS, the filenames in UNIX are case-sensitive: + <filename>myfile.txt</filename> and + <filename>MyFile.txt</filename> are considered as two + different files. + </para> + </important> + <para> + You should also be aware of several UNIX conventions; while they are + not mandatory, it is usually a good idea to follow them. + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> It is customary to use the format + <filename>filename.extension</filename> for filenames, where the + extension indicates the file type; for example, the + extension <filename>txt</filename> is usually used for plain + text files, while the extension <filename>jpeg</filename> is + used for graphics in JPEG format, and so on. In + particular, the <application>Nautilus File + Manager</application> (<application>Nautilus</application>) + uses extensions to determine file type. You can view all + the file extensions recognized by + <application>Nautilus</application> by choosing the + <guimenuitem>File types and Programs</guimenuitem> capplet in the + <guimenu>Document Handlers</guimenu> section of the + <application>Control-center</application>. Note that the standard + convention in UNIX is that the + <emphasis>executables</emphasis> (i.e., the program + files) have no extension at all. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> Files and directories whose names begin with a dot + (.) are usually <emphasis>configuration + files</emphasis>, that is, files which keep settings and + preferences for various applications. For example, GNOME + keeps all its settings in various files in the directories + <filename>.gnome</filename> and + <filename>.gnome-desktop</filename> in the user's home + directory. Since most of the time you do not need to + edit these files manually, or even know their precise + names and locations, <application>Nautilus</application> + usually doesn't show these files. You can change this + setting using the <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> Files with names ending with tilde (~) are + usually backup files created by various + applications. For example, when you edit a file + <filename> myfile.txt</filename> with + <application>emacs</application>, it + saves the previous version in the file + <filename>myfile.txt~</filename>. Again, you can control whether + you want Nautilus File Manager to show these files or not + in <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="new-wildcards"> + <title> Wildcards</title> + + <para>When entering commands from the command line, you can use + so-called <emphasis>wildcards</emphasis> instead of an exact + filename. The most common wildcard is *, which matches any + sequence of symbols (including an empty string). For example, + the command <command>ls *.txt</command> will list all the files with + the extension <filename>txt</filename>, and the command <command>rm + chapter*</command> will remove all files with the names starting with + <filename>chapter</filename> (<command>ls</command> and + <command>rm</command> are UNIX + commands for listing and removing files). Another useful + wildcard is ?, which matches any single symbol: for example, + <command>rm chapter?.txt</command> will remove files + <filename>chapter1.txt, chapter2.txt</filename> , but not + <filename>chapter10.txt</filename> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="quoting"> + <title>Using spaces, commas, etc. in file names</title> + <para> + As was mentioned above, a file name may contain not only + letters and numbers, but also spaces, commas, etc. - any + characters other than slash (/). However, if you are using + commands typed on the command line, you should be careful when + dealing with such files. For example, if you have a file named + <filename>My file</filename>, and you want to delete it, + typing <command>rm My file</command> will not give the desired + effect: the command <command>rm</command> will assume that you + want to remove files <filename>My</filename> and + <filename>file</filename>. At best, it will give you an error + message; at worst (if you do have a file named + <filename>My</filename>) it will remove a wrong file. The + right way to do this is to enclose the file name in single + quotes: <command>rm 'My File'</command>. The same should be + done for file names containing any symbols that are normally + considered as "separators", or have some special meaning; this + includes comma (,), star (*), question mark (?), and more. To + be on the safe side, quote in this way all file names that + contain anything other than letters, numbers, and + dots. </para> + <para> + Of course, if you are only using graphical tools such as Nautilus + File Manager, than you do not need to worry about this: to + delete file <filename>My file</filename>, just drag it to the + trash can. + </para> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + <sect1 id="new-dirs"> + <title>Directories and paths</title> + <sect2 id="new-dirstruct"> + <title>Directory structure</title> + <para> + Now, let's discuss the concept of directories. A + <emphasis>directory</emphasis> is a collection of files. It + can be thought of as a "folder" that contains many different + files. Directories are given names, with which they can be + identified. Furthermore, directories are maintained in a + tree-like structure; that is, directories may contain other + directories. The top level directory is called the "root + directory" and denoted by <filename>/</filename>; it contains + all the files in your system. + </para> + <sect3 id="new-path"> + <title>Pathnames</title> + <para> + A <emphasis>pathname</emphasis> is a file's "full name"; it + contains not only filename but also its locaion. It is + made up of the filename, preceded by the name of the + directory containing that file. This, in turn, is preceded + by the name of directory containing <emphasis>that + directory</emphasis>, and so on. A typical pathname may + look like <filename>/home/sasha/talk.txt</filename> which + refers to the file <filename>talk.txt</filename> in the + directory <filename>sasha</filename> which in turn is a + subdirectory in <filename>/home</filename>. + </para> + <para> + As you can see, the directory and filename are separated by + a single slash (/). For this reason, filenames themselves + cannot contain the / character. MS-DOS users will find this + convention familiar, although in the MS-DOS world the + backslash (\) is used instead. The directory that contains a + given subdirectory is known as the <emphasis>parent + directory</emphasis>. Here, the directory + <filename>home</filename> is the parent of the directory + <filename>sasha</filename>. + </para> + <para> + Each user has a home directory, which is the directory set aside for + that user to store his or her files. Usually, user home directories + are contained under <filename>/home</filename>, and are named for the + user owning that directory, so that the home directory of user + <systemitem>sasha</systemitem> would be + <filename>/home/sasha</filename>. + </para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="new-relative"> + <title>Relative directory names</title> + <para> + At any moment, commands that you enter are assumed to be + <emphasis>relative</emphasis> to your current working + directory. You can think of your working directory as the + directory in which you are currently ``located''. When you + first log in, your working directory is set to your home + directory — for user sasha, it would be + <filename>/home/sasha</filename>. Whenever you refer to a + file, you may refer to it in relationship to your current + working directory, rather than specifying the full pathname of + the file. + </para> + <para> + For example, if your current directory is + <filename>/home/sasha</filename>, and you have a file there called + <filename>talk.txt</filename>, you can refer to it just by its file + name: a command like <command>emacs talk.txt</command> issued from the + directory <filename>/home/sasha</filename> is equivalent to + <command>emacs /home/sasha/talk.txt</command> + (<application>emacs</application> is an extremely powerful editor for + text files; new users may prefer something simpler, such as + <application>gnotepad</application>, but for power user, + <application>emacs</application> is indispensable). + </para> + + + <para> + Similarly, if, in <filename>/home/sasha</filename> you have a + subdirectory called <filename>papers</filename> and, in that + subdirectory, a file called <filename>fieldtheory.txt</filename>, you + can refer to it as <filename>papers/fieldtheory.txt</filename>. + </para> + <para> If you begin a filename (like + <filename>papers/fieldtheory.txt</filename>) with a character + other than /, you're referring to the file in terms relative + to your current working directory. This is known as a relative + pathname. On the other hand, if you begin a filename with a + /, the system interprets this as a full pathname — that + is, a pathname that includes the entire path to the file, + starting from the root directory, /. Use of the full pathname + is known as an <emphasis>absolute pathname</emphasis>. + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="new-path-conv"> + <title>Pathname conventions</title> + <para> + Here are some standard conventions you can use in paths: + </para> + <para> + <filename>~/</filename> — user's home directory + </para> + <para> + <filename>./</filename> — current working directory + </para> + <para> + <filename>../</filename> — parent of the current directory + </para> + <para> + For example, if sasha's current directory is + <filename>/home/sasha/papers</filename>, he can refer to the file + <filename>/home/sasha/talk.txt</filename> as + <filename>~/talk.txt</filename> or as <filename>../talk.txt</filename>. + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="permissions"> + <title>Permissions</title> + <para> + Every file on your system has an <emphasis>owner</emphasis> — one + of the users (usually the one who created this file), and a system of + <emphasis>permissions</emphasis>, which regulate access to this + file. + </para> + <para> + For ordinary files, there are 3 types of access permissions: + read, write, and execute (the latter only makes sense for + executable files). They can be set independently for 3 + categories of users: the file owner, the users in the group + owning the file, and everyone else. Discussion of groups of + users goes beyond the scope of this document; the other two + categories are self-explanatory. <!--Which groups of users? I + don't think the other two categories are self-explanatory. Would + help if there was some exposition here which explicitly states + who belongs where.-->So, if the permissions on a file + <filename>/home/sasha/talk.txt</filename> are set to read and + write for user sasha, who is the file owner, and read only for + everyone else, only sasha will be able to modify this file. + <!--How about adding something in parentheses here, like (Since + sasha created the file <filename>talk.txt</filename>, sasha has + the widest range of rights to access the file.)... or something + like that?--> + </para> + + <para> + All newly created files carry some standard permissions, + usually read/write for user and read only for + everyone else. You can view the permissions using the Nautilus File + Manager, by right-clicking on the file, choosing + <guimenuitem>Show Properties</guimenuitem> in the pop-up menu, and then the + <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab. Using this dialog, you can also + change the permissions — just click on a square + representing the permission to toggle it. Of course, only the + file owner or the system administrator can change the + permissions of a file. Advanced users can also change the default + file permissions which are assigned to newly created + files—see the manual pages for your default shell (usually + <command>bash</command>, + <command>csh</command> or <command>tcsh</command>) and look for the command + <command>umask</command>. + </para> + + <para> + A file can also have some special permission properties such + as UID, GID, and "sticky" bit. They are for experienced users + only — do not change them unless you know what you are + doing. (If you are curious: these permissions are typically + used on executable files to allow the user to execute + <emphasis>some</emphasis> commands + which read or modify files to which the user himself doesn't + have access.) + </para> + + <para> Similar to files, the directories also have + permissions. Again, there are 3 possible + permissions: read, write, and execute. However, they have + different meaning: namely, "read" permission for a directory + means permission to list the contents of the directory or + search for a file; "write" means permission to create and + remove files in the directory, and "execute" means permission + to access files in the directory. + </para> + <para> + Note that the permissions granted to a file depend on the + permissions of the directory in which the file is located: in + order to be able to read a file, a user needs to have the read + permission for the file itself and "execute" permission + for the directory that contains it. So, if user sasha doesn't + want anybody else to see his files, he can achieve this by + removing the execute permission on his home directory for all + other users. This way, no one but himself (and, of course, + root) will be able to read any of his files, no matter what + the permissions of individual files are. + </para> + <para> Detailed explanation of the permission system can be + found, for example, in the info page for the GNU "File + Utilities" package. You can view this info page using GNOME Help + browser. + </para> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="syslinks"> + <title>Symbolic links</title> + <para> + In addition to regular files, UNIX also has special files + called <emphasis>symbolic links</emphasis> (or + <emphasis>symlinks</emphasis> for short). These files do not + contain any data; instead, they are just "pointers," or + "shortcuts" to other files. For example, sasha can have a + symlink named <filename>ft.txt</filename> pointing to the file + <filename>papers/fieldtheory.txt</filename>; this way, when a + program tries to access the file <filename>ft.txt</filename>, + the file <filename>papers/fieldtheory.txt</filename> will be + opened instead. As you can see from this example, the symlink + and the target file can have different names and be located in + different directories. + </para> + <para> Note that deleting, moving, or renaming the symlink file + has no effect on the target file: if sasha tries to delete the + file <filename>ft.txt</filename>, it is the symlink that will + be deleted, and the file + <filename>papers/fieldtheory.txt</filename> will remain + unchanged. Also, the permissions of the symlink are + meaningless: it is the permissions of the target file that + determine whether a user has the access to it. + </para> + + <para> Symlinks can also point to directories. For example, on + the GNOME FTP server (<systemitem>ftp.gnome.org</systemitem>), + there is a file <filename>/pub/GNOME/latest</filename>, which at + the time of this writing is a symlink to directory + <filename>/pub/GNOME/gnome-1.0.53</filename>. By the time you + read this, the latest version of GNOME is likely to change, and + the GNOME maintainers will change the symlink correspondingly, + so that it will point to + <filename>/pub/GNOME/gnome-1.2</filename> or something similar. + </para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="new-mount"> + <title>Mounting and unmounting drives</title> + <para> + As we mentioned earlier, the directories on a UNIX system are + organized in a tree, with the top level directory being + <filename>/</filename>. Unlike some other operating systems such as + MS-DOS, there are no special names for files on your floppy disk or + CD-ROM: <emphasis>all</emphasis> the files accessible to your system + must appear in the main directory tree starting with + <filename>/</filename>. + </para> + <para> + Thus, before you can access files on a floppy diskette or a + CD-ROM, you must give to your system a command to incorporate + the contents of this diskette into the main directory tree, + which is referred to as <emphasis>mounting</emphasis> the + diskette. Typically the contents of the CD-ROM will appear under + the name <filename>/mnt/cdrom</filename>; the floppy diskette + under <filename>/mnt/floppy</filename> (these are called the + <emphasis>mount points</emphasis> and are defined in the special + configuration file, <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>). Accessing + a drive in this fashion doesn't mean that the system will copy + all the files from the CD to the directory + <filename>/mnt/cdrom</filename>. Instead, it means that the + directory <filename>/mnt/cdrom</filename> + <emphasis>represents</emphasis> the CD-ROM: When a program tries + to access, say, a file called + <filename>/mnt/cdrom/index.html</filename>, the system will look + for file <filename>index.html</filename> on the CD-ROM. + </para> + <para> + So, in short: before you can use files on a drive, you must + "mount" it. Similarly, <emphasis>before removing the disk from + the drive, you must unmount it.</emphasis> + </para> + <para> + When using GNOME, you usually do not have to worry about + mounting and unmounting: GNOME scans the appropriate + configuration file and places the icons for all drives on your + desktop. Double-clicking on any of these icons automatically + mounts the corresponding drive (if it was not already mounted) + and starts the file manager in the appropriate directory. + Similarly, if you right-click on the drive icon and choose the + command <guimenuitem>Unmount Volume</guimenuitem> from the pop-up + menu, GNOME automatically unmounts it before ejecting. You can + also mount a drive by right-clicking on the desktop and choosing + <guimenuitem>Disks | cdrom</guimenuitem> from the pop-up menu, + or by using the disk mount applet. + </para> + <para> + Note that you can't unmount a drive if it is being used by some program; + for example, if you have a terminal windows open in a directory on the + drive you're trying to unmount. So, if you get the error message "Device + busy" while trying to unmount a drive, make sure that none of your open + applications is accessing a file or directory on this drive. + </para> + <para> + However, GNOME cannot prevent you from ejecting the disk using the + physical eject button on the drive itself — in this case, + <emphasis>it is your responsibility to unmount the drive</emphasis> + before doing so. For CD and Zip drives, the system blocks the eject + button on the drive while the drive is mounted; for floppy drives this + is technically impossible. + </para> + + <important> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + If you eject a floppy disk using the eject button on the drive without + first unmounting it, you may lose your data! + </para> + </important> + + <para> Some systems are running a special program, called the + automount <emphasis>daemon</emphasis> (you do not need to know + what a daemon is), + which automatically mounts a drive when a disk is inserted and unmounts a + drive if it hasn't been used for a specified period of time. In + this case, you will probably never need to worry about + mounting/unmounting drives yourself. + </para> + <para> + Allowing users to mount and unmount drives carries some security risks, + so many systems are configured so that only root can mount or unmount + drives. This is the most probable cause of error messages while trying + to mount a drive. In this case, discuss this matter with your system + administrator. + </para> + <para> + If the computer is your personal workstation or home computer, + so that you are not worried about security, you can give mount + permission to ordinary users. The easiest way to allow this is + to use the application + <application><emphasis>linuxconf</emphasis></application> (which + can only be run by root). Just select the drive you want to + access in the <guilabel>Access local drive</guilabel> section. + In the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab select the + <guilabel>User Mountable</guilabel> option. Your drive will now + be mountable by users. + </para> + <para> + If <application><emphasis>linuxconf</emphasis></application> is not + available, then you must manually edit the file + <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to include user access. This is done + by adding the "user" attribute to the drive. For example: + </para> + <para> + If your fstab file contains a line like this: + </para> + <programlisting> +/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 exec,dev,ro,noauto 0 0 + </programlisting> + <para> + add the word "user" to the fourth column: + </para> + <programlisting> +/dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom iso9660 user,exec,dev,ro,noauto 0 0 + </programlisting> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="devices"> + <title>Drives and devices</title> + <para> + Under UNIX, the word "device" is used for all peripheral + devices connnected to your computer; this includes hard drives, + floppy and CD-ROM drives, audio and video cards, serial and + parallel ports, and much more. Each device has a name, such as + <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. The most common device names are + listed below. + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para> + <filename>/dev/hd*</filename> (where *=a,b,c, …): + these are IDE devices, such as hard drives, CD-ROM drives + and ZIP drives. <filename>/dev/hda</filename> denotes the + master drive on the first IDE controller (usually your first + hard drive, <filename>C:</filename> under Windows), + <filename>/dev/hdb</filename> is the slave drive on the fist + controller (this can be a second hard drive or a CD-ROM), + and so on. See also the <link linkend="zippartition">note</link> below + about ZIP drives. + </para></listitem> + + <listitem><para> + <filename>/dev/sd*</filename> (where *=a,b,c, …): + these are SCSI devices, usually hard drives. + </para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <title>NOTE</title> + <para>If the acronyms IDE and SCSI are new to you, here is a + brief explanation: there are two types of interfaces for hard + drives and other similar devices: IDE (and its cousins such as + EIDE, ATAPI, etc.) and SCSI. SCSI provides better performance, + but is more expensive, so it is only used on + servers. If you are not sure what kind of drives you have, most + probably it is IDE. </para> + </note> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para> + <filename>/dev/fd*</filename> (where *=0,1, etc) are floppy + drives; <filename>/dev/fd0</filename> is the first drive (it + corresponds to <filename>A:</filename> under Windows), + <filename>/dev/fd1</filename> is the second + (<filename>B:</filename>), etc. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para> + <filename>/dev/lp*</filename> (where *=0,1, etc) are + parallel ports; most commonly, these ports are used to + connect a printer to the + computer. <filename>/dev/lp0</filename> corresponds to + <filename>LPT1</filename> under Windows, + <filename>/dev/lp1</filename> to <filename>LPT2</filename>, + etc. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para> <filename>/dev/ttyS*</filename> (where *=0,1, + etc) are serial ports; these ports are commonly used for + connnecting a mouse or a + modem. <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> corresponds to + <filename>COM1</filename> under Windows, + <filename>/dev/ttyS1</filename> to <filename>COM2</filename>, + etc. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para> + <filename>/dev/audio</filename> and + <filename>/dev/dsp</filename> — these two device + names are used for your audio card (they are not equivalent, + since they are used for different types of audio files). + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para> + In addition, it is a common practice to have symlinks + <filename>/dev/floppy, /dev/modem</filename> and + <filename>/dev/cdrom</filename> pointing to the actual device + name corresponding to your floppy drive, modem, and CD-ROM drive + respectively. + </para> + <para> + You rarely need to use these device names. In particular, if you + want to access a file on a drive, you do not use the device name + (such as <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>); instead, you first + mount the device so that its contents shows as a subdirectory + (for example, <filename>/mnt/floppy</filename>) in the main + directory tree, and then use this directory for accessing + files; see <xref linkend="new-mount"> for more information. About + the only time when you actually need to use the device names is + when you are configuring some newly installed program. For + example, a fax program can ask you for the device name for your + modem (in which case you can either give it the actual device + name, such as <filename>/dev/ttyS1</filename>, or just use the + symlink <filename>/dev/modem</filename>). + </para> + <para> And just for fun: there is also a device + <filename>/dev/null</filename> which acts as a "black hole": you + can send to it any information, and it never returns. So if you do + not want to be bothered by error messages, re-direct them to + <filename>/dev/null</filename> -:). + </para> + + <sect2 id="partitions"> + <title>Partitions</title> + <para> + Note that it is possible to subdivide a hard + drive (or a similar device) into parts which for all practical + purposes behave as independent disks, even though physically + they reside on the same disk. These parts are called + "partitions" (under Windows, the name "logical disk" is + used). For example, you can partition your hard drive into + several partitions, and install different operating systems in + different partitions; you can reformat each partition + independently of the others. This partitioning of the hard + drive is usually done during the installation of the operating + system; refer to your installation guide for more + information. + </para> + <para> + If your hard drive has been partitioned, then each partition + is considered as a separate device. For example, if your hard + drive is <filename>/dev/hda</filename>, then the first + partition on this drive would be referrred to as + <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, the second as + <filename>/dev/hda2</filename>, and so on. + </para> + <warning id="zippartition"> + <title> Partitioning of ZIP disks</title> + + <para> For reasons unknown to us, the pre-formatted + ZIP disks sold in stores or formatted using Iomega's ZIP + tools under Windows are partitioned in a strange way: + they have only one parition (of Windows type, of course), + but this partition has number 4. Thus, if your ZIP drive is + <filename>/dev/hdc</filename>, the correct device name you + should use for such disks is <filename>/dev/hdc4</filename>. + </para> + </warning> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</appendix> diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/panel.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/panel.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f50feab --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/panel.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,2414 @@ +<chapter id="panel-chap"> + <title>The GNOME Panel</title> + <sect1 id="introduction"> + <title>Introduction</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a2"> + <primary>Panel</primary> + </indexterm> + The GNOME <interface>Panel</interface> is the heart of the GNOME + user interface and acts as a repository for the <link + linkend="mainmenu">Main Menu</link>, user <link + linkend="menus">menus</link>, application <link + linkend="launchers">launchers</link>, <link + linkend="applets">applets</link> (applications which run entirely + within the panel), <link linkend="drawers">drawers</link>, and + several <link linkend="specialobjects">special objects</link>. + The <interface>Panel</interface> was designed to be highly + configurable. You can easily <link + linkend="panelproperties">customize its behavior and + appearance</link> and <link linkend="appletadd">add or remove + objects</link> to suite your personal needs and preferences. You + can even have <link linkend="paneladd">multiple panels</link>, + each with its own appearance, properties, and contents. This + flexibility allows you to easily create a comfortable and + efficient personalized desktop environment. + </para> + <para> This manual describes version 1.2 of the GNOME + <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + + </sect1> + + +<!-- ########### Panel Basics ############## --> + <sect1 id="panelbasics"> + <title>Panel Basics</title> + <para> + Using the GNOME <interface>Panel</interface> is very simple and + will come easily to anyone who has used a graphical desktop + environment. This section will give you a basic introduction to + help you get started, and the following sections will discuss the + various Panel objects and features in more detail. + </para> + + <sect2 id="intropanel"> + <title>Introduction to Panel Objects</title> + <para> + A <interface>Panel</interface> can hold several types of objects. + The example <interface>Panel</interface> in <xref + linkend="examplepanelfig"> shows each type of Panel object. + </para> + <figure id="examplepanelfig"> + <title>An Example Panel</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>An Example Panel.</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/example_panel" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + This example <interface>Panel</interface> contains the following + objects: <itemizedlist> <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Menus</title> + <para> + Menus are lists of items, each of which either starts an + application, executes a command, or is a submenu. In the + example <interface>Panel</interface> in <xref + linkend="examplepanelfig"> , the left-most icon after the + arrow is a stylized footprint icon (the GNOME logo). This is + the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, one of the most important + objects in the <interface>Panel</interface>. This menu + provides access to almost all the applications, commands, and + configuration options available in GNOME. The <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu> is described in detail in <xref + linkend="mainmenu">. The second icon shown is a folder, the + default icon used for user menus. GNOME allows users to + create their own menus with personalized contents to use in + addition to the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>. To open a + menu, just click on the icon with the left mouse button. For + more information on menus, see <xref linkend="menus">. + </para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Launchers</title> + <para> + Launchers are buttons which either start an application or + execute a command when you press them (click with the left + mouse button). The third icon in the example + <interface>Panel</interface> is a launcher which starts the + <application>Gnumeric</application> spreadsheet. For more + information on launchers, see <xref linkend="launchers">. + </para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Applets</title> <para> Applets are applications which + run inside a small part of the + <interface>Panel</interface>. The fourth through eighth icons + in the example <interface>Panel</interface> are applets. The + first applet shown is the <application>GNOME + Weather</application> applet, which periodically downloads the + current weather conditions off the Web and displays the + information. The second applet shown is the <application>Drive + Mount</application> applet, which shows whether a disk (in + this case, the floppy drive) is mounted and allows you to + mount and unmount the drive with a single click of the mouse. + The third applet shown is the <application>Quick + Launch</application> applet, which acts as a container for + launchers, but saves more space than placing your launchers + directly on the <interface>Panel</interface>. In the example + shown the <application>Quick Launch</application> applet + contains six application launchers. Next is the + <application>GNOME Desk Guide</application>, which allows you + to control multiple virtual desktops, each of which can have + multiple screens. You can move between desktops and screens + by clicking with your left mouse button. The final applet + shown is the <application>Tasklist</application>, which allows + you to control your application windows in various ways, + including changing the focus, iconifying windows, closing + windows, and killing applications. The + <application>Tasklist</application> shown is for a screen with + only two windows, both of which are <application>Electric + Eyes</application>. For more information on applets, see + <xref linkend="applets">. + </para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Drawers</title> <para> Drawers are essentially + extensions of a <interface>Panel</interface> which can be + opened or closed. They can hold anything the + <interface>Panel</interface> can. The brown icon of a drawer + in the example <interface>Panel</interface> is the default + icon for drawers, although any icon can be used. Click on the + <guiicon>Drawer</guiicon> icon with the left mouse button to + open or close it. For more information on drawers, see <xref + linkend="drawers">. + </para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <formalpara> + <title>Special Objects</title> + <para> + Special objects are items you can add to a + <interface>Panel</interface> which perform functions which + are generally not available through the other + <interface>Panel</interface> objects. The last item in the + example <interface>Panel</interface> is a special object + called the <guibutton>Logout Button</guibutton>. Pressing + this with the left mouse button begins the logout sequence + to end your GNOME session. For more information on special + objects, see <xref linkend="specialobjects">. + </para> + </formalpara> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + <para> + Each of these object types is described in detail in the + following sections. You can easily add, move, or remove Panel + objects (see <xref linkend="appletadd">). + </para> + </sect2> + + + <sect2 id="rightclick"> + <title>Right-Click Menu</title> + <para> + Clicking on any Panel object with the right mouse button brings + up the Panel object's <guimenu>right-click</guimenu> menu. This + menu contains <guimenuitem>Remove from panel</guimenuitem> for + removing the object from the <interface>Panel</interface>, + <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem> for moving objects within the + <interface>Panel</interface> or between two + <interface>Panels</interface>, the + <guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> submenu described below, and + typically one or more object-specific menu items. For drawers, + menus, and launchers the only object-specific item is + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> which allows you to + customize the properties and settings of the object. For applets, + the <guimenu>right-click</guimenu> menu will often contain + <guimenuitem>About...</guimenuitem> for viewing information about + the applet such as the author's name and the applet version, + <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> for viewing the applet's + documentation, and <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> for + configuring preferences and settings for the applet. Applets + often have other applet-specific controls in their + <guimenu>right-click</guimenu> menus. + </para> + <para> + The <guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> submenu allows you to <link + linkend="panelmove">create and remove + <interface>Panels</interface></link> and <link + linkend="appletadd">add objects</link> to the + <interface>Panel</interface>. It also allows you to modify the + properties of the particular <interface>Panel</interface> of + interest using the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu + item (see <xref linkend="panelproperties">) or the properties of + all <interface>Panels</interface> using the <guimenuitem>Global + Preferences...</guimenuitem> menu item (see <xref + linkend="globalpanelprefs">). + </para> + <para> + You can also right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> + itself. This will bring up the <link + linkend="mainmenu"><guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu></link>. In + particular, this menu also contains the + <guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> submenu described above. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="panelhide"> + <title>Hiding the Panel</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a4"> + <primary>Panel</primary> <secondary>Hide Buttons</secondary> + </indexterm> + <indexterm id="idx-a5"> + <primary>Panel</primary> <secondary>Hiding</secondary> + </indexterm> + The left and right arrow icons seen at either end of the example + <interface>Panel</interface> and in <xref linkend="fig2"> are + used to hide the <interface>Panel</interface>. + <figure id="fig2"> + <title>The Hide Button</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Hide Button</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/hide-button" format="png" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + <para> + Pressing one of these arrows will hide the + <interface>Panel</interface> by sliding it in the direction of + the arrow pressed, so that the only part of the + <interface>Panel</interface> which remains visible is the + <guibutton>Hide</guibutton> button itself. Pressing it a second + time will expand the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + <para> + <interface>Panels</interface> can be configured to automatically + hide when you are not using it and reappear when you move the + mouse to the part of the screen where the + <interface>Panel</interface> resides. This can be useful if you + are unable to run your system in a high resolution. To learn how + to have a <interface>Panel</interface> auto-hide, see <xref + linkend="panelproperties">. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="loggingout"> + <title>Logging Out</title> + <para> + To log out of GNOME, right click on the + <interface>Panel</interface> and select <guimenuitem>Log + out</guimenuitem>. This will bring up the + <interface>Logout</interface> dialog, shown in <xref + linkend="logoutdialog-fig">. + </para> + <figure id="logoutdialog-fig"> + <title>The Logout Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Logout</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/logout-screen" format="png" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + If you would like to save your current setup, select the + <guilabel>Save current setup</guilabel> checkbox. This will save + any GNOME applications you have open and configuration changes + you may have made in the <application>Control + Center</application>. + </para> + <para> + The default way to log out is by using the + <guilabel>Logout</guilabel> option, which ends your GNOME session + but does not shut down the computer. Depending on your system + configuration, you may also have the <guilabel>Halt</guilabel> + option, which shuts down the computer, and the + <guilabel>Reboot</guilabel> option, which will reboot the + computer. + </para> + <note> + <title>Note for advanced users</title> + <para>The + <guilabel>Halt</guilabel> and <guilabel>Reboot</guilabel> choices + will only be shown if you have permission to execute the command + <command>/usr/bin/shutdown</command>. + </para> + </note> + <para> + If you do not want to log out, press the + <guibutton>No</guibutton> button and you will be returned to your + GNOME session. Otherwise press the <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> + button to log out. + </para> + <note> + <title>Logging Out and Window Managers</title> + <para> + If you are running a window manager that is GNOME compliant, the + logout feature will quit the window manager as well as GNOME. If + you are running a non-compliant window manager you will have to + quit the window manager yourself. + </para> + </note> + <para> + You can disable the <interface>Logout</interface> dialog so that + selecting the <guimenuitem>Log out</guimenuitem> menu item will + end your GNOME session without asking any questions. To do so, + start the GNOME <application>Control Center</application> by + selecting <menuchoice> <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu> <guisubmenu>Startup + programs</guisubmenu> </menuchoice> and uncheck the + <guilabel>Prompt on logout</guilabel> button. <!-- Commented out + - as suggested by Drake You may also control whether changes to + your session are automatically saved using the + <guilabel>Automatically save changes to session</guilabel> + button. --> + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="lockscreen"> + <title>Locking the Screen</title> + <para> + Sometimes you may want to leave your computer with GNOME running + and not allow others to use or view your GNOME session. GNOME + allows you to do this by locking the screen, requiring a password + to unlock it. To lock your GNOME session, right click on either + end of a <interface>Panel</interface> and select + <guimenuitem>Lock screen</guimenuitem>. Alternately, if you have + the <guibutton>Lock Button</guibutton>(see <xref + linkend="lockbutton">) on a <interface>Panel</interface>, you may + just press this button to lock the screen. To unlock the screen, + just type your login password. + </para> + <note> + <title>Screensavers and the Lock Button</title> + <para> + The <guibutton>Lock screen</guibutton> button uses a feature of + the <application>xscreensaver</application> program. This is the + same program that the <application>Control Center</application> + uses to set your screensaver. In order for the <guibutton>Lock + screen</guibutton> button to work properly, you must have a + screensaver enabled in the <application>Control + Center</application>. + </para> + </note> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + + <!-- ########### Main Menu ############## --> + + <sect1 id="mainmenu"> + <title>The Main Menu</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a3"> <primary>Main Menu</primary> + </indexterm> + The footprint icon seen towards the left end of the example + <interface>Panel</interface> (see <xref + linkend="examplepanelfig">) and in <xref + linkend="main-menu-button-fig"> is the <guibutton>Main + Menu</guibutton> (yes, you guessed right, it is the footprint of + the gnome). This menu provides access to almost all GNOME + features — all the applications, configuration tools, + command line prompt, <guimenuitem>Logout</guimenuitem> and + <guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem> commands, and much more. + To access any of these items, click on the <guibutton>Main + Menu</guibutton> button. You should release the mouse after + pressing the <guibutton>Main Menu</guibutton> button so that you + can take advantage of other mouse-activated features in the + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> such as right-click pop-up menus and + drag-and-drop from the menu to the desktop or + <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + <figure id="main-menu-button-fig"> + <title>The Main Menu Button</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Main Menu Button</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/mm-button" format="png" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> You can have several <guibutton>Main + Menu</guibutton> buttons on different + <interface>Panels</interface>; all of them can be configured + independently. + </para> + + <sect2 id="globalmenu"> + <title>Global menu</title> + <para> + In addition to the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> which you get by + clicking on the foot icon, GNOME also provides a <guimenu>Global + Menu</guimenu>, which contains the same commands but is not + linked to any button. To access the <guimenu>Global + Menu</guimenu>, right-click on any empty place on the + <interface>Panel</interface>. You can also access the + <guimenu>Global Menu</guimenu> by pressing + <keycombo action=simul> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo>. (You can + change the default key for activating the <guimenu>Global + Menu</guimenu> in the <link + linkend="misctab"><guilabel>Miscellaneous</guilabel></link> tab + of the <interface><link linkend="globalpanelprefs">Global Panel + Preferences</link> dialog</interface>.) + </para> + <para> + Note that the <guimenu>Global Menu</guimenu> is configured + independently from the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, by using the + <guilabel>Menu</guilabel> tab in the <link + linkend="globalpanelprefs"><interface>Global Panel + Preferences</interface></link> dialog. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="submenus"> + <title> Components of the Main Menu</title> + <para> + The primary component of the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> is the + <guisubmenu>Programs</guisubmenu> submenu, which contains a list + of preconfigured submenus and menu items. Here you will find all + the GNOME applications, from the + <application>Gnumeric</application> spreadsheet to the + <application>Free Cell</application> game, as well as quite a + few non-GNOME ones, such as the + <application>Netscape</application> web browser and the + <application>emacs</application> text editor. In addition, the + <guisubmenu>Programs</guisubmenu> submenu also contains the + following commands: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>File Manager</guimenuitem> — launches the + GNOME graphical file manager. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Help system</guimenuitem> — launches the + <application>GNOME Help Browser</application>. The + <application>GNOME Help Browser</application> gives you access + to most of the documentation installed on your system — + not only GNOME documentation (the GNOME User's Guide, + application manuals, …), but also other types of + documentation (man pages, info pages, …). + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> In addition to the <guisubmenu>Programs</guisubmenu> + submenu, the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> also contains a + number of other submenus and useful commands. Depending on your + configuration, you may not see all of these. Also, some of them + may be shown as submenus, and others included as part of the + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, separated by horizontal lines from + the other parts. These additional submenus and commands are: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guisubmenu>Favorites</guisubmenu>. This submenu, which is + originally empty, is a place where you can put your favorite + applications for quick access. You can edit this menu using + the <application>Menu Editor</application>, which can be + accessed from the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> by choosing + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Menu editor</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. You can + also add any item from any other menu (in particular, from the + <guimenu>Programs</guimenu> menu) to the + <guisubmenu>Favorites</guisubmenu> menu by clicking on the + item with the right mouse button and selecting + <guimenuitem>Add this to Favorites menu</guimenuitem>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guisubmenu>Applets</guisubmenu>. This submenu contains all + the applets installed on your system. Selecting an applet will + add it to your <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guisubmenu>KDE menus</guisubmenu>. This shows the menus of + the K Desktop Environment (KDE) if you have it installed on + your system. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guisubmenu>AnotherLevel menus</guisubmenu> and + <guisubmenu>Debian menus</guisubmenu>. These submenus show the + default application menus for Red Hat Linux and Debian + GNU/Linux, respectively. These will only appear for users of + the particular distributions. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Panel</guimenuitem>. This submenu can be used to + change <interface>Panel</interface> properties (both for <link + linkend="panelproperties"> <interface>individual + Panels</interface></link> and <link + linkend="globalpanelprefs">global</link>, i.e. for all + <interface>Panels</interface>), <link linkend="add">add an + object</link> to the <interface>Panel</interface>, <link + linkend="panelremoving">remove the whole + <interface>Panel</interface></link>, <link + linkend="paneladd">create a new + <interface>Panel</interface></link>, or view the + <citetitle>Panel Manual</citetitle>. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Desktop</guimenuitem>— This submenu + contains <guimenuitem>Log out</guimenuitem>, which ends your + GNOME session (see <xref linkend="loggingout">), and + <guimenuitem>Lock screen</guimenuitem> (see <xref + linkend="lockscreen">). + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem id="runcommand"> + <para> + <guimenuitem>Run …</guimenuitem> — This menu item + opens the <interface>Run Program</interface> dialog for + executing shell commands (see <xref linkend="runbutton">). + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="mainmenuconfig"> + <title>Configuring the Main Menu</title> + <para> + To change the configuration of the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, + right-click on the <guibutton>Main Menu</guibutton> button + (shown in <xref linkend="main-menu-button-fig">) and select + <guimenuitem>Properties …</guimenuitem> from the pop-up + menu. This will show the <interface>Menu Properties</interface> + dialog. In this dialog, for each of the submenus of the + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> listed above + (<guisubmenu>Programs</guisubmenu>, + <guisubmenu>Favorites</guisubmenu>, …) you can choose + whether you want it to be shown as part of the <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, as a submenu, or not at all. + </para> + + + <figure> + <title>Menu Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Menu Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/mainmenu_properties" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <para> + You can also edit the contents of the + <guisubmenu>Favorites</guisubmenu> submenu (or, if you are the + system administrator, also of the + <guisubmenu>Programs</guisubmenu> submenu) using the + <application>GNOME Menu Editor</application>. To start it, + right-click on the <guibutton>Main Menu</guibutton> button and + select <guimenuitem>Edit Menus + …</guimenuitem>. Alternatively, you can start + <application>GNOME Menu Editor</application> by selecting + <menuchoice> <guisubmenu>Programs</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Menu + editor</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu> itself. + </para> + </sect2> + +<!-- Do we need it now that we have information about Global menu? + <sect2 id="kbdnav"> + <title>Keyboard Navigation in the Main Menu</title> + + <para> If you prefer, you can use the keyboard instead of the + mouse to navigate the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>. To activate + the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, press the + <keycap>Menu</keycap> key on your keyboard (if you are using a + standard PC keyboard, this key usually is located to the left of + the space bar and labelled with a picture of a menu); you can + change the default key for activating the <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu> in the <link + linkend="misctab"><guilabel>Miscellaneous</guilabel></link> tab + of the <interface><link linkend="globalpanelprefs">Global Panel + Preferences</link> dialog</interface>. Use the + <keycap>Up</keycap> and <keycap>Down</keycap> arrow keys to + move inside the menu, <keycap>Right</keycap> arrow to go to a + submenu, and <keycap>Enter</keycap> to select an item. To exit + the menu, just press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key. + </para> + </sect2> --> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ########### Menus ############## --> + <sect1 id="menus"> + <title>Menus</title> + <para> + In addition to the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, discussed in <xref + linkend="mainmenu">, you can also add "normal menus" to a + <interface>Panel</interface>. An example menu, in this case a + <guimenu>Favorites</guimenu> menu containing three application + launchers and one submenu titled <guisubmenu>Games</guisubmenu>, is + shown in <xref linkend = "example-menu-fig">. Unlike the + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, normal menus only contain whatever + launchers and submenus you place in them - no default submenus, + <guimenuitem>Run...</guimenuitem> command, etc. as the + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> has. You can also add any submenu of + your <guimenu>Favorites</guimenu> menu or the + <guimenu>Programs</guimenu> menu as a separate menu to a + <interface>Panel</interface>; to do so, bring up this submenu from + the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, right click on the submenu + title, and select <guimenuitem>Add this as menu to + panel</guimenuitem>. + </para> + <figure id="example-menu-fig"> + <title>An Example Menu</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>An Example Menu</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/example_menu" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + <sect2 id="addingmenus"> + <title>Adding a Menu to a Panel</title> <para> To learn how + to add a menu to a <interface>Panel</interface>, see <xref + linkend="add">. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="tearoff"> + <title>Tearing Off a Menu</title> + <para> + All menus in GNOME have the tear-off feature: if you left-click on + the "perforation" (thin dashed line at the top of the menu, right + above the menu title), the menu will be turned into a separate + window on your desktop, which will stay there even after you move + the mouse cursor elsewhere. This is very convenient if you will be + using the same command from some deeply nested submenu + frequently. To remove a "torn-off" menu from your desktop, click + on the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button in the window title + (its appearance and location depends on the window manager you are + using, but usually it is the rightmost button, labelled by an "x"). + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="menusconf"> + <title>Configuring a Menu</title> + <para> + You can easily change a menu name and icon (for user menus only, + not for submenus taken from the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>). To + do so, click on the menu, right-click on the menu title (at the + very top of the list, above all other items), and select + <guimenuitem>Properties…</guimenuitem> from the pop-up + menu. This will bring up the <interface>Desktop Entry + Properties</interface> dialog, quite similar to the <link + linkend="launchers"><interface>Launcher Properties</interface> + dialog</link>. + </para> + <para> To add a new item to the menu, click on the menu button, + right-click on the Menu name, and select <guimenuitem>Add new + item to this menu</guimenuitem>. This will bring up + <interface>Create Menu Item</interface> dialog, in which you can + enter the menu item name, comment, command, and type (see <xref + linkend="launchers"> for more information). To remove an item + from the menu, right-click on the item and choose + <guimenuitem>Remove this item</guimenuitem>. + </para> + <para> + Finally, a frequently asked question is "How I can change the + font and the background used by the menus?" The answer is that it + is determined by the current GTK Theme, which can be changed + using the <application>GNOME Control Center</application> by + selecting <menuchoice> <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Programs</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Settings</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Desktop</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Theme Selector</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + </para> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ########### Launchers ############## --> + <sect1 id="launchers"> + <title>Launchers</title> + <para> + Launchers are buttons which reside in your + <interface>Panel</interface> and start an application or execute a + command when clicked. A launcher can use any icon and has a + customized tooltip to display a message when the cursor is passed + over the launcher. + </para> + <para> + You can change a launcher's properties, such as the icon it uses + and its name, by right-clicking on the launcher and selecting + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> from the pop-up menu. This + brings up the <interface>Launcher properties</interface> dialog, + shown in <xref linkend="launcherpropsfig">. A similar dialog is + used when you create a new launcher (see <xref + linkend="add">). Note that internally GNOME makes no distinction + between menu items and launchers: these are just different + representations of the same thing. You can place any menu item on a + <interface>Panel</interface>, and it will appear as a + launcher. Therefore, all the information below applies equally to + launchers and menu items. + </para> + <figure id="launcherpropsfig"> + <title>Create Launcher/Launcher Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Create Launcher/Launcher Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/launcher_properties_basic" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The <interface>Laucher Properties</interface> dialog has two tabs: + <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> and <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. In + the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab, you can set: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Name</guilabel> — this is the application + name, for example, <userinput>GNOME + terminal</userinput>. This name will be used if you later + put this launcher in a menu. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> — this is a brief + explanation of what this application does, for example, + <userinput>Terminal emulation program</userinput>. This will + be used for tooltips. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Command</guilabel> — the actual command that + runs the application, for example, + <userinput>gnome-terminal</userinput>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Type</guilabel> — should be + <guilabel>Application</guilabel>; do not change it unless + you want to create something other than an application + launcher. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Icon</guilabel> — this is the icon which + will be used to represent the launcher in the + <interface>Panel</interface>. If no icon is specified, a + default icon will be used. To change the icon, just click on + it to launch the icon browser. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Run in Terminal</guilabel> — this specifies + whether the application should be run inside a terminal. If + the application doesn't create any windows on its own, check + this button. If you are unsure, leave it unchecked. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + The <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> properties tab is shown + below. It is intended for advanced users; most of the time, you + will not need to change any of these settings. + </para> + <figure id="launcheradvpropsfig"> + <title>Launcher Advanced Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Launcher Advanced Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/launcher_properties_advanced" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + In the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> tab, you can set: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Try this before using</guilabel> — you can + enter a command here, and GNOME will check if this command + can be executed. If the command cannot be successfully + executed, the launcher (or menu item) will not be shown even + if you added it to a <interface>Panel</interface> or + menu. It is mostly used by people preparing GNOME + distributions. For example, the default GNOME <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu> contains an item for the + <application>TkRat</application> e-mail program, but you + will only see this item if you have + <application>TkRat</application> installed on your system. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Documentation</guilabel> — currently not + used. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Name/Comment translations</guilabel> — here + you can set translations of the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> + and <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> to other languages. For + example, for <application>GNOME Terminal</application>, the + translations to Spanish (es) are name: <userinput>Terminal + UNIX de GNOME</userinput> and comment: <userinput>Emulador + de terminal GNOME</userinput>. This means that if a user + sets his language to Spanish during login (this can be done + by selecting the desired language from + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> menu of the <application>GNOME + Display Manager</application> when logging in) he will see + <guimenuitem>Terminal UNIX de GNOME</guimenuitem> in the + menu and <guilabel>Emulador de terminal GNOME</guilabel> as + the tooltip. The actual command that runs the terminal is + unchanged. + </para> + <para> + To add a new translation, enter the language 2-letter code + and translations of <guilabel>Name</guilabel> and + <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> fields in the empty fields + under the list of current translations, and press the + <guibutton>Add/Set</guibutton> button. To change one of + existing translations, select the row from the list, edit + the fields you want to change, and press the + <guibutton>Add/Set</guibutton> button. To remove one of + existing translations, select it in the list and press the + <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button. + </para> + <para> + You can find the list of all languages supported by GNOME + along with their 2-letter codes in <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gnomefaq/html/x867.html">GNOME + Frequently Asked Questions</ulink>. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para> + All of the changes you make in the <interface>Launcher + Properties</interface> dialog will take effect when you press + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> or + <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pressing <guibutton>OK</guibutton> + closes the dialog; pressing <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> will + allow you to continue editing. + </para> + + </sect1> + + +<!-- ########### Applets ############## --> + <sect1 id="applets"> + <title>Applets</title> + <para> + Applets are GNOME applications which reside in a + <interface>Panel</interface>. An applet's appearance typically + reveals the state of the applet or other information. Applets often + have buttons, sliders, entries, or other methods to allow you to + control their behavior. + </para> + <figure id="example-applets-fig"> + <title>Example Applets</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Example Applets</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/panel_applets" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + Some example applets are shown above(see <xref + linkend="example-applets-fig">). At the very left is the + <application>Mixer Applet</application> which allows you to change + the volume level and mute the sound. Next is the<application>Sound + Monitor Applet</application>, which displays the current volume of + sound being played and allows you to control various sound + features. The third applet is the <application>GTCD + Applet</application>, a CD player which has all its controls + available in the applet and displays the track and time.The next + applet is the <application>Drive Mount Applet</application>, used + to mount and unmount drives with a single click of the mouse. This + is followed by the <application>Desk-Guide Applet</application> + which shows you your desktops and the applications which are + running on them. The last applet shown is the <application>Tasklist + Applet</application> which allows you to control certain aspects of + each application or window which is open. + </para> + <para> + GNOME has many useful applets. Just right click on a + <interface>Panel</interface> and add some applets to your + <interface>Panel</interface> to find out which applets are + available and which ones are best for you. Right click on each + applet to see a menu listing various commands and operations the + applet can do and to access the documentation for the applet. + </para> + + </sect1> + + +<!-- ########### Drawers ############## --> + <sect1 id="drawers"> + <title>Drawers</title> + <para> + The simplest way to think about a drawer is that it is a container + to store things. Typically one may use a drawer to hold multiple + launchers which are related to each other in some way, such as the + various applications in GNOME Office. The drawers in the GNOME + <interface>Panel</interface> take this one step further by making a + drawer an actual extension of the <interface>Panel</interface> + itself. Thus, a drawer is a collapsible branch of an existing + <interface>Panel</interface>. It can contain anything that a + <interface>Panel</interface> can, including launchers, applets, and + other drawers. + </para> + <figure> + <title>An open Drawer</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>An open Drawer</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/drawer_open" format="png" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + Once you have placed a drawer on a <interface>Panel</interface>, + you may click on it to "open" the drawer, revealing its contents. + You may then add items to the drawer in the same way you would add + items to a <interface>Panel</interface>, right clicking on the end + of the drawer with the arrow to open the <link + linkend="globalmenu"><interface>Global Menu</interface></link>. + You can close the drawer by clicking on its icon again or by + clicking on the arrow at its end. + </para> + <para> + You can configure a drawer's properties by right clicking on the + drawer's icon and selecting + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem>. This brings up the + <interface>Drawer Properties</interface> dialog. Here you can + select the icon used for the drawer by clicking on the icon. A + tooltip may be entered by typing in the + <guilabel>Tooltip/Name</guilabel> entry. This tooltip will be + displayed whenever the mouse is moved over the drawer to remind you + what is inside. One may also select whether the <guibutton>hide + button</guibutton> and arrow are displayed at the end of the drawer. + </para> + <figure> + <title>Drawer Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Drawer Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/drawer_properties" format="png" + srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + You may also control the background color or image of the + drawer. Just right click on the drawer and select + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> to open the + <interface>Drawer Properties</interface> dialog. Then select the + <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tab to bring up the + <interface>Panel Background Dialog</interface> (see <xref + linkend="panelbacktab">). + </para> + + </sect1> + + + +<!-- ########### Special Panel Objects ############## --> + <sect1 id="specialobjects"> + <title>Special Panel Objects</title> + <para> + There are several special Panel objects which are not considered + menus, applets, or launchers. These special objects are described + below. + </para> + <sect2 id="lockbutton"> + <title>The Lock Button</title> + <figure> + <title>The Lock Button</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Lock Button</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/panel_lockbut" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The <guibutton>Lock Button</guibutton> is a + <interface>Panel</interface> button which starts a screensaver + which locks the screen. In order to remove the screensaver and + access the GNOME session again, you must supply your password. + For more information on locking the screen, see <xref + linkend="lockscreen">. + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="logoutbutton"> + <title>The Logout Button</title> + <figure id="logoutbuttonfig"> + <title>The Logout Button</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Logout Button</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/panel_logoutbut" + format="png" srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The <guibutton>Logout</guibutton> button is used to exit the GNOME + desktop environment. It initiates the logout sequence, bringing + up the <interface>Logout Dialog</interface>, as described in <xref + linkend="loggingout">. + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="runbutton"> + <title>The Run Button</title> + <figure id="runbuttonfig"> + <title>The Run Button</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Run Button</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/panel_runbutton" + format="png" srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button opens the <interface>Run + Program</interface> dialog, shown in <xref + linkend="runprogramdialog-fig">. This gives you access to the + command line prompt. It is not a full-blown shell, so it is not a + replacement for <application>GNOME terminal</application>, but it + is very convenient when you need to enter just one command + quickly. You can also open the <interface>Run Program</interface> + dialog by using a keyboard shortcut. The default keyboard + shortcut is + <keycombo action=simul> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + but you can change this in the <link + linkend="misctab"><guilabel>Miscellaneous</guilabel></link> tab of + the <interface><link linkend="globalpanelprefs">Global Panel + Preferences</link> dialog</interface>. + </para> + <figure id="runprogramdialog-fig"> + <title>The Run Program Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Run Program Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/panel_runprogram" + format="png" srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The command entry has a history buffer which allows you to execute + a previously entered command by pressing the <guiicon>down + arrow</guiicon> icon located to the right of the text field and + selecting the command. It also has a + <guibutton>Browse…</guibutton> button, which allows you to + choose a file — this filename will be appended to the end of + your command. For example, you can enter + <userinput>emacs</userinput> (an extremely powerful text editor) + on the command line and then use the + <guibutton>Browse…</guibutton> button to select the file to + be edited. + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="swallowedapps"> + <title>Swallowed Applications</title> + <para> + You can run many applications which are not applets inside the + <interface>Panel</interface> as if they were applets. + Applications which you pull into the <interface>Panel</interface>, + even though they are not GNOME applets, are called "swallowed + applications". Applications do not have to be GNOME-compliant to + be swallowed. In general, the only constraints for swallowing an + application are that the application must be small enough to fit + in your <interface>Panel</interface> and you must know the title + of the window you would like to swallow. In many cases, the + application can be automatically shrank to fit in the + <interface>Panel</interface>, as specified in the + <interface>Create Swallowed Application Dialog</interface>. If + the application is not small enough to fit in the + <interface>Panel</interface>, the <interface>Panel</interface> + will generally grow to allow the application to fit. + </para> + <figure id="swallappfig"> + <title>Create Swallowed Application Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Create Swallowed Application Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/panel_swallow" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The <guilabel>Title of application to swallow</guilabel> is the + window title, typically displayed on the top left edge of the + window. (Note that the window title is case sensitive.) The + <guilabel>Width</guilabel> and <guilabel>Height</guilabel> + determine the size of the swallowed application in the + <interface>Panel</interface> in pixels. + </para> + <para> + If you leave the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> field empty, this + dialog will create an empty window of given size on the panel + which will sit there waiting for a window with the given title to + appear on your desktop. As soon such a window appears (for + example, when you choose appropriate item in the menu), it will be + swallowed. + </para> + <para> + You can also enter any command in the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> + field; this command will be executed before trying to swallowing + the window to the <interface>Panel</interface> (and each time the + <interface>Panel</interface> is restarted afterwards). This is + normally used to start an application which you want the + <interface>Panel</interface> to swallow. + </para> + + </sect2> + <sect2 id="statusdock"> + <title>Status Dock</title> + <para> + The <interface>status dock</interface> is a + <interface>Panel</interface> object which can hold status docklets + — small windows which applications place in the + <interface>status dock</interface> to provide status information. + Status docklets can also be used to control the + application. Essentially, docklets are small (both in size and in + complexity) applets. GNOME currently does not have many + applications which place status docklets in the <interface>status + dock</interface>. However, GNOME's <interface>status + dock</interface> is compatible with that of the K Desktop + Environment (KDE), so KDE applications, such as + <application>kscd</application>, may place status docklets in + GNOME's <interface>status dock</interface>. Future versions of + GNOME applications will make use of this recently added + <interface>Panel</interface> object. + </para> + <figure id="statusdockfig"> + <title>Example Status Dock With Docklet</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Example Status Dock With Docklet</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/status_dock" format="png" + srccredit="lebl"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + The above example shows the <interface>status dock</interface> + with a status docklet from the <application>kscd</application> CD + player program. This particular docklet is used to open and close + the main <application>kscd</application> window without ending the + program. + </para> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + +<!-- ####### Adding, Moving, and Removing Panel Objects ########## --> + <sect1 id="appletadd"> + <title>Adding, Moving, and Removing Panel Objects</title> + <sect2 id="moving"> + <title>Moving objects</title> + <para> + To move any object in a <interface>Panel</interface> to a + different location, just hold down the middle mouse button and + drag it to the new location. Or, you can right-click on it and + choose <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>, then move the mouse to + the new location and press any mouse button to anchor it in its + new position. You can move it to a different location on the same + <interface>Panel</interface>, or to a different + <interface>Panel</interface>. If in the course of this + movement it hits other objects, the behavior depends on the + global preferences (see <xref linkend="appletstab">): the + object you are moving can switch places with other objects, + "push" all objects it meets, or "jump" over all other objects + without disturbing them. You can also override the default + behavior by holding the <keycap>Shift</keycap> button (for + "push" mode), the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> button (for "switched" + mode), or the <keycap>Alt</keycap> button (for "free" mode, + i.e. jumping other objects without disturbing them) while + moving the object. + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="remove"> + <title>Removing objects from the Panel</title> + <para> + To remove an object from a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on it and choose <guimenuitem>Remove from + panel</guimenuitem> from the pop-up menu. + </para> + </sect2> + + + <sect2 id="add"> + <title>Adding objects to the panel</title> + <para> + By default, the GNOME <interface>Panel</interface> contains + only a few basic objects, such as the <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>. However, there are many + <interface>Panel</interface> objects you can + add to it. For example, every menu item in the <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu> or its submenus can be added to a + <interface>Panel</interface> as an + application launcher. GNOME also has many applets + that can be added to a <interface>Panel</interface>, ranging from + <application>Printer Applet</application>, which prints files + which you drag and drop onto the applet, to + <application>Wanda the Fish</application>. There are many + additional GNOME applets and applications available on the + Internet. + </para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> <emphasis>Applets</emphasis></term> + <listitem> + <para> + To add an applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the <interface>Panel</interface> and select + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Add + to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. This + will show you a + menu of all the applets on your system, divided into + categories; choosing any applet from this menu will + add it to the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + + <varlistentry> + <term> <emphasis>Application launchers</emphasis></term> + <listitem> + <para> + To create a new application launcher, right-click on + the <interface>Panel</interface> and select + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Add + to panel</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Launcher</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. + This will open the <interface>Create Launcher + dialog</interface>, shown below. In this dialog you + should enter a name for your launcher, a comment, and + the command line to launch the application. This + dialog is virtually identical to <interface>Launcher + Properties</interface> dialog. See <xref + linkend="launchers"> for a more detailed description. + </para> + <figure> + <title>The Create launcher dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Create launcher dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/create_launcher" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + You can also add any application in the <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu> or application launcher on your + desktop to a <interface>Panel</interface>. + To do so, use the first mouse button to drag the object + onto the <interface>Panel</interface>. Be + careful to drop it in an empty space on the + <interface>Panel</interface> and + not on any existing object: for example, if you drop + it on the <interface>Printer Applet</interface>, it + will be printed. You can also right-click on an item + in the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> + and select <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to + panel</guimenuitem>. After this, you can change any + options for that launcher by clicking on it with the + right mouse button and selecting + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> <emphasis>Menus</emphasis></term> + <listitem> + <para> + To add a menu, right-click on the + <interface>Panel</interface> and select + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> <guisubmenu>Add + to panel</guisubmenu> <guisubmenu>Menu</guisubmenu> + </menuchoice>. This gives you a choice of the <guimenu>Main + menu</guimenu>, <guimenu>Programs menu</guimenu>, and + <guimenu>Favorites menu</guimenu>. + </para> + <para> + You can also add the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> or + any its submenu as a new menu to the + <interface>Panel</interface> by + right-clicking on the menu title (the top line of the + menu, separated from menu items by a thin line) and + selecting <guimenuitem>Add this as a menu to the + panel</guimenuitem>. + </para> + <note> + <title>Creating Menus By Hand</title> + <para> + Advanced users can also create new menus + manually. To do so, you need to know that internally, + GNOME represents a menu by a directory, with menu items + presented by files of special type + (<filename>.desktop</filename> files — these files + also represent the application launchers), and submenus + presented by subdirectories. For example, the + <guimenu>Favorites</guimenu> menu corresponds to the + directory <filename>~/.gnome/apps</filename> (where + <filename>~</filename> denotes your home directory), and + the <guimenu>Programs</guimenu> menu corresponds to the + directory + <filename>/usr/share/gnome/apps</filename>. Thus, you + can create a new directory, using the GNOME File + Manager, drag and drop there any + <filename>.desktop</filename> files from any other + directories you might have (for example, from + <filename>/usr/share/gnome/apps</filename>) or from the + desktop, and then drag and drop this directory from the + File Manager window to the + <interface>Panel</interface>. This will add this + directory as a menu to the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </note> + <para> + After you have added a menu to your + <interface>Panel</interface> using any of the methods + described above, you can modify its properties (for + example, add new items to this menu or change the icon + used by the menu), as described in <xref + linkend="menus">. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term> <emphasis>Drawers</emphasis></term> + <listitem> + <para> + To add a new empty drawer, select + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Drawer</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. Then + right-click on the drawer and select + <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> to change its + properties (for example, the icon it uses). You can + add new items to this drawer in the same way as you + add items to a <interface>Panel</interface>: all the + methods for adding new objects to the + <interface>Panel</interface> described in this section + will also work for adding new items to a drawer. + </para> + <para> + You can also add the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> or any + of its submenus to the <interface>Panel</interface> as a + drawer by right-clicking on the menu title and selecting + <guimenuitem>Add this as drawer to + panel</guimenuitem>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> <emphasis>Swallowed application</emphasis></term> + <listitem> + <para>To add a swallowed application to your + <interface>Panel</interface>, select + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Swallowed + app</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. This will + open the <interface>Create Swallowed + Application</interface> dialog. For detailed information + on using this dialog, see <xref + linkend="swallowedapps">. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + + + +<!-- ########### Creating, Moving, and Removing Panels ########### --> + <sect1 id="panelmove"> + <title>Creating, Moving, and Removing Panels</title> + <sect2 id="paneladd"> + <title>Creating new panels</title> + <para> + To add a new <interface>Panel</interface> to your desktop, + select + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Create + panel</guisubmenu></menuchoice> from the <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>. Choose from the following + <interface>Panel</interface> types: + </para> + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Menu Panel</guilabel> — The <interface>Menu + Panel</interface> is a special <interface>Panel</interface> + which is always placed at the top of your screen and + contains several pull-down menus. These are + <guimenu>Programs</guimenu>, <guimenu>Favorites</guimenu>, + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>, <guimenu>Desktop</guimenu>, and + a special menu which provides quick access to GNOME-related + Internet resources (look for the bullet hole icon). This + <interface>Panel</interface> can also hold the other objects + which other <interface>Panel</interface>s can hold, but it + does not have the configuration properties which other + <interface>Panel</interface>s have. Note that the + <interface>Menu Panel</interface> is more restrictive than + other <interface>Panel</interface>s, and some normal + <interface>Panel</interface> operations, such as moving the + <interface>Panel</interface>, cannot be performed on it. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Edge Panel</guilabel> — An <interface>Edge + Panel</interface> is exactly like the main + <interface>Panel</interface> that starts up with GNOME; it + stretches along the whole length of one of screen edges. By + selecting this type of <interface>Panel</interface>, you + may add a new <interface>Panel</interface> to another edge + of your screen to give yourself more functionality. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Aligned Panel</guilabel> — An + <interface>Aligned Panel</interface> is also positioned + along one of the screen edges. But unlike an <interface>Edge + Panel</interface>, an <interface>Aligned Panel</interface> + will not stretch across the entire edge of the screen it is + on; It will only stretch as much as necessary to display + the icons and applets it contains. It can be positioned + either at one of the corners (in this case, it will stretch + towards the opposite corner) or at the center of the edge + (in this case, it will stretch in both directions, + automatically recentering when you add new objects). + </para> + <para> + If an <interface>Aligned Panel</interface> is aligned with + one of the corners, the hide buttons will work slightly + differently than for an <interface>Edge Panel</interface>. + The hide button closest to the edge of your screen will hide + the <interface>Panel</interface> as usual but the other hide + button will send the whole <interface>Panel</interface> to + the opposite corner. When the latter move is made it will + not hide the <interface>Panel</interface> since it is + changing the side of the screen it resides on. If you want + to hide it you will have to press the hide button once again. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Sliding Panel</guilabel> — A + <interface>Sliding Panel</interface> is very similar to an + <interface>Aligned Panel</interface>, but can be placed + anywhere along the screen edge, not necessarily in one of + the corners or in the center. As you add objects, it will + only grow in one direction — it won't automatically + recenter. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Floating Panel</guilabel> — A + <interface>Floating Panel</interface> can be placed anywhere + on your screen, not necessarily along one of the edges. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <tip> + <title>Changing Panel Type</title> + <para> + You can also change type of existing panel — for example, + convert edge panel to a floating panel, see <xref + linkend="panelproperties">. + </para> + </tip> + + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="panelmoving"> + <title>Moving Panels</title> + <para> + Any <interface>Panel</interface> you have on your desktop(except + a <interface>Menu Panel</interface>) can be + moved by pressing the middle mouse button, or by simultaneously + pressing the left and right mouse buttons, while dragging the + <interface>Panel</interface> to + the desired position on your screen. If you do not have a middle + mouse button and did not configure your mouse to emulate a + middle button you may also move a <interface>Panel</interface> + by changing its location in the <interface>Panel + properties</interface> dialog. You can read more about this in + <xref linkend="panelproperties"> of this documentation. + </para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="panelremoving"> + <title>Removing Panels</title> + <para> + To remove an existing <interface>Panel</interface>, right-click + on it and choose + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Remove + this panel</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. If the + <interface>Panel</interface> is not empty, you will be prompted + to confirm. + </para> + <note> + <title>Removing Your Only Panel</title> + <para> + You must have at least one <interface>Panel</interface> + running at all times. GNOME will not allow you to remove your + only <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </note> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + +<!-- ############### Global Panel Preferences ################## --> + <sect1 id="globalpanelprefs"> + <title>Global Panel Preferences</title> + <para> + To start configure the behavior of all of your + <interface>Panel</interface>s, select + <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> <guisubmenu>Global + Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> from the <link + linkend="mainmenu"><guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu></link>. + </para> + <para> + This will open the <interface>Global Panel + Preferences</interface> dialog. (This dialog is a + component of the <application>GNOME Control + Center</application>). With this dialog you can control many + properties shared by all of your <interface>Panel</interface>s. + <figure> + <title>The Global Panel Configuration Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>The Global Panel Configuration Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/glob_pref_anim" + format="png" srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + </para> + <para> + The <interface>Global Panel Configuration</interface> dialog + contains the following five tabs: + <guilabel>Animation</guilabel>, <guilabel>Buttons</guilabel>, + <guilabel>Panel Objects</guilabel>, <guilabel>Menu</guilabel>, and + <guilabel>Miscellaneous</guilabel>. Each of these tabs is + explained below. + </para> + <sect2 id="animtab"> + <title>Animation Tab</title> + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Enable animations</guilabel> — This allows + <interface>Panel</interface>s and drawers to animate as the + hide and unhide. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Constant speed animations</guilabel> — By + default, the animations start slowly, but then accelerate. If + you enable this option, the animations will not use any + acceleration. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>[Animation speed] Auto hide</guilabel> — This + controls the speed of animation for any + <interface>Panel</interface> which is set to hide automatically + when the mouse leaves the <interface>Panel</interface>. The + slowest setting is 1, and the fastest is 100. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>[Animation speed] Explicit hide</guilabel> — This + controls the hide speed when you press a <interface>Panel</interface>'s + <guibutton>Hide Button</guibutton>. The slowest setting is 1, + and the fastest is 100. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>[Animation speed] Drawer sliding</guilabel> — + This controls how fast a drawer menu will raise when you + press a drawer button on a <interface>Panel</interface>. The + slowest setting is 1, and the fastest is 100. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>[Auto hide] Delay (ms)</guilabel> — If you have + a <interface>Panel</interface> set to minimize automatically + after the mouse leaves the <interface>Panel</interface> + this will allow you to control how much time passes before it + minimizes. The <interface>Panel</interface> + will start the time count once the mouse is no longer over + it. It will appear again when the mouse is passed over the + portion of the <interface>Panel</interface> that remains + visible. This time is measured in milliseconds. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>[Auto hide] Size (pixels)</guilabel> — + This determines the number of pixels that show when a + <interface>Panel</interface> is minimized, for any + <interface>Panel</interface> which is set to hide automatically. + To maximize the <interface>Panel</interface>, the pointer must + enter the <interface>Panel</interface> area. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="launchtab"> + <title>Buttons Tab</title> + <para> + In this section, you can set the + appearance of the various types of buttons: launcher buttons, menu + buttons, drawer buttons, and special buttons(such as the <link + linkend="logoutbutton">Logout Button</link> and the <link + linkend="lockbutton">Lock Button</link>). + </para> + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Button Type</guilabel> — Select the type of + button you wish to configure. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Tiles enabled</guilabel> — This checkbox will + enable background tiles for buttons of the given type on the + <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Normal tile</guilabel> — This shows the image + used for the tile in the up position (inactive, not + pressed). To choose another image file, just click on the + image, and it will launch the icon browser. Tiles must be + enabled to access this option. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Clicked tile</guilabel> — This shows the image + used for the tile in the down position (active, pressed). To + choose another image file, just press on the image, and it will + launch the icon browser. Tiles must be enabled to access this + option. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Border width (tile only)</guilabel> — This + determines the width of the border around an icon. For example, + if you set border width equal to 5, this will ensure that at + least 5 pixels of the tile will be shown on every side of the + icon; if necessary, the icon will be cropped. This is very + useful if you have an icon that would normally cover up a tile. + Tiles must be enabled to access this option. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Depth (displacement when pressed)</guilabel> — + This determines the depth an icon will displace when + pressed. Tiles must be enabled to access this option. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para> + This tab also contains 3 options which affect all types + of buttons simultaneously: + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Make buttons flush with panel edge</guilabel> + — This allows you to align the button with + the edge of the <interface>Panel</interface>. If this + option is not set then the border width setting is obeyed. + By default this option is off. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Show button tiles only when cursor is over + the button</guilabel> — If this option is enabled, the + tiles will only appear when mouse cursor is over the button. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Prelight buttons on mouseover</guilabel> + — Choosing this option will make the buttons + brighten up when the mouse cursor is over them. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="appletstab"> + <title>Panel objects Tab</title> + <para> + This tab shows some options related to the placement and moving + of objects on the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Default movement mode</guilabel> — Here + you can choose the default mode for moving objects on + the <interface>Panel</interface>. Possible variants are + </para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>Switched</emphasis> — + When the object you are moving hits another object, + they switch places. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>Free</emphasis> — When + the object you are moving hits another object, it + "jumps" over it, so no other object is disturbed. + This is a convenient option if you like the + current arrangement of objects on your + <interface>Panel</interface> and want to leave the + other objects in place. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <emphasis>Push</emphasis> — The object you are + moving pushes all other objects in front of it, like + a snow plow. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para> + You can override the default movement mode by dragging + an object while holding <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> (for + switched movement), <keycap>Alt</keycap> (for free + movement), or <keycap>Shift</keycap> (for push movement) + button pressed. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Padding</guilabel> — This changes + the amount of space (padding) between objects on the + <interface>Panel</interface>. It is measured in pixels. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="menutab"> + <title>Menu Tab</title> + <para> + In this tab, you can set the options determining the + appearance of <interface>Panel</interface> menus. + </para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Use large icons</guilabel> — This will use + large icons (rather than the default size) in menus. This is only + practical for those with high resolution screens (1280x1024 and + higher). + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Show [...] buttons</guilabel> — This will add + small buttons labelled by three dots (...) to all the items of + the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>. Clicking on such a button + with the left mouse button will bring the + <guimenu>pop-up</guimenu> menu for this item, i.e. the same + menu which you get by clicking on the menu item with the right + mouse button. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Show popup menus outside of panels</guilabel> — + When this button is on, it allows pop-up menus to appear away + from the <interface>Panel</interface>. When toggled off, the + pop-ups will appear over the <interface>Panel</interface>. This + can be useful on smaller screens or cluttered desktops. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Keep menus in memory</guilabel> — This will + keep your menus in memory so that they do not rescan for added + items. This can increase the speed of GNOME, but may also + result in you missing new items added to your menu. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Global menu</guilabel> — This + allows you to configure the <link linkend="globalmenu"> + <guimenu>Global Menu</guimenu></link> + which you get by right-clicking on a + <interface>Panel</interface>, or by using + the keyboard shortcut. For each of the possible submenus + (<guisubmenu>Programs</guisubmenu>, + <guisubmenu>Favorites</guisubmenu>, etc.), you can choose + whether it should be included as a part of the <guimenu>Global + Menu</guimenu>, as a submenu, or not included at all. A + description of these submenus is given in <xref + linkend="submenus">. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="misctab"> + <title>Miscellaneous Tab</title> + <para> + The <guilabel>Miscellaneous</guilabel> tab contains options for various + customizable behavior that didn't fit anywhere else. + </para> + + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Tooltips enabled</guilabel> — This option + defines whether GNOME should show a tooltip when the + pointer pauses on a <interface>Panel</interface> item. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Close drawer if a launcher inside it is + pressed</guilabel> — By default drawers will remain open + when you select an item within one. This can be annoying as the + drawer will remain open until you close it with a mouse + click. With this option selected drawers will close + automatically when you select any item within one. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Raise panels on mouse-over</guilabel> — If you + are using a window manager that is not GNOME compliant it will + not understand its relationship with the + <interface>Panel</interface>. This can cause + your <interface>Panel</interface> to be covered by + applications. If you enable this feature you can have the + <interface>Panel</interface> automatically raise when your + mouse is over it. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Keep panel below windows</guilabel> — If you + are using a GNOME compliant window manager, the window manager + will understand its relationship with the + <interface>Panel</interface>. If you choose + this feature the window manager and GNOME will allow + applications to appear over the + <interface>Panel</interface>. This can be useful on + smaller screens. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Confirm removal of panels with a + dialog</guilabel> — If this option is enabled, + GNOME will ask for confirmation before removing a + <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para> + This tab also allows you to configure some global key + bindings. You can define key bindings for the <link + linkend="globalmenu"><guimenu>Global Menu</guimenu></link>(ie. + <guimenu>Popup Menu</guimenu>) and + for the <link linkend="runbutton"><interface>Run + Program</interface></link> dialog. (The default key bindings for + these are + <keycombo action=simul> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + and + <keycombo action=simul> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + respectively.) To + change these key bindings, select a key from the drop-down list + or press the <guibutton>Grab key…</guibutton> button and then + press the desired key. + </para> + <note> + <title>Using the Menu and Window keys</title> + <para> + You should be able to use the special <keycap>Menu</keycap> + and <keycap>Windows</keycap> keys for keybindings. If you + have problems with using these keys, the most probable reason + is that your X server was incorrectly configured: the + keyboard type chosen during installation does not match + your actual keyboard. If you are using + <application>XFree86</application> server, you can fix it by + manually editing the configuration file. This file, named + <filename>XF86Config</filename>, is usually located in + the <filename class="directory">/etc</filename> or <filename + class="directory">/etc/X11</filename> + directory. Open this file with any text editor (not a + word-processor!) and find the line containing the word + <literal>XkbModel</literal>. Change it to read + <programlisting> + XkbModel "pc104" + </programlisting> + You must be root (system administrator) to do this. Now, + logout of GNOME and restart the X server by simultaneously + pressing <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Backspace</keycap> </keycombo>. + </para> + </note> + <warning> + <title>Use Caution When Editing XF86Config</title> + <para> + Making a mistake while editing the <filename>XF86Config</filename> + file can make your keyboard or screen unusable in X + Windows. Before editing this file, you should make a backup copy of + it and make sure you know how to restore it from the backup file + without using X Windows or GNOME, i.e., from a terminal. If + you don't know how to do this, then do not edit this file. + </para> + </warning> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + + +<!-- ############### Individual Panel Properties ################ --> + + <sect1 id="panelproperties"> + <title>Individual Panel Properties</title> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a62"> <primary>Panel</primary> + <secondary>Individual Panel Properties</secondary> + </indexterm> + <indexterm id="idx-a63"> + <primary>Panel</primary> <secondary>properties</secondary> + </indexterm> + In addition to global Panel properties, described in <xref + linkend="globalpanelprefs">, some properties can be configured + individually for each <interface>Panel</interface>. This + includes <interface>Panel</interface> type (Edge, + Aligned, Sliding, Floating), size, location, background color, + and hiding preferences. To change these properties for a + <interface>Panel</interface>, + click on it with the right mouse button and select + <menuchoice><guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Properties</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. You may also + press the <guibutton>Main Menu</guibutton> button and select + <menuchoice><guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guisubmenu>Properties</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. + </para> + <para> + From the <guisubmenu>Properties</guisubmenu> submenu, you can + choose <guimenuitem>All properties...</guimenuitem>, which will + launch the <interface>Panel properties</interface> dialog. If you + are already familiar with this dialog, you can more quickly + change some of the properties — say, + <interface>Panel</interface> size or type + — by selecting the appropriate item in the + <guisubmenu>Properties</guisubmenu> menu. + </para> + <para> + The <interface>Panel properties</interface> dialog contains two + tabs to help you set the active <interface>Panel</interface> + properties: <guilabel>Edge + Panel</guilabel> (or <guilabel>Aligned</guilabel>, … - + depending on your <interface>Panel</interface> type) and + <guilabel>Background</guilabel>. Both of these tabs are explained + below. + </para> + + <sect2 id="edgetab"> + <title>Edge Panel Tab</title> + <figure> + <title>Panel Edge Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Panel Edge Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/panel_props_edge" + format="png" srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Panel Position</guilabel> — This changes + the position of the <interface>Panel</interface> on the screen. For + <interface>Edge Panel</interface>, you must specify an + edge (<guilabel>Top</guilabel>, + <guilabel>Right</guilabel>, <guilabel>Left</guilabel> or + <guilabel>Bottom</guilabel>). For <interface>Aligned + Panel</interface>, you have to specify an edge and one of + the edge's ends or the center. For <interface>Sliding + Panel</interface>, you must specify the edge and offset + from one of the corners (in pixels). Finally, for + <interface>Floating Panel</interface> you must specify + orientation (horizontal or vertical) and position of + <interface>Panel</interface>'s left top corner (relative + to the left top corner of the screen and measured in pixels). + </para> + <para> + The <interface>Panel</interface> will change position once + you have pressed the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> or + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. + </para> + <tip> + <title>Manually Moving a Panel</title> + <para> + You can also change <interface>Panel</interface> + position by dragging it with the middle mouse button to + the new location. + </para> + </tip> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Panel size</guilabel> — Here you can + choose the <interface>Panel</interface> width. The default + size is 48 pixels, which is + also the default size of icons used by GNOME. Users with low + screen resolution might want to decrease the + <interface>Panel</interface> size to + free some screen space; conversely, users with high + resolution displays may try using larger + <interface>Panel</interface> sizes. + </para> + <para> + Changing <interface>Panel</interface> size automatically + resizes all the icons on this <interface>Panel</interface>, + which can lead to some quality loss. Also, + the <interface>Panel</interface> will ask all the applets to resize + themselves. Most of the applets will comply; however, if + some applets do not obey this request, then the + <interface>Panel</interface> will resize itself so that it + can fit all the applets. + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a64"> <primary>Panel</primary> + <secondary>Auto-hide</secondary> + </indexterm> + <guilabel>Hiding</guilabel> — In this section, you + can choose whether you want to <guilabel>Enable + Auto-hide</guilabel> — that is, have the + <interface>Panel</interface> automatically hide when + the mouse is not over the <interface>Panel</interface>. The + autohide parameters + can be configured in the <link linkend="animtab">Global + Preferences dialog</link>. If you choose to auto-hide, you + might want to disable the hide buttons here as well. You + may also disable the hide button arrows graphics on the + hide buttons. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="panelbacktab"> + <title>Background Tab</title> + <indexterm id="idx-a65"> + <primary>Panel</primary> <secondary>Background</secondary> + </indexterm> + + <figure> + <title>Panel Background Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Panel Background Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/panel_props_back" + format="png" srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + + + <para> + These options allow you to change the background of the + <interface>Panel</interface> + itself. You may choose, if you wish, to have the + <guilabel>Standard</guilabel>, <guilabel>Pixmap</guilabel>, or + <guilabel>Color</guilabel> background. The standard look for + the <interface>Panel</interface> is determined by the GTK theme + you are running at the + time (you can configure the GTK theme using the + <application>GNOME Control Center</application>). The + <guilabel>Pixmap</guilabel> option allows you to choose an + image to tile or scale to the <interface>Panel</interface>. The + <guilabel>Color</guilabel> option allows you to specify a + particular color for the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Color to use</guilabel> — If you choose to have + your <interface>Panel</interface> one color, this button will + launch a dialog which allows you to specify which color to use. + </para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Image</guilabel> — If you wish to have a + <guilabel>Pixmap</guilabel> + for the background of your <interface>Panel</interface>, this + section of the dialog allows you to choose which image to use. + If you press the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button, you can + search for the file you want to use. The current filename is + shown to the left of this button. The window above it shows you + the preview of this background. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + + <tip> + <title>Drag and Drop With Images</title> + <para> + An easier way to change the background of your + <interface>Panel</interface> is to + drag and drop an image file from the <application>GNOME + File Manager</application> onto the + <interface>Panel</interface>. This will automatically + change the background of the <interface>Panel</interface> to + that image. + </para> + </tip> + + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Don't scale image to fit</guilabel> — If this + button is checked, the background image will be tiled to cover + the <interface>Panel</interface>, rather than scaled. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Scale image (keep proportions)</guilabel> — If + this button is checked, the background image will be scaled as + much as possible preserving image's proportions, and then the + scaled image will be used to tile the + <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Stretch image (change proportions)</guilabel> — + If this button is checked, the background image will be + stretched in both dimensions to the size of the + <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guilabel>Rotate image for vertical panel</guilabel> — If + this button is checked, the image will be rotated when you + change <interface>Panel</interface> orientation + (horizontal/vertical). + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </sect2> + + </sect1> + +<!-- ############### Current Bugs and Limitations ############### --> + +<sect1 id="panelbugs"> + + <title>Current bugs and limitations</title> + <para> + Most of the things here are not really bugs; rather, they + describe situations when the <interface>Panel</interface>'s + behavior is not what you would expect. + </para> + + <para> + You cannot place an ordinary file or directory on the + <interface>Panel</interface>. If you try to drag and drop a file + from the File Manager window to the + <interface>Panel</interface>, it won't work. The only type of + file that can be placed on the <interface>Panel</interface> are + <filename>.desktop</filename> + files, which describe launchers (and + <filename>.kdelnk</filename> files, which describe launchers in + the format used by K Desktop Environment); any directory dropped on the + <interface>Panel</interface> will be interpreted as a menu + — that is, all the + files other than <filename>.desktop</filename> files will be + ignored. + </para> + + <para> + Editing menus other than the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> + is rather confusing. <application>Menu Editor</application> at + the moment cannot be used for this, and the + <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> item of the right-click + menu is not too helpful either - for example, it doesn't allow + one to change the menu's icon (see <xref linkend="menusconf"> for + instructions for doing this). This will be improved in the next + release. + </para> + + <para> + The <guimenu>Global Menu</guimenu> (which you get by + pressing the + <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> key + on the keyboard or by + right-clicking on the <interface>Panel</interface>), and the + <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu> (which you get by clicking on the foot icon) + are configured separately. The reason is that you + can have several <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> buttons on + different <interface>Panel</interface>s. + </para> + + <para> + The <guibutton>Screen Lock</guibutton> button does not lock the + screen if <guilabel>No Screensaver</guilabel> is set in the + <application>GNOME Control Center</application>. + </para> + + <para> + The only way of changing a <interface>Panel</interface>'s type + (Edge, Aligned, etc.) + is by choosing <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> <guisubmenu>Properties</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Type</guisubmenu> </menuchoice> from the + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> or <guimenu>Global Menu</guimenu>: + you can not change <interface>Panel</interface> type in the + <interface>Panel Properties</interface> dialog. Conversely, + <menuchoice> <guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Properties</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Background type</guisubmenu></menuchoice> allows + you to change the background type (Pixmap/Color/Standard), but + not to choose the actual color or image to use. + </para> + + + </sect1> + + +<!-- ############### Authors ################## --> + <sect1 id="panel-authors"> + <title>Authors</title> + <para> + <application>GNOME Panel</application> was written by many GNOME + developers; you can find a partial list in the + <interface>About</interface> dialog. By + the way: if you wonder what is the name of the animal shown in + the <interface>About</interface> dialog, it is called + "Gegl" and it has its own + <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gegl.org/">Web page</ulink>. + </para> + <para> + Please send all comments, suggestions, and bug reports to the + <ulink url="http://bugs.gnome.org/" type="http">GNOME bug + tracking database</ulink>. Instructions for submitting bug + reports can be found on-line at <ulink + url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http"> + http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html</ulink>. You can also use + the <application>Bug Report Tool</application> + (<command>bug-buddy</command>), available in the + <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> submenu of <guimenu>Main + Menu</guimenu>, for submitting bug reports. + </para> + <para> + This manual was written by Dave Mason + (<email>dcm@redhat.com</email>), Dan Mueth + (<email>d-mueth@uchicago.edu</email>), and Alexander Kirillov + (<email>kirillov@math.sunysb.edu</email>). Please send all + comments and suggestions regarding this manual to the GNOME + Documentation Project at <email>docs@gnome.org</email> or enter + your comments online using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">GNOME + Documentation Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + </sect1> + <!-- + + <sect1 id="license"> + <title>License</title> + <para> + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) + any later version. + </para> + <para> + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General + Public License</citetitle></ulink> for more details. + </para> + <para> + A copy of the <ulink type="help" + url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public + License</citetitle></ulink> is included with the GNOME documentation. + You may also obtain a + copy of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU + General Public License</citetitle></ulink> from the Free Software + Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.fsf.org/">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to + <address> + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 + <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> + <country>USA</country> + </address> + </para> + + </sect1> + --> + </chapter> + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/ug-applets.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/ug-applets.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40bb687 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/ug-applets.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,503 @@ + <chapter id="gnome-applets"> + <!-- #### Introduction ###### --> + + <title>GNOME Applets</title> + + <!-- #### Introduction ###### --> + <sect1 id="gnome-applets-intro"> + <title>Applet Basics</title> + + <!-- #### Intro | What Are Applets? ###### --> + <sect2 id="applets-what-are"> + <title>What Are Applets?</title> + <para> + Applets are one of the most popular and useful objects you can add + to your <interface>Panel</interface> to customize your desktop. + An applet is a small application which runs inside a small area of + your <interface>Panel</interface>. Applets have been written for + a wide range of purposes. Some are very powerful interactive + tools, such as the <application>Mixer</application> Applet + which allows you to easily control your system sound. + Others are simple system + monitors, displaying information such as the amount of power left + in the battery on your laptop (see <application>Battery Charge + Monitor</application>) or weather + information(see <application>GNOME Weather</application>). Some + are simply for amusement(see <application>gEyes</application>). + </para> + + <para> + Applets are similar to swallowed applications in that both of them + reside within the <interface>Panel</interface>. However, + swallowed applications are generally applications which were + not designed to run within the <interface>Panel</interface>. + Typically one will swallow an application which already exists in + the main <interface>desktop</interface> area, putting it into your + <interface>Panel</interface>. The application will continue to + run in the <interface>Panel</interface> until you end the + application or unswallow it, placing it back onto the main part of + your desktop when you need to. + </para> + + <para> + <figure id="example-applets-fig"> + <title>Example Applets</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Example Applets</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/example_applets" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + Several example applets are shown in <xref + linkend="example-applets-fig">. From left to right, they are: (1) + <application>Mixer Applet</application>, which allows you to turn + on/off sound and control its volume by clicking on the applet. (2) + <application>Sound Monitor</application> Applet, which displays + the current volume of sound being played and allows you to control + various sound features. (3) <application>GTCD</application> + Applet, a CD player which has all its controls + available in the applet and displays the track and time. (4) + <application>Drive Mount</application> Applet, used to mount and + unmount drives with a single click of the mouse. (5) + <application>Desk Guide</application> which allows you to view and + control multiple virtual screens. (6) + <application>Tasklist</application> Applet which allows you to control + your various windows and applications. + </para> + <para> + There are many other applets to choose from. The rest of this + chapter will explain the basic information to get you started + adding, moving, and removing applets from your + <interface>Panels</interface> and using them. The following + chapters go through each of the standard GNOME applets describing + them in detail. There are also additional applets which can be + downloaded off the Web. See <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/applist/list-martin.phtml">The GNOME + Software Map</ulink> for lists of additional GNOME applications + and applets. + </para> + <para> + As you read through the the rest of this chapter, you should try + adding and removing applets from your <interface>Panel</interface> and + experiment with them freely. + </para> + </sect2> + + <!-- #### Intro | Adding, Moving, and Removing Applets ###### --> + <sect2 id="applet-add-move-replace"> + <title>Adding, Moving, and Removing Applets</title> + + <sect3 id="adding-applets"> + <title>Adding Applets to a Panel</title> + <para> + To add an applet to a <interface>Panel</interface>, right-click + on the <interface>Panel</interface> and select + <menuchoice><guimenu>Panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Add to panel</guisubmenu> + <guisubmenu>Applet</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. This will show you + the menu of all the applets on your system, divided into + categories. Choosing any applet from this menu will add it to the + <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="moving-applets"> + <title>Moving Applets In or Between Panels</title> + <para> + It is easy to move applets in a <interface>Panel</interface> or + between two <interface>Panels</interface>. If you have a + three-button mouse, just move the mouse over the applet, depress + the middle mouse button and drag the applet to its new location, + releasing the middle mouse button when you are finished. Note + that you can drag applets within a <interface>Panel</interface> + or between two <interface>Panels</interface> this way. If you + don't have a three-button mouse, just + right-click on the applet and choose + <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>. The cursor will turn into a + cross and the applet will move with your mouse until you press + any mouse button to indicate you are finished moving it. + If, in the course of this movement, it hits + other objects, the behavior depends on the global preferences + you have set for your <interface>Panels</interface> in the + <application>GNOME Control Center</application>: the applet you are + moving can switch places with other objects, "push" all objects + it meets, or "jump" over all other objects without disturbing + them. You can also override the default behavior by holding + <keycap>Shift</keycap> button (for "push" mode), + <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> (for "switched" mode), or + <keycap>Alt</keycap> (for "free" mode, i.e. jumping other other + objects without disturbing them) button while dragging. + </para> + <para> + To change the global Panel preferences, right-click on any applet + or <interface>Panel</interface> and select + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Panel</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Global Preferences...</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + The <guilabel>Default movement mode</guilabel> is set under the + <guilabel>Applets</guilabel> tab. + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="removing-applets"> + <title>Removing Applets from a Panel</title> + <para> + To remove an applet from a <interface>Panel</interface>, + right-click on the applet and select <guimenuitem>Remove from + panel...</guimenuitem>. + </para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + + <!-- #### Intro | The Right-Click Pop-Up Menu ###### --> + <sect2 id="right-click-pop-up-menu"> + <title>The Right-Click Pop-Up Menu</title> + <para> + Clicking the right mouse button on any applet brings up + a <guimenu>pop-up menu</guimenu>. This + menu always has certain standard menu items in it and + often has additional items which vary depending on the particular + applet. + </para> + <sect3 id="standard-right-click-items"> + <title>Standard Pop-Up Items</title> + <para> + All applets have the following items in their right-click + <guimenu>pop-up menu</guimenu>: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Remove from panel</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>Remove from panel</guimenuitem> menu item + removes the applet from the <interface>Panel</interface>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Move</term> + <listitem> + <para> + After selecting <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>, your mouse + pointer will change appearance (typically to a cross with + arrows in each direction). As you move your mouse, the applet + will move with it. When you have finished moving the applet, + click any mouse button and the applet will anchor in its + current position. Note that applets can be moved between two + <interface>Panels</interface> this way. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Panel</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guisubmenu>Panel</guisubmenu> submenu contains various + items and submenus for adding and removing + <interface>Panels</interface> and applets and for changing + the configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Help</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> menu item brings up the help + manual for the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>About</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>About...</guimenuitem> menu item brings up a + dialogue box containing various information about the applet, + typically including the applet's name, version, author, + copyright, license and desciption. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="common-right-click-items"> + <title>Other Common Pop-Up Items</title> + <para> + Many applets also have other items in their right-click pop-up + menus. Some of the more common ones are: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Properties...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item opens + the Properties dialog (see <xref + linkend="applet-properties-dialog">) for the applet. Many + applets have properties dialogs, which allow you to configure + the behavior and appearance of the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Run...</term> + <listitem> + <para> + The <guimenuitem>Run...</guimenuitem> menu item generally + invokes a program which is related to the applet in some way + but which runs in its own window rather than in the + panel. For example: + </para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + The <application>CPU Load</application> applet, which monitors + what programs are running, has a <guimenuitem>Run + gtop...</guimenuitem> menu item. Selecting this menu item + starts <application>GTop</application>, which allows you to + view and control programs which are running. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + The <application>CD Player</application> applet has a + <guimenuitem>Run gtcd...</guimenuitem> menu item which + starts the GNOME <application>CD Player</application> when + selected, which has more capabilities than the applet. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="applet-properties-dialog"> + <title>The Applet Properties Dialog</title> + <para> + Many applets have customizable properties. These applets will + have a <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem> menu item in their + right-click <guimenu>pop-up menu</guimenu> which brings up the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog where you can alter the + appearance or behaviour of the applet. + <figure id="example-props-dialog-fig"> + <title>An Example Applet Properties Dialog</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>An Example Applets Properties Dialog</screeninfo> + <graphic fileref="./figures/applet_props_dialog" format="png" + srccredit="muet"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + All <interface>Properties</interface> dialogs have the following + buttons at the bottom of the dialog: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>OK</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>OK</guibutton> will activate any changes + in the properties you have made and close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> at any time will + make your changes active without closing the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. This is helpful if + you would like to test the effects of the changes you have + made but may want to continue changing the properties. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Close</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Close</guibutton> will close the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. Only changes in the + configuration which were previously applied with the + <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button will persist. Other + changes will not be made active. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <guibutton>Help</guibutton> — + Pressing <guibutton>Help</guibutton> brings up the manual for + the application, opening it to the page describing the + <interface>Properties</interface> dialog. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + </sect3> + + + </sect2> + + +<!-- + <sect2 id="feedback"> + <title>Feedback</title> + <sect3 id="reporting-bugs"> + <title>Reporting Applet Bugs</title> + <para> + GNOME users are encouraged to report bugs to <ulink type="http" + url="http://bugs.gnome.org">The GNOME Bug Tracking + System</ulink>. The easiest way to submit bugs is to use the + <application>Bug Report Tool</application> program by selecting + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Utilities</guisubmenu> + <guimenuitem>Bug Report Tool</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice>. + Be sure to be complete in describing what you did to cause the + bug to surface and, if possible, describe how the developer can + reproduce the the scenario. + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="documentation-feedback"> + <title>Providing Feedback</title> + <para> + GNOME users are welcome to provide suggestions for how + applications and documentation can be improved. Suggestions for + application changes should be submitted using the + <application>Bug Report Tool</application> discussed above. + Suggestions for documentation changes can be emailed directly to + the documentation author (whose email should be included in the + "Authors" section of the document) or by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. + </para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="joining-gnome"> + <title>Joining GNOME</title> + <para> + GNOME is a community project, created by hundreds of programmers, + documentation writers, icon design artists, web masters, and + other people, most of whom work on a volunteer basis. New GNOME + contributors are always welcome. To join the GNOME team, visit + these web sites: developers — <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org">The GNOME Development + Site</ulink>, documentation writers — <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp">The GNOME Documentation + Project</ulink>, icon design artists — <ulink type="http" + url="http://gnome-icons.sourceforge.net/">Gnome Icon Web</ulink>, + general — <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/helping/">Helping GNOME</ulink>, + or just join the gnome-list email list (see <ulink type="http" + url="http://www.gnome.org/mailing-lists/">GNOME Mailing + Lists</ulink>) to discuss what you are interested in doing. + </para> + </sect3> + </sect2> +--> + + </sect1> + + + + + <!-- ############### Amusements Applets ################ --> + + <sect1 id="Amusements"> + <title>Amusements Applets</title> + + &FIFTEEN; + &FISH; + &GEYES; + &LIFE; + &ODOMETER; + + </sect1> + + <!-- ############### Monitor Applets #################### --> + <sect1 id="monitor-applets"> + <title>Monitor Applets</title> + + &BATTERY; + &CPULOAD; + &CPUMEMUSAGE; + &DISKUSAGE; + &LOADAVG; + &MEMLOAD; + &NETLOAD; + &SWAPLOAD; + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ############### Multimedia Applets #################### --> + <sect1 id="multimedia-applets"> + <title>Multimedia Applets</title> + + &CDPLAYER; + &MIXER; + &SOUNDMONITOR; + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ############### Network Applets #################### --> + <sect1 id="network-applets"> + <title>Network Applets</title> + + &MAILCHECK; + &MODEMLIGHTS; + &WEBCONTROL; + </sect1> + + + + <!-- ############### Utility Applets ################## --> + + <sect1 id="utility-applets"> + <title>Utility Applets</title> + + &CHARPICK; + &DESKGUIDE; + &DRIVEMOUNT; + &GKB; + &GNOTES; + &GWEATHER; + &MINICOMMAND; + &PRINTER; + &QUICKLAUNCH; + &SCREENSHOOTER; + &TASKLIST; + &TICKASTAT; + &WHEREAMI; + + + </sect1> + + + <!-- ############### Clock Applets #################### --> + <sect1 id="clock-applets"> + <title>Clock Applets</title> + + &ANOTHERCLOCK; + &ASCLOCK; + &CLOCK; + &CLOCKMAIL; + &JBC; + + </sect1> + +</chapter> + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wheeler.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wheeler.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc5f6c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wheeler.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,266 @@ +<!-- ############################# WHEELER'S INTRO ############################ --> + +<chapter id="intro"> + <title>An Introduction to GNOME</title> + <sect1 id="What-is-GNOME"> + <title>What is GNOME</title> + <para> + GNOME is a user-friendly desktop environment that enables users to easily + use and configure their computers. GNOME includes a panel (for starting + applications and displaying status), a desktop (where data and applications + can be placed), a set of standard desktop tools and applications, and a set + of conventions that make it easy for applications to cooperate and be + consistent with each other. Users of other operating systems or + environments should feel right at home using the powerful graphics-driven + environment GNOME provides. + </para> + <para> + GNOME is completely open source (free software), with freely available + source code developed by hundreds of programmers around the world. If you + would like to learn more about the GNOME project please visit the <ulink + url="http://www.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME web site</ulink>. + </para> + <para> + GNOME has a number of advantages for users. GNOME makes it easy to use and + configure applications using a simple yet powerful graphical interface. + </para> + <para> + GNOME is highly configurable, enabling you to set your desktop the way you + want it to look and feel. GNOME's session manager remembers previous + settings, so once you've set things the way you like they'll stay that + way. GNOME supports many human languages, and you can add more without + changing the software. GNOME even supports several Drag and Drop protocols + for maximum interoperability with applications that aren't GNOME-compliant. + </para> + <para> + GNOME also has a number of advantages for developers, which indirectly also + help users. Developers don't need to purchase an expensive software license + to make their commercial application GNOME compliant. In fact, GNOME is + vendor neutral - no component of the interface is controlled solely by one + company or restricted from modification and redistribution. GNOME + applications can be developed in a variety of computer languages, so you're + not stuck with a single language. GNOME uses the Common Object Request + Broker Architecture (CORBA) to allow software components to inter-operate + seamlessly, regardless of the computer language in which they are + implemented, or even what machine they are running on. Finally, GNOME runs + on a number of Unix-like operating systems, including Linux. + </para> + <para> + GNOME is an acronym for the GNU Network Object Model Environment, so GNOME + is a part of the larger GNU project. The GNU Project started in 1984 to + develop a completely free Unix-like operating system. If you'd like to + learn more about the GNU project you can read about it at the <ulink + url="http://www.gnu.org" type="http">GNU Website</ulink>. + </para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="aboutug"> + <title>About This Guide</title> + <para> + This user's guide is designed to help you find your way around GNOME with + ease. Both new and experienced computer users can benefit from this guide. + If you're new to GNOME, or even computers, you'll gain an idea of how to use + your desktop. If you're an advanced computer user trying out GNOME, you can + work with expert tips, which will help you to become familiar with GNOME. + </para> + <para> + Although this was written originally in English, there are many translations + of the guide available now or in the near future. If you would like to have + this guide in another language you should check your operating system + distribution or visit the <ulink url="http://www.gnome.org" type="http"> + GNOME Web Site</ulink> to find out more information on translation. + </para> + <para> + GNOME is rapidly developing, so some parts of this guide may be not up to + date; in these cases, please use on-line help in the application you are + having trouble with. + </para> + <para> + This manual was written by Dave Mason (<email>dcm@redhat.com</email>), + Chris Lyttle (<email>chris@wilddev.net</email>) and Alexander Kirillov + (<email>kirillov@math.sunsyb.edu</email>) with some help from other members + of Gnome Documentation Project. Please send all comments and + suggestions regarding this manual to the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/">Gnome Documentation + Project</ulink> by sending an email to + <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also add your comments + online by using the <ulink type="http" + url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp/doctable/">Gnome + Documentation Status Table</ulink>. + </para> + </sect1> + </chapter> + +<!-- ###################### WHEELER'S QUICK START GUIDE #################### --> + + <chapter id="quickstart"> + <title>GNOME Quick Start</title> + <sect1 id="quick"> + <title>A First Glance At GNOME</title> + <para> + <emphasis>Figure 1</emphasis> shows an example of GNOME running. GNOME is + very configurable, so your screen may look quite different. + </para> + <figure> + <title>Sample GNOME Display.</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Sample GNOME Display</screeninfo> + <Graphic Format="png" Fileref="./figures/full-desk" srccredit="wilddev"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + <indexterm id="idx-a1"> + <primary>Quick Start</primary> + </indexterm> + The long bar at the bottom of <emphasis>figure 1</emphasis> is a GNOME + Panel, which contains a collection of menus, useful panel applets, and + application launchers. The button containing the stylized foot is the + Main Menu button (the most common kind of menu); just click on the Main + Menu button and you'll see a menu of pre-loaded applications and options, + including a logout command. Panel applets are tiny programs designed to + be placed in a panel, for example, the the Desk Guide applet on the + far right shows 4 virtual desktops to place your applications. + Application launchers are buttons that, when + pressed, immediately start programs (including GNOME utilities and office + applications). In this example the toolbox button starts the GNOME + Control Center (for configuring your system), the question mark button + starts the GNOME Help browser (for viewing documentation), the display + starts the terminal (if you'd prefer to use a text interface), and the + world starts your web browser. The arrows on each + side of the panel hide (and unhide) the panel. + </para> + <para> + Outside of the Panel is the "Desktop". Just drag items from the panel on to + your desktop you use most often and you can double-click on an item (with the + left mouse button) to use it: + </para> + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + If the item is a program, that program will start. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + If it's data, the appropriate program will start up with that data + loaded. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + If it's a folder, the Nautilus file manager will start and + show the + contents of that folder. Your desktop will probably have a folder icon + labeled "Home". Double-clicking on it will start the Nautilus file manager + at your home directory. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para> + The Nautilus file manager lets you manipulate your files. + The left side of its window shows the current folder with tabs for Help, + History and Notes, and the right side shows the current folder's contents: + </para> + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + To move the file or folder, just drag and drop it. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + To copy a file or folder, hold down the <keycap>CTRL</keycap> key while dragging. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + To run a program or edit a data file, double-click it. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + To perform other operations on a file (such as rename or delete), select it + using the right mouse button and then choose the operation you want. You + can also use this to select an application to open the file. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + To select more than one item at a time, click on the items after the first + one while holding down the <keycap>CTRL</keycap> key. + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para> + You can easily move or copy files between folders by starting two file + manager applications, each one showing a different folder. If you want to + put a file on your desktop, simply drag it from the file manager onto the + desktop. In fact, dragging and dropping items onto other items generally + "does the right thing" in GNOME, making it easy to get work done. + </para> + <para> + GNOME is very configurable; for example, you can have multiple panels + (horizontal and vertical), choose what goes in them, and have them hide + automatically. There are many panel applets you can include in your panel. + You can also change how the screen looks; later portions of this document + tell you how. + </para> + <para> + GNOME follows several UNIX conventions you should be aware of. The left + mouse button is used to select and drag items. The right mouse button brings + up a menu for the selected object (if a menu applies). Most UNIX mice have 3 + buttons, and the middle button is used to paste text (if in a text area) or + to move things. If you only have two buttons, press the left and right + buttons simultaneously to simulate the middle button. To copy text, use the + left button to drag across the text you want to copy, move the mouse cursor + to the place you want the text to be, and press the middle button (or mouse + wheel). + </para> + <para> + When an application window is displayed, there will be some buttons in + its borders for controlling the window. These include buttons to minimize, + maximize, and close the window. Their appearance can be configured and is + controlled by a component called the "Window Manager." + </para> + <para> + An example of border styles is the MicroGUI style (<emphasis>Figure + 2</emphasis>) which is a window manager theme used in both Sawmill and + Enlightenment. You can read more about window managers in <xref + linkend="wm">. + </para> + <para> + In the MicroGUI border style, the down arrow means minimize, the up arrow means + maximize (use the whole screen), and the X button means close the window, + and the down triangle brings up the <guimenu>Window</guimenu> menu. + </para> + <figure> + <title>MicroGUI Border Style</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Clean Border Style</screeninfo> + <graphic format="png" fileref="./figures/border1" srccredit="dcm"> + </graphic> + </screenshot> + </figure> + <para> + If you've never used a Unix or Linux system before, you might find the + overview in <link linkend="newbies">Appendix A</link> helpful as well. + </para> + <para> + The following sections go into more detail, describing each component of + the system: <link linkend="wm">the window manager</link>, <link + linkend="panel-chap">panel</link>, <link linkend="main-menu">main menu</link>, + <link linkend="desk">desktop</link>, <link linkend="nautilus">file + manager</link>, <link linkend="gnomecc">control center</link> and <link + linkend="gnome-applets">applets</link>. + </para> + </sect1> +</chapter> + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wms.sgml b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wms.sgml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..378c0ab --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-users-guide/gnome-users-guide-1.4/C/wms.sgml @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<!-- ################### ABOUT WINDOW MANAGERS ###################### --> + + <chapter id="wm"> + <title>Window Managers and GNOME</title> + <sect1 id="wmabout"> + <title>About Window Managers</title> + <para> + In Unix and Linux, nearly all graphical applications use the + <ulink url="http://www.xfree86.org" type="http">"X Window System"</ulink> + as the underlying software between the hardware and the "graphical + user interface" (GUI). The window manager is the piece of software + that controls the display windows in the X Window System environment. The + placement, borders, and decorations of any window are managed by the + window manager. GNOME works with the window manager to display application + windows on your screen. + </para> + <para> + GNOME is not dependent on any particular window manager. If you decide to change + window managers GNOME will maintain a consistent interface to your applications. + GNOME works with the window manager to get information about the windows on the + screen. However, some GNOME features require a "GNOME compliant window + manager" to work correctly, in particular the Desk Guide applet as well as + drag and drop on the desktop. We recommend the use of a GNOME compliant + window manager for new users. + </para> + <para> + Some of the window managers that have partial to full compliance at the + time of this version of the GNOME User's Guide are: + </para> + <itemizedlist mark="bullet"> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://sawmill.sourceforge.net" + type="http">Sawfish</ulink> (formerly named Sawmill) + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://icewm.sourceforge.net" + type="http">IceWM</ulink> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://www.windowmaker.org/" + type="http">WindowMaker</ulink> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://www.enlightenment.org/" + type="http">Enlightenment</ulink> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://www.afterstep.org/" + type="http">AfterStep</ulink> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://www.fvwm.org/" + type="http">FVWM2</ulink> + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para> + There are other window managers being developed that will work + with GNOME. You can find some of these on the <ulink + url="http://www.gnome.org/applist/">GNOME Software Map</ulink>. + </para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="wmchange"> + <title>Changing Window Managers</title> + <para> + At any time you may change the window manager you are using by utilizing + the Window Manager Capplet in the GNOME Control Center. You may read more + about this Capplet in <xref linkend="gccwm "> + </para> + <IMPORTANT> + <title>IMPORTANT</title> + <para> + Keep in mind that the window manager you choose to use may not be + compliant with GNOME and you may not benefit from some of the GNOME + features if you use it. + </para> + </important> + </sect1> + </chapter> |
